Sy06 Exam Braindumps Flashcards

Question

An organization is planning to open other data centers to sustain operations in the event of a natural disaster. Which of the following considerations would BEST support the organization's resiliency? a. Geographic dispersal b. Generator power c. Fire suppression d. Facility automation

Answer 1

a. Geographic dispersal Geographic dispersal involves establishing data centers in different geographical locations that are not likely to be affected simultaneously by the same natural disaster. This strategy ensures that if one data center is impacted by a disaster (such as a hurricane, earthquake, or flood), operations can continue from another location without significant interruption. Here’s how the other options compare: b. Generator power: Generator power is important for providing backup electricity in case of power outages, but it alone does not ensure resiliency across different locations. c. Fire suppression: Fire suppression systems are crucial for protecting equipment and data from fire damage within a single data center but do not address resiliency across multiple locations. d. Facility automation: Facility automation can improve operational efficiency and response times but does not directly address the geographic dispersal needed for resiliency against natural disasters.

Answer 2

d. AES Explanation: AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) is a symmetric encryption algorithm that provides strong encryption for data. When deploying a wireless network, configuring the wireless encryption protocol to use AES ensures that the data transmitted over the network is encrypted and protected from unauthorized access. Why the other options are not the best choice for this scenario: a. EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol): EAP is a framework for authentication, often used in wireless networks. While important for ensuring that only authorized users can connect to the network, it does not itself provide data encryption. b. TLS (Transport Layer Security): TLS is a cryptographic protocol designed to provide secure communication over a computer network. While it is used in many applications, including HTTPS, it is not specifically used to secure wireless networks at the data link layer. c. HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure): HTTPS is used to secure communications over the internet, specifically for web traffic. It ensures that data sent between the browser and the web server is encrypted. However, it is not directly related to securing wireless network communications. By configuring the wireless network to use AES encryption, the security engineer ensures that all data transmitted over the wireless network is encrypted and protected from eavesdropping and unauthorized access, which is crucial in a shared office space environment.

Answer 3

b. Hiring an employee who has been convicted of theft to adhere to industry compliance Background checks are commonly implemented to screen prospective employees for criminal records, including convictions related to theft or fraud. This helps banks comply with industry regulations that require employees to be trustworthy and maintain high standards of integrity, especially when handling sensitive financial information and transactions. Here’s a brief explanation of the other options: a. Preventing any current employees' siblings from working at the bank to prevent nepotism: This scenario relates to nepotism policies rather than criminal background checks. c. Filtering applicants who have added false information to resumes so they appear better qualified: This relates more to verifying qualifications and honesty rather than criminal background checks. d. Ensuring no new hires have worked at other banks that may be trying to steal customer information: While it's important to prevent insider threats and ensure data security, this is not typically the primary focus of background checks. Instead, it may be addressed through other security measures and employment history checks.

Answer 4

(Braindump) b. SWG c. Host-based firewall Explanation: Host-based firewall: This type of firewall runs on individual servers (in this case, the 100 web servers deployed in the cloud). It allows administrators to define and enforce rules regarding which network traffic is allowed to enter or leave the server. By configuring the host-based firewall on each web server to block all ports except 443 (HTTPS), you effectively restrict access to only HTTPS traffic while blocking other ports that are not necessary according to the security policy. Here's why the other options are less suitable: a. Application allow list: An application allow list typically specifies which applications are allowed to run on a system or network, rather than controlling which ports are open or closed. b. SWG (Secure Web Gateway): SWG is a security solution that provides visibility and control over web traffic, typically focusing on web content filtering, URL filtering, and malware protection. It does not directly control firewall rules on individual servers. d. VPN (Virtual Private Network): VPN provides secure access to a private network over a public network, but it does not control firewall rules on servers or restrict specific ports on individual servers.

Answer 5

c. Implement access control vestibules Access control vestibules are physical security measures designed to restrict access to sensitive areas. They typically consist of a small enclosed space with two sets of doors: one leading to the outside or less secure area, and another leading to the restricted area. Access is granted through electronic authentication (such as badge readers or biometric scanners) before the inner door is unlocked, ensuring only authorized individuals can proceed. Here’s how the other options compare: a. Use appropriate signage to mark all areas: While signage is important for indicating restricted areas, it alone may not prevent unauthorized access if someone disregards the signage. b. Utilize cameras monitored by guards: Cameras can provide surveillance and monitoring, but they are reactive and may not prevent unauthorized access in real-time. d. Enforce escorts to monitor all visitors: Escorts can accompany visitors to ensure they only access authorized areas, but this may not be practical for all situations and can be resource-intensive.

Answer 6

b. Domain services Explanation: Domain services (such as Active Directory in Windows environments) provide centralized management of network resources, including user accounts, computers, groups, and policies. They allow administrators to implement and enforce security policies, manage permissions, and organize systems based on organizational units (OUs), which can reflect location, role, or service level. Here’s how the other options compare: a. Standard naming conventions: While important for consistency and organization, naming conventions alone do not provide the centralized management and policy enforcement capabilities that domain services offer. c. Baseline configurations: Baseline configurations help ensure that systems meet security and operational standards but do not inherently provide the ability to manage permissions and policies based on location, role, and service level. d. Diagrams: Diagrams (such as network diagrams or system architecture diagrams) provide visual representations of systems and networks but do not directly facilitate the management of permissions and policies.

Answer 7

c. Motion sensors Explanation: Motion sensors are designed to detect movement within their range. Placing motion sensors along the perimeter of an airport can help alert security personnel to any unauthorized attempts to breach the perimeter fence or other barriers. Here’s how the other options compare: a. Signage: While signage can indicate restricted areas and deter unauthorized access, it does not actively detect intrusions. b. Fencing: Fencing provides a physical barrier to restrict access but does not detect intrusions on its own. d. Lighting: Lighting enhances visibility and deters intrusions by making it harder for unauthorized individuals to approach undetected, but it does not detect intrusions in itself. e. Bollards: Bollards are used to restrict vehicle access and enhance security against vehicular attacks but do not detect intrusions at the perimeter.

Answer 8

a. Update the base container image and redeploy the environment. Explanation: Updating the base container image: Containers are typically built from base images that include the operating system and necessary dependencies. If critical vulnerabilities are found in these base images, the first step is to update the base image to a version that includes patches for these vulnerabilities. Redeploy the environment: Once the base image is updated, the affected containers should be rebuilt using the patched base image and redeployed. This ensures that all containers running the vulnerable applications are replaced with new instances based on the updated image. Here’s why the other options are less optimal: b. Include the containers in the regular patching schedule for servers: While it's important to have a regular patching schedule for servers and their containers, critical vulnerabilities often require more immediate attention than waiting for the next scheduled patch cycle. c. Patch each running container individually and test the application: Patching each running container individually can be time-consuming and error-prone. It also may not address vulnerabilities in the base image or underlying dependencies. d. Update the host in which the containers are running: Updating the host is important for security but does not directly address vulnerabilities within the containers themselves.

Answer 9

d. Transference Explanation: Transference: Transferring risk involves shifting the financial consequences of a risk to another party, typically through mechanisms such as insurance policies. By purchasing insurance, the organization transfers the potential costs of certain risks (such as financial losses due to specific events) to the insurance provider. This allows the organization to mitigate the financial impact of those risks while paying a predictable premium over time. Here’s how the other options differ: a. Avoidance: Avoidance involves taking actions to eliminate the risk entirely, such as ceasing certain activities or not pursuing certain projects to avoid potential risks. b. Acceptance: Acceptance involves acknowledging the existence of a risk and deciding not to take any proactive measures to mitigate or transfer it. The organization is willing to bear the potential consequences of the risk. c. Mitigation: Mitigation involves taking proactive measures to reduce the likelihood or impact of a risk. It typically involves implementing controls or safeguards to minimize the risk's effect.

Answer 10

c. False positive Explanation: False positive: This occurs when a security system incorrectly identifies normal or benign activity as malicious or anomalous. In this case, the SIEM alert incorrectly flagged the legitimate vulnerability scans as anomalous activity, leading the analyst to block the IP address 192.168.34.26. This action resulted in a disruption of normal operations (vulnerability scans not being performed properly), which was an unintended consequence of responding to a false alert. Here’s how the other options compare: a. True negative: This would describe a situation where the security system correctly identifies normal activity as benign or not malicious. b. True positive: This would describe a situation where the security system correctly identifies malicious or anomalous activity as such. d. False negative: This would describe a situation where the security system fails to detect actual malicious activity, incorrectly identifying it as normal or benign.

Answer 11

b. ISO 31000 ISO 31000 is an international standard that provides guidelines and principles for risk management. It offers a comprehensive framework that organizations can adapt to develop their risk management processes, including risk assessment, risk treatment, and risk communication. Here’s why ISO 31000 is a strong choice: Comprehensive framework: ISO 31000 provides a systematic approach to risk management that can be applied broadly across different types of risks and organizations. Internationally recognized: It is widely recognized and used globally, making it easier to communicate and align risk management practices across borders and industries. Flexibility: ISO 31000 is adaptable to various organizational contexts and can be integrated with other standards and frameworks. While the other options also play important roles in security and privacy management, they are more specific to certain areas: a. SSAE SOC 2: Focuses on controls relevant to security, availability, processing integrity, confidentiality, and privacy, primarily for service organizations. c. NIST CSF (Cybersecurity Framework): Developed by NIST, it focuses specifically on improving cybersecurity risk management for critical infrastructure sectors in the United States. d. GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation): Focuses on data protection and privacy for individuals within the European Union and European Economic Area.

Answer 12

a. Lessons learned Explanation: Lessons learned: This process involves reviewing the incident response to identify strengths and weaknesses in the organization's response capabilities. It focuses on understanding what went well, what could have been improved, and recommendations for enhancing incident response procedures in the future. Here’s how the other options relate to incident response processes: b. Preparation: Refers to activities and measures taken before an incident occurs to enhance readiness, such as developing incident response plans and conducting training. c. Detection: Involves identifying and confirming that an incident has occurred or is in progress, often through monitoring and analysis of security alerts. d. Containment: Involves actions taken to limit the impact and spread of an incident once detected, aiming to prevent further damage or exposure. e. Root cause analysis: Focuses on determining the underlying cause or causes of an incident to prevent recurrence.

Answer 13

a. Hoaxes Explanation: Hoaxes: These are false messages or information spread with the intention to deceive or mislead recipients. They often propagate through social media platforms and messaging apps, relying on users forwarding them without verification. Hoaxes can cause confusion, panic, or unnecessary concern among users. Here’s how the other options relate: b. SPIMs (Spam over Instant Messaging): Refers to unsolicited messages sent over instant messaging platforms. While related to unwanted messages, SPIM typically involves spam rather than hoaxes. c. Identity fraud: Involves the theft of personal information to impersonate someone else for financial gain or other malicious purposes. While forwarding messages could potentially contribute to identity fraud indirectly (e.g., phishing attacks), it's not the primary risk addressed by avoiding forwarding hoaxes. d. Credential harvesting: Involves malicious attempts to obtain usernames, passwords, or other sensitive information from users. While forwarding messages could be a vector for spreading phishing attacks aimed at credential harvesting, it's not directly related to the act of forwarding hoaxes from unverified sources.

Answer 14

c. DDoS attack Explanation: DDoS attack (Distributed Denial of Service): This type of attack overwhelms a targeted system (in this case, the internet-facing application) with a flood of traffic or requests from multiple sources, aiming to exhaust its resources and make it inaccessible to legitimate users. DDoS attacks can cause significant degradation in the performance and availability of internet-facing services without necessarily impacting the internal network, which operates separately and may have different levels of resilience or protection. Here’s how the other options compare: a. DNS poisoning: Typically affects DNS resolution, redirecting users to malicious or incorrect IP addresses. It does not directly cause performance degradation in an application. b. MAC flooding: This attack floods the switch with packets, potentially causing it to enter into a fail-open mode, but it typically affects network devices rather than specific applications. d. ARP poisoning: Involves manipulation of ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) cache entries to associate a malicious MAC address with an IP address, leading to traffic redirection. While it can cause network issues, it is not typically associated with application-specific performance degradation.

Answer 15

a. High data entropy Explanation: High data entropy: Entropy in this context refers to randomness or unpredictability of data. Higher data entropy means that the data contains more randomness, making it harder for attackers to predict or analyze. Cryptographic algorithms rely on high entropy to ensure that encrypted data is secure and resistant to brute-force attacks. Here’s how the other options relate: b. Algorithms that require less computing power: While efficient algorithms are desirable for performance reasons, cryptographic strength is not solely determined by computational requirements. Strong cryptographic algorithms are designed to withstand attacks regardless of computational power. c. Longer key longevity: This refers to how long cryptographic keys remain valid or secure before needing to be updated or rotated. While longer key lengths are important for security, longevity itself does not directly increase cryptographic security beyond ensuring keys are not compromised over time. d. Hashing: Hashing is a cryptographic process that generates a fixed-size output (hash value) from input data. While important for data integrity and authentication, hashing alone does not provide encryption or directly increase cryptographic security in the context of encrypting data.

Answer 16

c. A zero-day exploit is initially undetectable, and no patch for it exists. Explanation: Undetectable and no patch: A zero-day exploit refers to a vulnerability in software or hardware that is unknown to the vendor and for which no patch or fix is available. It is called "zero-day" because it occurs on the same day that the vulnerability is discovered by attackers, meaning the developers have zero days to fix it before it can potentially be exploited. Here’s why the other options are less accurate: a. When a zero-day exploit is discovered, the system cannot be protected by any means: While zero-day exploits are initially unknown and pose a significant risk, security measures such as intrusion detection systems and behavior analysis can sometimes mitigate their impact even before a patch is available. b. Zero-day exploits have their own scoring category in CVSS: While CVSS (Common Vulnerability Scoring System) includes metrics for assessing the severity of vulnerabilities, including those that are zero-day, the scoring itself is not specific to zero-day exploits as a category. d. Discovering zero-day exploits is always performed via bug bounty programs: Zero-day exploits can be discovered through various means, including security research, threat intelligence, and unfortunately, by malicious actors. Bug bounty programs are one method to incentivize researchers to responsibly disclose vulnerabilities, including zero-days, but they are not the sole source.

Answer 17

c. Classification Explanation: Classification: This involves identifying and categorizing data based on its sensitivity and regulatory requirements. In the context of PHI documents, classification helps to distinguish which documents contain PHI and need to be protected. Once classified, appropriate policies and controls can be applied, including restrictions on emailing such documents. Here’s why the other options are less suitable as the first step: a. Retention: Refers to policies and practices related to storing and retaining data for a specified period. While retention policies are important, they come after classification and governance in the context of data protection. b. Governance: Involves establishing policies, procedures, and controls to manage and protect data. Governance frameworks help to ensure that data handling practices align with organizational goals and regulatory requirements. Governance typically builds upon classification to enforce policies effectively. d. Change management: Involves processes and procedures for managing changes to systems, processes, or policies. While important for implementing DLP solutions, change management is typically part of the broader implementation process after classification and governance are established.

Answer 18

d. DNS poisoning Explanation: DNS poisoning: Also known as DNS spoofing or DNS cache poisoning, this attack involves compromising the Domain Name System (DNS) to redirect domain name resolutions to malicious IP addresses. In this scenario: The legitimate domain www.comptia.org has its DNS record (www) pointing to an IP address of 192.168.1.10. However, users are being redirected to a fake website that resembles www.comptia.org, indicating that the DNS records have been maliciously altered. This alteration could be achieved through various means, such as compromising the organization's DNS server or using techniques to inject false DNS records (poisoning) into the DNS cache of intermediate DNS servers. Let's address why the other options are incorrect: a. Domain reputation: This term typically refers to the trustworthiness and reliability of a domain in the context of email deliverability and reputation management. It is not directly related to DNS attacks. b. Domain hijacking: Refers to unauthorized changes made to the registration of a domain name, often to redirect traffic or gain control over the domain. While related to DNS manipulation, it typically involves administrative control rather than DNS record alteration directly. c. Disassociation: This term does not have a specific security context related to DNS attacks. It generally means the act of disconnecting or separating something.

Answer 19

d. Agile Explanation: Continuous delivery: This methodology focuses on automating and streamlining the software delivery process to enable frequent and reliable releases of software into production. It emphasizes shorter development cycles, continuous integration, and continuous deployment, where software changes are delivered frequently (often daily) and reliably. Here’s how the other options relate: a. Waterfall: A traditional software development methodology characterized by sequential phases (requirements, design, implementation, testing, deployment) where each phase must be completed before the next begins. It does not support continuous delivery. b. Spiral: An iterative software development methodology where development cycles progress through planning, risk analysis, engineering, and evaluation. It focuses on risk management but does not inherently support continuous delivery. c. V-shaped: Also known as the V-model, it is a sequential software development model where testing is emphasized in parallel with each stage of development. It does not inherently support continuous delivery.

Answer 20

(Community A57%, B 31%) a. Putting security/antitamper tape over USB ports, logging the port numbers, and regularly inspecting the ports Explanation: This option involves a physical method that is cost-effective and straightforward to implement. It does not require additional software or complex configuration and provides a clear visual indication if someone has attempted to use a USB port. Regular inspections can ensure compliance with the USB removable media restriction policy. Why other options may be less suitable: Implementing a GPO that will restrict access to authorized USB removable media and regularly verifying that it is enforced: While this is an effective software-based control, it is not a physical control. Additionally, managing and verifying GPO enforcement can be time-consuming and may require more resources compared to physical methods. Placing systems into locked, key-controlled containers with no access to the USB ports: This method is a strong physical control but may not be cost-effective, especially for a large number of systems. It also reduces the accessibility and usability of the systems. Installing an endpoint agent to detect connectivity of USB and removable media: This option involves a software-based control that can be effective but might not be considered a physical control. It may also involve additional costs for software licenses and management. Thus, putting security/antitamper tape over USB ports, logging the port numbers, and regularly inspecting the ports is the best example of a cost-effective physical control to enforce a USB removable media restriction policy. (Braindump) b. Implementing a GPO that will restrict access to authorized USB removable media and regularly verifying that it is enforced

Answer 21

a. Enforce MFA when an account request reaches a risk threshold. Explanation: Enforcing MFA (Multi-Factor Authentication): By implementing MFA, especially when an account request reaches a risk threshold (such as suspicious login attempts from unrecognized locations), the system adds an additional layer of security beyond just a username and password. This helps verify the identity of the user more securely, even if the credentials have been compromised. Legitimate users, including traveling employees accessing from new locations, can still authenticate using MFA, ensuring security while maintaining usability. Here’s why the other options may not be as effective: b. Implement geofencing to only allow access from headquarters: While geofencing restricts access based on geographic location, it can be overly restrictive for legitimate users who may need to access accounts from various locations during travel. It does not dynamically adjust to new sign-in locations and may hinder legitimate access. c. Enforce time-based login requests that align with business hours: This control limits access based on time of day, which may not be flexible enough for employees who work outside regular business hours or travel across time zones. d. Shift the access control scheme to a discretionary access control: This refers to a different access control model that grants users discretion over access permissions, which does not directly address the issue of compromised accounts and suspicious logins.

Answer 22

d. Implement a TAXII server. Explanation: TAXII (Trusted Automated eXchange of Indicator Information): TAXII is a protocol designed to facilitate the sharing of threat intelligence. It enables organizations to exchange cyber threat information in a structured and automated manner. Organizations can publish threat intelligence data to a TAXII server and subscribe to feeds from other organizations or peer groups. This allows for real-time or near-real-time sharing of threat indicators, such as malicious IP addresses, domain names, and malware signatures. Here's why the other options are less likely to meet the requirement: a. Perform OSINT (Open Source Intelligence) investigations: OSINT involves gathering information from publicly available sources. While it can provide valuable threat intelligence, it is not specifically designed for structured information sharing with peer groups. b. Subscribe to threat intelligence feeds: Subscribing to threat intelligence feeds is beneficial for receiving updated information about threats, but it is a passive approach compared to actively participating in information sharing through a dedicated protocol like TAXII. c. Submit RFCs (Request for Comments): RFCs are documents that describe new protocols or protocols that need to be updated. They are not directly related to threat intelligence sharing with peer groups.

Answer 23

b. Patch management Explanation: Patch management: Zero-day vulnerabilities are security flaws that are unknown to the software vendor and therefore do not have a patch available to fix them. Patch management involves regularly updating and applying patches to software and systems as soon as patches become available. While patch management cannot prevent zero-day vulnerabilities from being exploited initially, it is crucial because once a patch is released for a zero-day vulnerability, applying it promptly can mitigate the risk of exploitation. Here’s why the other options are less effective against zero-day vulnerabilities: a. Network segmentation: While network segmentation helps contain and mitigate the impact of security incidents, including those exploiting zero-day vulnerabilities, it does not directly address the vulnerability itself. c. Intrusion prevention system (IPS): IPS can detect and block known attacks based on signatures or behavioral anomalies but may not detect or prevent zero-day exploits until signatures or detection mechanisms are updated. d. Multiple vulnerability scanners: While using multiple vulnerability scanners can enhance visibility into potential vulnerabilities, including zero-day vulnerabilities, it relies on the scanners having updated signatures or detection capabilities to identify zero-day exploits, which may not always be the case.

Answer 24

c. Unknown backdoor Explanation: An unknown backdoor is a significant security risk because it can provide unauthorized access to the application and potentially the entire network. If a third-party contractor inserts a backdoor into the code, it can be exploited by malicious actors to bypass authentication mechanisms, steal data, or execute further attacks. This kind of vulnerability is particularly dangerous because it can go undetected for a long time, compromising the security of the application and its users. Other Options: a. Intellectual property theft: While serious, this concern primarily affects the ownership and competitive advantage of the company rather than the immediate security of the application. b. Elevated privileges: This is a concern, but it can be mitigated through proper access control and monitoring. d. Quality assurance: Ensuring high-quality code is important, but security risks from poor quality can be managed through thorough testing and code review processes. Therefore, the possibility of an unknown backdoor being inserted into the code poses the greatest security risk when outsourcing code development for an internet-facing application.

Answer 25

b. Activate runbooks for incident response. Explanation: Activate runbooks for incident response: Upon detecting an IoC, the blue team will initiate predefined procedures outlined in their incident response plan (runbooks). These procedures are designed to handle security incidents effectively, including containing the threat, investigating the scope of the compromise, mitigating further damage, and restoring affected systems. Here's why the other options are less likely to be the immediate response: a. Reimage the impacted workstations: Reimaging workstations may be part of the incident response process, especially if the compromise is severe, but it typically comes after initial containment and investigation steps. c. Conduct forensics on the compromised system: Forensic analysis is important for understanding how the compromise occurred and gathering evidence for potential legal or compliance purposes. However, it is usually conducted after containing the incident to prevent further damage. d. Conduct passive reconnaissance to gather information: Passive reconnaissance is typically done as part of proactive security measures or during the initial stages of threat hunting, not immediately after detecting an IoC.

Answer 26

c. Low FRR (False Rejection Rate) Explanation: False Rejection Rate (FRR): This metric indicates the rate at which the biometric system incorrectly rejects valid attempts by customers. In other words, it measures how often legitimate customers are not recognized by the system, potentially causing inconvenience and frustration. For an amusement park focusing on customer convenience, minimizing the FRR is crucial to ensure that customers can quickly and reliably access the park using their fingerprints without encountering frequent rejections. Here's why the other options are not as suitable in this scenario: a. Low FAR (False Acceptance Rate): While a low FAR is important for security reasons (to prevent unauthorized access), prioritizing it over customer convenience might lead to more stringent authentication requirements, which could increase the likelihood of legitimate customers being falsely accused of sharing tickets. b. Low efficacy: Efficacy typically refers to the overall effectiveness of the biometric system in correctly identifying users. Prioritizing low efficacy would mean the system is less accurate in general, which is counterproductive for both security and convenience. d. Low CER (Crossover Error Rate): CER is the point where the FAR and FRR are equal. While CER is an important metric in biometric system evaluation, it doesn't directly address the immediate concern of customer convenience in this context.

Answer 27

d. NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology) Explanation: NIST: NIST is a non-regulatory federal agency within the United States Department of Commerce. It develops and publishes standards, guidelines, and best practices for various areas, including cybersecurity and information security. Specifically, NIST Special Publication 800-53 provides a comprehensive set of security controls for federal information systems and organizations that need to adhere to federal regulations and guidelines. Here's a brief overview of the other options: a. ISO (International Organization for Standardization): ISO publishes various standards, including those related to information security (e.g., ISO/IEC 27001), but it does not specifically focus on setting detailed frameworks and controls for optimal security configuration on systems. b. GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation): GDPR is a regulation in EU law on data protection and privacy for all individuals within the European Union and the European Economic Area. It primarily focuses on personal data protection and privacy, not on security configuration standards for systems. c. PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard): PCI DSS is a set of security standards designed to ensure that all companies that accept, process, store, or transmit credit card information maintain a secure environment. While it includes specific requirements for securing systems that handle payment card information, it does not cover all aspects of general security configuration for systems.

Answer 28

a. Logic bomb Explanation: Logic bomb: A logic bomb is a type of malware that is typically set to execute or trigger upon a specific condition or event. In this case, it appears to trigger whenever the Chief Financial Officer logs in to the file server. The logic bomb could be programmed to delete specific files each time this event occurs, which explains why the files keep getting deleted even after they are restored from backup. Here's why the other options are less likely: b. Cryptomalware: Cryptomalware (or ransomware) typically encrypts files to extort money from victims, rather than simply deleting them repeatedly. It doesn't usually target specific files repeatedly after restoration. c. Spyware: Spyware is designed to gather information covertly and send it to an external entity. It is not typically associated with behavior where files are deleted upon a specific user's login. d. Remote access Trojan (RAT): RATs provide unauthorized remote access to a computer system. While they can be used to perform various malicious actions, including file manipulation, the scenario described (specific files being deleted upon the CFO's login) aligns more closely with the characteristics of a logic bomb.

Answer 29

b. Attempt to quarantine all infected hosts to limit further spread. Explanation: Quarantine infected hosts: This step is crucial to prevent the malware from spreading further within the network. By isolating or quarantining infected hosts, the analyst can contain the impact and prevent the malware from infecting additional systems or accessing sensitive data. Here's why the other options are not the immediate next step: a. Review how the malware was introduced to the network: While investigating the initial infection vector is important for understanding the attack's root cause and preventing future incidents, it is not the immediate action needed to mitigate the current spread of the malware. c. Create help desk tickets to get infected systems reimaged: Reimaging infected systems is part of the remediation process, but it should follow containment efforts. Reimaging typically requires coordination and verification, which may take time and should not delay containment efforts. d. Update all endpoint antivirus solutions with the latest updates: Updating antivirus solutions is important for improving detection and prevention capabilities against known threats. However, during an active malware outbreak, containing the spread takes priority over updating antivirus signatures.

Answer 30

b. Command and control Explanation: Command and control (C2): In the Cyber Kill Chain, the command and control phase involves the adversary establishing communication channels and maintaining control over compromised systems within the network. Even though inbound traffic rules and server ACLs were implemented to defend against initial intrusion attempts (which would typically fall under exploitation), the fact that the adversary still maintains a presence suggests they have successfully established control mechanisms to communicate outbound from compromised systems back to their command infrastructure. Here's why the other options are not correct in this context: a. Reconnaissance: Reconnaissance involves gathering information about the target network and identifying potential vulnerabilities or entry points. While reconnaissance precedes exploitation, the scenario describes a situation where the adversary has already breached the network and is actively maintaining control. c. Actions on objective: Actions on objective involve the adversary achieving their goals, such as exfiltrating data or disrupting operations. While the adversary may eventually progress to this stage, the scenario indicates that they are currently focused on maintaining their presence through command and control. d. Exploitation: Exploitation involves the initial compromise of systems or networks. While this may have occurred earlier in the attack lifecycle, the current focus is on the ongoing control and persistence within the network, which aligns more closely with the command and control phase.

Answer 31

a. SIEM correlation dashboards Explanation: SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) correlation dashboards: SIEM systems collect and correlate logs from various sources, including firewalls and network management solutions. They provide a centralized platform to analyze and correlate events across the network and security infrastructure. In the context of a security breach that exploited vulnerabilities in these devices, SIEM correlation dashboards can help identify suspicious activities, anomalies, or specific events that indicate the breach. Here's why the other options are less likely to be used for identifying when the breach occurred: b. Firewall syslog event logs: Firewall syslog event logs are useful for monitoring and analyzing firewall activities, such as traffic allowed or denied, but they may not provide comprehensive visibility into broader network management vulnerabilities or correlated events across different devices. c. Network management solution login audit logs: While login audit logs from the network management solution are important for tracking user access and activities within the management system, they may not directly correlate with the exploitation of vulnerabilities in the firewall or network devices themselves. d. Bandwidth monitors and interface sensors: Bandwidth monitors and interface sensors primarily monitor network traffic and performance metrics, such as bandwidth utilization and interface status. They are useful for network performance monitoring but typically do not provide the detailed event data needed to identify specific software vulnerabilities being exploited.

Answer 32

b. Development Explanation: Development: Secure coding practices should be integrated into the development phase of software or application lifecycle. This ensures that security considerations are addressed from the beginning of the development process. Developers should follow secure coding guidelines and practices to minimize vulnerabilities and reduce the risk of introducing security flaws into the software. Here's why the other options are less suitable: a. Stage: The stage environment typically comes after development and is used for testing the application in an environment that closely mirrors production. While security testing and validation should occur in stage environments, secure coding practices should ideally be implemented earlier during development. c. Production: Production environments are where the live application or software is deployed and used by end-users. Secure coding practices should ideally prevent vulnerabilities from reaching production, as addressing security flaws at this stage can be more costly and risky. d. Test: While testing is crucial for identifying and validating software functionality and security, including security testing (e.g., penetration testing, vulnerability scanning), secure coding should ideally be applied during development to prevent vulnerabilities from being introduced in the first place.

Answer 33

c. Hybrid Explanation: Hybrid cloud: In a hybrid cloud environment, organizations integrate their on-premises infrastructure (local networks in this case) with cloud services, allowing them to extend their capabilities and leverage cloud resources while maintaining control over sensitive data or applications that need to remain on-premises. In this scenario, the organization is selectively choosing which applications (in this case, internal HR applications) are allowed to access the cloud resources. Here's why the other options are not correct: a. Public cloud: A public cloud model involves cloud services provided over the public internet, where resources are shared among multiple customers. It does not typically involve direct integration with on-premises networks or the ability to selectively block specific applications from accessing cloud resources. b. Community cloud: A community cloud is a cloud infrastructure shared by several organizations with similar computing concerns (e.g., regulatory requirements). It does not inherently involve integration with existing on-premises networks as described in the scenario. d. Private cloud: A private cloud is dedicated to a single organization and can be located on-premises or off-premises. While it offers more control and security, it does not typically involve the integration of existing local networks with external cloud resources as described in the scenario.

Answer 34

d. Production environment. Explanation: Production: The production environment is where the live application or software is accessed and used by end-users. Deploying patches directly to production without adequate testing in lower environments (such as test, staging, and development) can pose significant risks. These risks include introducing new issues, disrupting service availability, or causing downtime for users. Here's why the other options are not correct: a. Test: The test environment is used to conduct functional testing, integration testing, and security testing of the application. Patches are typically deployed here first to verify that they do not introduce new issues or conflicts with existing functionality. b. Staging: The staging environment closely mirrors the production environment and is used for final testing before deployment to production. Patches are deployed here to validate their effectiveness and ensure they do not cause issues when applied to the actual production environment. c. Development: The development environment is where changes to the application are initially made and tested by developers. Patches may be developed and tested here first, but they should undergo thorough testing in higher environments (test, staging) before being deployed to production.

Answer 35

d. Designing new detective security controls Explanation: Detective security controls: These controls are designed to detect and alert on security incidents or potential vulnerabilities in real-time or near real-time. By implementing new detective controls in the backup server rooms, the organization can enhance its ability to monitor and respond to threats effectively. Here's why the other options may not fully address the requirement: a. Purchasing hardware from different vendors: While diversifying vendors can reduce the risk of vulnerabilities common to specific manufacturers, it does not guarantee protection against all vulnerabilities. Moreover, vulnerabilities can exist across different vendors depending on their product design and implementation. b. Migrating workloads to public cloud infrastructure: While the public cloud can provide enhanced security features, it introduces new security considerations and may not directly address vulnerabilities in the organization's physical server rooms. c. Implementing a robust patch management solution: Patch management is crucial for mitigating vulnerabilities, but it addresses vulnerabilities that are already known and for which patches are available. It does not prevent the initial exploitation of vulnerabilities or address unknown vulnerabilities. (Braindump) a. Purchasing hardware from different vendors

Answer 36

b. User behavior analysis Explanation: User behavior analysis: This involves monitoring and analyzing patterns of user activity across the network to detect deviations from normal behavior. The goal is to identify potential security incidents or insider threats based on unusual actions or access patterns. Here's why the other options are less likely: a. Vulnerability scans: Vulnerability scans are automated processes to identify weaknesses in systems, applications, or networks. They focus on identifying known vulnerabilities rather than detecting abnormal behavior in real-time. c. Security orchestration, automation, and response (SOAR): SOAR platforms integrate security tools and automate incident response workflows. While SOAR can include monitoring capabilities, it primarily focuses on automation and orchestration of response activities rather than detecting abnormal behavior. d. Threat hunting: Threat hunting involves proactive and iterative searching for threats within an environment based on indicators of compromise (IoCs) and knowledge of attacker tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTPs). It is more focused on actively seeking out threats rather than monitoring for abnormal behavior passively.

Answer 37

b. Directory traversal d. Privilege escalation Here's the reasoning: Directory Traversal: This attack involves navigating through directories in a file system to access files and directories that are outside the web root directory. In this case, it explains how the attacker could access the database administrator's folder on the web server, which should not have been directly accessible through the web server. Privilege Escalation: This attack involves gaining elevated access to resources that are normally protected from an application or user. In this scenario, the attacker may have used privilege escalation to gain the necessary permissions to access or download the system configuration notes from the database administrator's folder. The other options are less likely to explain this specific incident: Pass-the-hash: This is a network attack where an attacker captures a password hash and reuses it to authenticate as the user. It doesn't directly explain accessing specific files on a web server. SQL injection: While this could be used to manipulate a database, it doesn't directly explain accessing files stored in a directory structure on the web server. Cross-site scripting (XSS): This is a client-side attack that targets users of a web application, not the server's file system. Request forgery: This involves tricking a user into making unwanted requests. It doesn't directly explain how the attacker accessed specific files on the web server.

Answer 38

a. Malicious script Explanation: The events indicate that a user named scheduledtasks successfully authenticated on Active Directory (AD) at abnormal times, which suggests unauthorized access or misuse of credentials associated with a scheduled task. There are failed attempts to execute scripts (amazing-3rdparty-domain-assessment.py and secureyourAD-3rdparty-compliance.sh) from a directory (c:\weekly_checkups\), indicating attempts to run potentially malicious scripts on the system. Finally, there is a successful execution of the amazing-3rdparty-domain-assessment.py script by the scheduledtasks user, which implies that a malicious script was successfully executed on the system. Based on these indicators, the events point towards an attack where an unauthorized user or process (scheduledtasks) gained access to the system, likely through compromised credentials or a vulnerability, and executed malicious scripts (amazing-3rdparty-domain-assessment.py) as part of their attack.

Answer 39

d. Smishing Explanation: Smishing (SMS phishing) is a type of phishing attack where attackers use SMS (text messages) to deceive victims into providing sensitive information or clicking on malicious links. In this case, the text message containing an unrecognized invoice number and a link to click for more details is an attempt to trick the recipient into visiting a malicious website or downloading malware onto their device. Phishing typically refers to email-based attacks that aim to deceive users into disclosing personal information, clicking on malicious links, or downloading attachments that contain malware. Vishing (Voice phishing) involves attackers using voice communication (phone calls) to deceive individuals into revealing sensitive information. Whaling targets high-profile individuals or executives within an organization, attempting to trick them into revealing sensitive information or authorizing fraudulent transactions.

Answer 40

a. Train the team to identify the difference between events and incidents. Explanation: Incident response effectiveness often hinges on the ability of the team to quickly identify and prioritize incidents from normal events. Training team members to distinguish between events (which are regular occurrences in IT operations) and incidents (which are security breaches or potential security breaches) is crucial. This training helps in promptly identifying incidents that require immediate action, thereby reducing response times and minimizing potential damage from security breaches. Option b, modifying access for the IT team to have full access to compromised assets, could potentially be necessary during incident response but is not a broad recommendation for improving the entire process. Option c, contacting authorities if cybercrime is suspected, is a specific step that may be part of incident response but doesn't encompass the whole process. Option d, restricting communication surrounding the response to the IT team, goes against best practices of incident response, which often involve cross-functional teams and communication with various stakeholders.

Answer 41

b. NIPS (Network-based Intrusion Prevention System) d. WAF (Web Application Firewall) Here's why: NIPS (Network-based Intrusion Prevention System): A NIPS can analyze network traffic and block malicious activities at various layers, including Layer 7. It can detect and prevent attacks such as SQL injection, cross-site scripting (XSS), and other web application attacks. WAF (Web Application Firewall): A WAF specifically focuses on monitoring, filtering, and blocking HTTP/HTTPS traffic to and from a web application. It operates at Layer 7 and is designed to protect web applications by detecting and blocking attacks like SQL injection, XSS, and other web-based threats. The other options do not operate at Layer 7 in a manner that allows them to block attacks: HIDS (Host-based Intrusion Detection System): Detects suspicious activity on a specific host but does not block Layer 7 attacks. HSM (Hardware Security Module): Manages digital keys and performs cryptographic operations, not related to blocking Layer 7 attacks. NAC (Network Access Control): Controls access to the network but does not specifically block Layer 7 attacks. NIDS (Network-based Intrusion Detection System): Monitors network traffic for suspicious activity but does not block attacks, and its focus is not specifically on Layer 7.

Answer 42

b. Perform a physical-to-virtual migration. Here's why: Cost-Effective: Physical-to-virtual (P2V) migration allows the business to continue using the existing system by running it as a virtual machine (VM) on more reliable hardware, often without the need to purchase new physical hardware immediately. Business Continuity: Virtual machines can be easily backed up, replicated, and moved to different hosts, ensuring business operations can continue seamlessly even if there is a hardware failure. Scalability and Flexibility: Virtual environments can be adjusted more easily to changing business needs compared to physical hardware. The other options are less suitable for this specific concern: Implement a full system upgrade: This could be costly and might not be necessary if the main concern is the hardware reliability of a single PC. Install uninterruptible power supplies (UPS): This addresses power-related issues, not hardware failures. Purchase cybersecurity insurance: This would help mitigate financial losses due to cyber incidents but does not address the concern of hardware failure directly.

Answer 43

d. Block port 3389 inbound from untrusted networks. The SMB Protocol (in all its version) doesn't provide functionality to execute files at the remote systems. Its main objective is to support the sharing of file and print resource between machines. The only feasible option left is logging through RDP and manually executing the file.

Answer 44

b. Federation Explanation: Federation often uses Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) for authentication. SAML is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, particularly between an identity provider and a service provider, which is a key aspect of federated identity management.

Answer 45

c. Implement a SOAR with customizable playbooks. Here’s why SOAR (Security Orchestration, Automation, and Response) with customizable playbooks is the most appropriate choice: Automation: SOAR platforms enable automation of repetitive tasks and workflows in incident response. This can significantly reduce the time analysts spend on manual tasks such as data enrichment, response coordination, and remediation actions. Customizable Playbooks: SOAR platforms allow organizations to create and customize playbooks tailored to their specific incident response processes and workflows. Analysts can define automated actions based on predefined conditions and responses, ensuring consistent and efficient handling of incidents. Integration: SOAR platforms integrate with various security tools, allowing seamless communication and automated response across the security infrastructure. This integration further enhances the efficiency of incident response operations. In contrast, let's briefly review why the other options are less suitable: a. Configure a NIDS appliance using a Switched Port Analyzer: While network intrusion detection systems (NIDS) are important for detecting network-based attacks, configuring them using a Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) focuses on monitoring network traffic. This does not directly address the need for automation and response orchestration. b. Collect OSINT and catalog the artifacts in a central repository: Open Source Intelligence (OSINT) gathering and artifact cataloging are valuable for threat intelligence and analysis, but they do not directly improve incident response time, especially in terms of automation and process efficiency. d. Install a SIEM with community-driven threat intelligence: SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) systems are crucial for centralized logging and correlation of security events. While they provide insights into security incidents, they do not inherently automate incident response processes like a SOAR platform does.

Answer 46

a. PKI (Public Key Infrastructure) Here's why PKI is the best choice: Secure Transaction Signing: PKI provides a robust framework for managing digital certificates and keys, which are essential for securely signing, encrypting, and decrypting transaction files. Certificate Authority (CA): PKI involves a hierarchical system where a trusted Certificate Authority (CA) issues digital certificates that validate the identity of entities (such as business partners) and bind their public keys to their identities. This ensures the authenticity and integrity of transactions. Encryption and Decryption: PKI supports asymmetric encryption, where entities have a public-private key pair. This allows for secure encryption of transaction data using the recipient's public key and decryption using their private key, ensuring confidentiality. Non-repudiation: PKI enables digital signatures, which provide non-repudiation by linking the identity of the signer to the signed data, preventing the signer from later denying involvement. In contrast, let's briefly discuss why the other options are less suitable: b. Blockchain: While blockchain technology provides decentralized and tamper-resistant transaction records, it is more commonly used for distributed ledger purposes rather than issuing digital certificates and managing keys for encryption. c. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language): SAML is primarily used for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, typically in web-based single sign-on (SSO) scenarios. It is not designed for managing keys or issuing certificates for transaction signing. d. OAuth (Open Authorization): OAuth is an authorization framework that allows third-party applications to access resources without sharing credentials. It is used for access delegation rather than transaction signing and encryption.

Answer 47

c. VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure) Here's why VDI is the appropriate choice: Centralized Management: VDI allows for centralized management of virtual desktops from a single location. IT administrators can manage and update virtual desktop images and applications centrally, ensuring security configurations are consistent across all virtual desktop instances. Extend the Life of End User Machines: With VDI, end user devices (like desktops or laptops) primarily serve as thin clients, meaning they require less processing power and storage since most computing occurs on the virtual desktop server. This reduces the need for frequent hardware upgrades or replacements of end user machines. Consistent User Desktop Experience: VDI provides a consistent desktop environment to users regardless of the device they are using to access their virtual desktop. Users can access their desktop and applications from any device with an internet connection, ensuring a uniform user experience. On the other hand, let's briefly discuss why the other options are less suitable: a. BYOD (Bring Your Own Device): BYOD allows employees to use their personal devices for work purposes, but it does not inherently provide centralized management or reduce the need for replacing aging end user machines. It also may not ensure a consistent user desktop experience across different devices. b. Mobile Device Management (MDM): MDM focuses on managing mobile devices (smartphones, tablets) used within an organization, primarily for security and policy enforcement. It does not directly address centralized management of infrastructure or provide a consistent desktop experience for users. d. Containerization: While containerization provides a lightweight and isolated environment for running applications, it is more suitable for application deployment and microservices architecture rather than providing centralized management of infrastructure or virtual desktop environments.

Answer 48

c. Proprietary Explanation: Proprietary: This term refers to information that is owned by a company or organization and is considered confidential or sensitive. It encompasses a wide range of data and knowledge that is not publicly available or disclosed to the general public. Proprietary information can include trade secrets, intellectual property, business strategies, customer lists, financial data, and more. Let's briefly differentiate it from the other options: Public: Information that is publicly accessible and not considered confidential or sensitive. Top secret: Typically refers to the highest level of classified information in government or military contexts. Open-source: Refers to software or information that is freely available for use, modification, and distribution under licenses that promote access and collaboration.

Answer 49

b. A CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker) c. An NG-SWG (Next-Generation Secure Web Gateway) Here's why: CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker): A CASB provides visibility and control over data and user activities in cloud services. It offers features such as threat detection, data loss prevention (DLP), and enforcement of security policies, which are crucial for protecting cloud-based services from advanced threats and data breaches. NG-SWG (Next-Generation Secure Web Gateway): An NG-SWG offers advanced web security by inspecting web traffic for malware, blocking malicious websites, and providing threat intelligence. It can prevent advanced threats from reaching cloud-based services by filtering and securing web traffic. The other options, while important for overall security, are not as directly focused on addressing the CSO's specific concerns about advanced threats and malware in the cloud: WAF (Web Application Firewall): Protects web applications from attacks like SQL injection and cross-site scripting, but doesn't provide comprehensive cloud service protection. Segmentation: Enhances security by isolating network segments, but does not directly address advanced threats and malware in cloud services. Encryption: Protects data at rest and in transit, but doesn't prevent or detect advanced threats and malware. Containerization: Helps with application security and isolation, but isn't specifically focused on protecting cloud-based services from advanced threats and malware.

Answer 50

c. COPE and VDI COPE (Corporate-Owned, Personally-Enabled): In a COPE deployment model, the organization owns the laptops provided to employees. These devices are configured with corporate policies and applications, making them suitable for corporate use. However, employees are also allowed to use these devices for personal purposes within certain boundaries set by the organization. VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure): VDI allows employees to access their corporate desktop environment remotely from their laptops. This means that the laptops do not necessarily store sensitive corporate data locally but instead connect to virtualized desktops hosted on centralized servers or in the cloud. VDI ensures that employees can use their laptops securely from any location while accessing the corporate operating system and applications.

Answer 51

b. Keylogger Keylogger: A keylogger is malicious software or hardware that records keystrokes made by a user on a compromised system. If users share workstations and a keylogger is installed on those systems, it can capture all keystrokes entered by users, including usernames, passwords, and other sensitive information. This would allow an attacker to capture newly entered passwords after resets, despite the reset attempt. Symptoms match: Unauthorized emails and suspicious activities: Keyloggers can capture login credentials, allowing attackers to impersonate legitimate users and perform unauthorized actions. Endpoint protection disabled: Keyloggers can be sophisticated enough to evade detection by endpoint protection software or even disable it. Impossible travel times: If the attacker has gained access to user accounts, they can login from different locations, making it appear as if the user is logging in from impossible travel distances. Sensitive data uploaded to external sites: Once credentials are compromised, attackers can exfiltrate sensitive data to external locations.

Answer 52

a. Snapshot Snapshot: A snapshot captures the current state of a virtual machine (VM) at a specific point in time. This includes the contents of the VM's memory, disk state, and configuration settings. It essentially creates a read-only copy of the VM at the time the snapshot was taken. Snapshots are useful for creating point-in-time backups and for preserving the exact state of the VM, including any volatile data in memory. Other backup types: Full backup: This type of backup typically copies all data from the source, but it does not specifically capture the memory state of a running virtual server. Differential backup: This captures changes made since the last full backup, but it does not capture memory contents. Incremental backup: This captures changes made since the last backup (full or incremental), but like differential backups, it does not include memory contents. Cloud backup: Refers to backups stored in a cloud-based storage service; it does not describe the type of backup method used.

Answer 53

(Brindump Community ) d. Direct access c. Supply chain attack: This type of attack involves manipulating or exploiting vulnerabilities in the supply chain of hardware or software components. In this case, the user's laptop could have been compromised when it was serviced, repaired, or accessed during the conference. An attacker might have physically inserted a malicious hardware device (such as a hardware keylogger, a malicious network adapter, or a rogue USB device) into the laptop to monitor or control its operations. This hardware can cause symptoms like overheating, increased fan activity, and degraded performance. Other options: Removable media: Typically refers to attacks through USB drives or external storage devices. While it's possible for malware to spread through such media, it doesn't directly explain the presence of a physically attached unknown hardware device. Spear phishing: Involves targeted email attacks to deceive users into disclosing sensitive information or downloading malware. This doesn't directly relate to the physical compromise described. Direct access: Refers to physical access to a system or device. While the attacker did gain physical access, the specific method of compromise involves the manipulation of the supply chain, not just direct physical access alone. (Braindump) a. Removable media

Answer 54

a. SSH (Secure Shell) Here’s why SSH is the correct choice: SSH (Secure Shell): SSH provides a secure, encrypted method for remote login and command execution on network devices. It encrypts the entire communication session between the client and the server, including authentication credentials, commands sent, and responses received. This encryption ensures that passwords and other sensitive information are protected from eavesdropping and interception. Other options explained: SNMPv3: SNMPv3 provides authentication and encryption for SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) messages, but it's primarily used for monitoring and management rather than interactive command execution like SSH. SFTP (Secure File Transfer Protocol): SFTP is used for secure file transfers, not for interactive command-line access to network devices. Telnet: Telnet is a legacy protocol that sends data, including passwords, in cleartext. It does not provide any encryption or security mechanisms, making it vulnerable to interception. FTP (File Transfer Protocol): FTP also sends data, including credentials, in cleartext. It does not provide encryption for data in transit.

Answer 55

a. CVSS (Common Vulnerability Scoring System) CVSS is a standard for assessing and scoring the severity of computer system security vulnerabilities. It provides a quantitative measure of the impact and exploitability of a vulnerability, allowing organizations to prioritize their response efforts. CVSS assigns a score based on several metrics such as exploitability, impact, and complexity, which helps organizations determine the urgency and criticality of applying patches or mitigations to vulnerabilities. Let's briefly explain the other options for clarity: SIEM (Security Information and Event Management): SIEM systems aggregate and analyze security event data from various sources within an organization's IT infrastructure. They provide real-time analysis of security alerts generated by applications and network hardware, helping organizations to detect and respond to security incidents. SOAR (Security Orchestration, Automation, and Response): SOAR platforms integrate security technologies and automate incident response processes. They can help streamline and accelerate incident detection, response, and remediation tasks. CVE (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures): CVE is a dictionary of publicly known information security vulnerabilities and exposures. It provides unique identifiers (CVE IDs) for known vulnerabilities, but it does not provide a calculated value or scoring system for prioritization.

Answer 56

a. Community Explanation: Community cloud deployment model is designed to meet the specific needs of a community of organizations with shared concerns (such as universities collaborating on research projects). It allows these organizations to share infrastructure and resources securely while maintaining some level of control over their data and applications. This model supports collaborative efforts by providing a dedicated and customizable environment that meets the shared requirements of the participating universities. It typically offers better security, compliance, and performance compared to public cloud options, while still providing the benefits of scalability and cost-efficiency. In contrast: Public cloud involves resources shared by multiple organizations over the internet, which may not offer the required level of control or security for sensitive research data. Private cloud is dedicated to a single organization, which may not be cost-effective or scalable for multiple universities collaborating on a project. Hybrid cloud integrates private and public cloud environments, which could add unnecessary complexity for this specific collaborative research scenario.

Answer 57

d. Calculate the checksum using a hashing algorithm. Explanation: Checksum using a hashing algorithm (option d) is commonly used in forensic analysis to verify data integrity. A hash function takes an input (in this case, the collected data) and produces a fixed-size string of bytes, known as the hash value or checksum. If the data remains unchanged, the hash value will remain the same. Even a small change to the input data will result in a significantly different hash value due to the avalanche effect of hash functions. By comparing the hash value of the collected data to the hash value calculated later, the forensic analyst can verify if the data has been tampered with. This method is efficient, reliable, and widely accepted in forensic investigations to ensure data integrity and prove the authenticity of collected evidence.

Answer 58

b. Password history Explanation: Implementing password history policies ensures that users cannot reuse a certain number of their previous passwords. This can help mitigate the risk of attackers using previously leaked passwords to gain access to accounts. Complexity requirements alone (option a) do not address the issue if users reuse old passwords that have already been compromised. Acceptable use policy (option c) and shared accounts (option d) are not directly relevant to preventing the reuse of compromised

Answer 59

c. curl --head http://192.168.0.10 a. nmap -pl-65535 192.168.0.10: This command uses nmap, a network scanning tool. However, the options -pl-65535 are incorrect and would not achieve web server fingerprinting. This command is typically used for ping scanning, not for web server fingerprinting. b. dig 192.168.0.10: The dig command is used for querying DNS (Domain Name System) servers to retrieve DNS records like A, AAAA, and others. It does not provide information about the web server itself. c. curl --head http://192.168.0.10: This command uses curl to make an HTTP request to the specified URL (http://192.168.0.10) and retrieves the HTTP headers (--head). HTTP headers often include server information such as the server type and sometimes version number. This can help in fingerprinting the web server. d. ping 192.168.0.10: The ping command is used to test connectivity between devices by sending ICMP echo requests. It does not provide any information about the web server software. Conclusion: The most appropriate tool from the options provided to fingerprint a web server is c. curl --head http://192.168.0.10. This command will fetch the HTTP headers from the web server at 192.168.0.10, allowing the security analyst to gather information about the server software and version, which is crucial for fingerprinting purposes. Therefore, option c is the correct answer.

Answer 60

d. Nmap a. Autopsy: Autopsy is a digital forensics platform primarily used for analyzing disk images and other media. It is not suitable for network enumeration or scanning. b. Cuckoo: Cuckoo is a malware analysis sandbox. While useful for analyzing malware behavior and payloads, it is not typically used for network scanning or enumeration. c. Memdump: Memdump typically refers to dumping memory contents for analysis. While memory analysis can be useful, it's not directly related to network enumeration or lateral movement within a network. d. Nmap: Nmap is a powerful network scanning tool that can be used to discover hosts, services, and open ports on a network. It is highly effective for mapping out network topologies, identifying live hosts, and providing information about services running on those hosts. Conclusion: In the context of pivoting from a compromised server for lateral movement, d. Nmap would provide the most useful information. Nmap can scan the network from the compromised server, identify other hosts and services, and potentially uncover additional vulnerabilities or targets for further exploitation. Therefore, option d. Nmap is the correct answer for the penetration tester in this scenario.

Answer 61

b. Mobile device management (MDM) Here's how MDM addresses the organization's needs: Issuing Permanent Devices: MDM solutions allow organizations to manage mobile devices centrally. This includes provisioning devices and configuring them with the necessary settings and applications. Once configured, the devices can be issued as permanent work devices to field workers, eliminating the need for daily reissuance. Enforcement of Policies: MDM solutions enable organizations to enforce strict policies on managed devices. This includes configuring devices so they can only be used for work purposes and preventing unauthorized use for personal activities. Policies can restrict the installation of non-work-related apps and enforce usage restrictions. Security and Compliance: MDM provides security features such as encryption, remote locking, and password policies to protect sensitive work data on the devices. It also helps ensure compliance with organizational policies and regulatory requirements. Remote Management and Monitoring: MDM allows IT administrators to remotely monitor and manage devices. This includes tracking device location (geolocation) and status, applying updates and patches, and troubleshooting issues without physical access to the devices. While geofencing (option a) can restrict device usage based on location, it typically does not provide comprehensive management capabilities like policy enforcement and remote management, which are crucial for maintaining control over devices used by field workers. Containerization (option c) is useful for separating work and personal data on devices, but it may not prevent personal use entirely unless strictly enforced through policy. Remote wiping (option d) is a security measure to erase data from lost or stolen devices but does not address the management and usage policy requirements described.

Answer 62

a. Preventive Preventive controls are designed to prevent incidents from occurring by reducing vulnerabilities or deterring potential attackers. They aim to proactively mitigate risks before they can be exploited. Examples of preventive controls include: Access controls: Limiting access to authorized personnel only. Encryption: Protecting sensitive data from unauthorized access. Patching and updates: Keeping software and systems up to date to address known vulnerabilities. Firewalls and intrusion prevention systems (IPS): Filtering network traffic to block malicious activity. Security awareness training: Educating users about security best practices to prevent social engineering attacks. In contrast: Deterrent controls aim to discourage attackers from targeting a system or organization. They include measures like visible security cameras, warning signs, or security guards, which may deter potential attackers from attempting an attack. Corrective controls are implemented after an incident has occurred to mitigate its impact and restore systems to a secure state. Detective controls are designed to detect and respond to incidents after they have occurred, such as through monitoring, logging, and intrusion detection systems (IDS).

Answer 63

d. Memory leak Here's why: Memory leak: A memory leak occurs when a program allocates memory but fails to release it back to the operating system after it is no longer needed. Over time, this can lead to the gradual depletion of available memory resources on the system. In the scenario provided: The administrator ran an analysis tool (timeAttend.exe). The tool reported memory usage statistics, indicating that memory allocated by the timeAttend.exe process was not properly released (definitely lost: 4608 bytes in 18 blocks). After terminating timeAttend.exe, the system performance improved and did not degrade over the next few days, suggesting that terminating the process stopped the continuous memory consumption. Symptoms consistent with memory leak: Initially, the systems administrator increased virtual memory allocation to mitigate degraded performance, which temporarily improved conditions. However, performance degraded again after a few days. Memory leaks typically lead to a gradual increase in memory consumption over time, eventually impacting system performance as available memory resources become exhausted.

Answer 64

a. DLP Here’s why: Data Loss Prevention (DLP): DLP solutions are designed to monitor and prevent unauthorized transfer or disclosure of sensitive information, such as payment card numbers, outside of the organization's network. They typically inspect file content, both at rest and in transit, to identify sensitive data patterns based on predefined policies. Scenario analysis: The administrator is trying to upload a support file to a vendor. During the upload process, a pop-up message indicates that a payment card number was found in the file. The upload is blocked, presumably to prevent the unauthorized transfer of sensitive payment card information to an external party (the vendor). Controls involved: Firewall rule: Firewalls typically control network traffic based on port, protocol, or IP addresses. They are not typically involved in inspecting file content for specific data patterns like payment card numbers. Content filter: Content filters can inspect web content for malicious or inappropriate content, but they may not specifically focus on detecting sensitive data patterns like payment card numbers. MDM (Mobile Device Management): MDM solutions manage mobile devices and may enforce security policies but are not directly involved in inspecting file content during uploads. Application allow list: Application allow lists control which applications can run on a system but do not inspect file content during uploads.

Answer 65

a. Acceptance Explanation: Acceptance in risk management refers to acknowledging the existence of a risk and deciding not to take any further action to mitigate it. This strategy is typically chosen when the cost or effort required to mitigate the risk is deemed to be greater than the impact of the risk itself. In the context of maintaining a legacy system with known risks for operational purposes, organizations often opt for acceptance. This means they are aware of the risks associated with using the legacy system but continue to use it because: It is critical for ongoing operations. The organization may lack resources or alternative solutions to upgrade or replace the system. The potential impact of the risks (such as downtime or data breaches) is deemed acceptable compared to the cost or disruption that would be caused by attempting to mitigate or avoid the risks. Transference involves shifting the risk to another party, such as through insurance or outsourcing. Avoidance aims to eliminate the risk altogether by not engaging in the activity that poses the risk. Mitigation involves taking actions to reduce the likelihood or impact of a risk.

Answer 66

b. Publish the document in a central repository that is easily accessible to the organization. Explanation: Incident response processes need to be well-documented and accessible to all relevant stakeholders within the organization. By publishing the incident response document in a central repository that is easily accessible: Consistency is promoted because all team members can refer to the same authoritative source for guidance on how to handle incidents. Audibility is enhanced because auditors and stakeholders can easily review the documented process to ensure compliance and effectiveness. It facilitates collaboration and knowledge sharing among team members, as everyone can contribute to and benefit from a centralized resource. Incentivizing new hires to update the document with external knowledge (option a) might encourage knowledge sharing but does not ensure the document's centralization or accessibility. Restricting eligibility to comment on the process to subject matter experts (option c) may limit input and collaboration across teams, potentially hindering the overall effectiveness of the incident response process. Rotating CIRT members (option d) can foster a shared responsibility model and cross-training but does not directly address the need for a centralized and easily accessible documentation repository. (Braindump) d. Rotate CIRT members to foster a shared responsibility model in the organization.

Answer 67

b. Perform containment on the critical servers and resources. Explanation: Containment is a crucial initial step in incident response. It involves isolating compromised systems or affected areas to prevent further unauthorized access or data exfiltration. By containing the critical servers and resources, the client can limit the spread of the breach and prevent ongoing data loss. Reviewing the firewall and identifying the source of the active connection (option c) is also important but typically comes after containment. It helps in understanding how the breach occurred and what steps are needed to prevent future incidents. Conducting a full vulnerability scan (option a) is necessary to identify vulnerabilities that might have been exploited but should be conducted after containment to prioritize immediate security measures. Disconnecting the entire infrastructure from the internet (option d) is an extreme measure that may disrupt business operations significantly and should be considered only if containment measures fail or if there is immediate risk of ongoing data exfiltration.

Answer 68

c. Deterrent controls Deterrent controls are designed to discourage potential intruders by signaling that security measures are in place. They do not directly prevent access but aim to deter unauthorized individuals from attempting to breach security measures. Examples of deterrent controls include signage indicating the presence of security cameras or alarms, visible locks and barriers, and warning notices. Here’s why deterrent controls are the best choice given the scenario: Cost-effectiveness: Deterrent controls are generally more cost-effective to implement compared to preventive controls, which require physical barriers or access controls that might be more expensive. Suitability for low budgets: Since the directive is to utilize the lowest possible budget, deterrent controls such as signage and visible security measures provide an effective deterrent without significant investment. Meeting the requirement: Deterrent controls align with the objective of limiting unauthorized access by discouraging potential intruders, thus contributing to the security goal within the specified budget constraints.

Answer 69

a. SaaS Here’s a breakdown of why SaaS is the most suitable option: SaaS (Software as a Service): With SaaS, the service provider hosts the application and manages everything from the infrastructure to the middleware, application software, and data. Users access the software over the internet, typically through a web browser. In this case, if the company migrates its databases to a SaaS solution, the service provider will handle all aspects of managing and supporting the databases. This includes database maintenance, backups, scaling, security updates, and availability. The company would only need to manage its data and user access, with minimal involvement in the underlying infrastructure. IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service): With IaaS, the service provider offers virtualized computing resources over the internet, including virtual machines, storage, and networking. The company would be responsible for managing the operating systems, middleware, runtime, and data. While it provides flexibility and control over the infrastructure, it requires more management compared to SaaS as the company still needs to manage the databases themselves. PaaS (Platform as a Service): PaaS provides a platform allowing customers to develop, run, and manage applications without the complexity of building and maintaining the infrastructure. While it abstracts much of the underlying infrastructure management, it still requires the company to manage the databases and applications deployed on the platform. SDN (Software-Defined Networking): SDN is a network architecture approach that allows network administrators to manage network services through abstraction of lower-level functionality. It focuses on network management rather than application or database management, making it less relevant for managing databases directly.

Answer 70

b. DPO (Data Protection Officer). Here's a brief explanation of each role: CTO (Chief Technology Officer): Typically responsible for overseeing the organization's technological needs, which can include infrastructure, security, and development. While the CTO plays a role in implementing technology solutions, they may not specifically focus on protecting personal information unless it falls under their broader responsibilities. DPO (Data Protection Officer): The DPO is specifically designated to oversee data protection strategy and implementation to ensure compliance with data protection regulations such as GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation). They monitor internal compliance, conduct data protection impact assessments, and act as a point of contact for data subjects and supervisory authorities. CEO (Chief Executive Officer): The CEO is the highest-ranking executive in a company and is responsible for overall strategy, operations, and the organization's success. While the CEO has ultimate responsibility for everything that happens within the organization, data protection specifics are typically delegated to other roles such as the DPO. DBA (Database Administrator): Responsible for the design, implementation, maintenance, and security of databases within an organization. While DBAs play a critical role in managing data security within databases, their focus is primarily on technical aspects related to database management rather than overarching data protection responsibilities.

Answer 71

c. Salting The reason the encrypted passwords do not match the predictable pattern of P@55w0rD (assuming that was the password set for all users) is due to salting. Salting is a technique used in password hashing where a random value (salt) is added to each password before hashing. This salt value ensures that even if two users have the same password, their hashed passwords will be different due to the unique salt applied to each password. In the example provided: If P@55w0rD was the password set for all users, the system would generate a unique salt for each user. Each user's password (P@55w0rD in this case) would be combined with their unique salt. The combination of password and salt is then hashed using a cryptographic hash function (like SHA-256 or similar). The resulting hashed password stored in /etc/passwd (a8df3b6c4fd75f0617431fd248f35191df8d237f, 2d250c5b2976b03d757f324ebd59340df96aa05e, ea981ec3285421d014108089f3f3f997ce0f4150) is unique due to the salt. Therefore, the presence of different hashed values for apparently the same password (P@55w0rD) indicates that each password was hashed with a unique salt. This makes it significantly harder for attackers to use precomputed hash tables (rainbow tables) or other methods to reverse engineer the passwords.

Answer 72

d. pivoting. The technique described where a penetration tester gains access to another networked asset after initially compromising a dual-homed multifunction device is an example of pivoting. Pivoting in penetration testing refers to the technique where an attacker uses a compromised system as a stepping stone to attack other systems within the same or different networks to which the initial compromised system has access. This technique helps attackers maintain access to a network even if the original point of entry is discovered and closed off. In the scenario described: The penetration tester initially exploits a vulnerability in the multifunction device's firmware. This allows the penetration tester to gain a foothold on the multifunction device. The device is dual-homed (connected to both wired and wireless networks), potentially providing access to multiple network segments. Using the compromised multifunction device as a pivot, the penetration tester gains shell access to another networked asset. This involves leveraging the compromised device's position and connectivity to extend the attack to other parts of the network.

Answer 73

c. Dark web Threat intelligence researchers who search for leaked credentials typically monitor the dark web. The dark web is a part of the internet that is not indexed by traditional search engines, and it is often used for illicit activities, including the sale and trade of stolen data such as credentials, personal information, and financial details. Monitoring the dark web allows threat intelligence researchers to identify if any credentials associated with their organization or clients have been compromised and are being traded or sold illegally. This proactive monitoring helps organizations take swift action, such as resetting passwords or implementing additional security measures, to mitigate the risk of unauthorized access and potential data breaches.

Answer 74

b. SIEM (Security Information and Event Management). SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) is designed to collect, store, analyze, and correlate logs and security events from various sources within an organization's IT infrastructure. It provides a centralized platform where security analysts can search through logs, detect anomalies, investigate security incidents, and generate reports. Here's why SIEM is the best choice for the described scenario: Centralized Logging: SIEM systems aggregate logs from diverse sources such as network devices, servers, applications, and security tools into a single repository. Correlation: SIEM tools use correlation rules and algorithms to detect patterns and relationships across different log entries and events, helping analysts identify potential security incidents. Search Capabilities: SIEM solutions provide powerful search capabilities, allowing analysts to quickly query and filter logs based on various criteria. Alerting and Reporting: SIEM platforms can generate alerts in real-time based on predefined rules or anomalies detected during log analysis. They also facilitate the creation of comprehensive reports for compliance purposes and incident response. While log collectors (option c) are important components that feed logs into a SIEM, they do not provide the same level of functionality as a SIEM, which integrates logging, correlation, analysis, and reporting capabilities into a single platform tailored for security operations.

Answer 75

b. SQLi attack Here's the reasoning: SQL Injection (SQLi): SQL injection is a type of attack where an attacker injects malicious SQL queries into input fields of a web application with the intention to manipulate the backend database. The presence of 1=1 in SQL queries is a common technique to bypass authentication or retrieve unintended data from the database. In the provided logs: The URLs /web/cgi-bin/contact?category=custname'-- and /web/cgi-bin/contact?category=custname+OR+1=1-- indicate that the attacker is modifying the category parameter in the URL to include SQL injection payloads ('-- and OR 1=1--). Action Taken: The WAF (Web Application Firewall) logs show that the requests were permitted (permit) and logged. This means that the WAF did not block the requests, possibly because it did not recognize them as malicious due to evasion techniques used by the attacker. Attack Type: The use of SQL injection payloads ('-- and OR 1=1--) in the URL parameters indicates an attempt to manipulate the SQL queries executed by the web server, typically targeting vulnerabilities in the backend database management system (DBMS).

Answer 76

a. Transit gateway Explanation: A transit gateway is a service that allows organizations to connect multiple Virtual Private Clouds (VPCs) and on-premises networks through a central hub. It acts as a regional gateway and can consolidate and route traffic between VPCs, VPNs, and the internet. By leveraging a transit gateway, organizations can centralize the management of traffic flows, implement security controls (such as firewalls), and simplify connectivity between different cloud environments and their on-premises networks. This makes it an ideal choice for consolidating inbound internet traffic and ensuring that it is routed through a single firewall instance, thereby enhancing security and operational efficiency across multiple cloud environments.

Answer 77

a. Logic bomb A logic bomb is a piece of code intentionally inserted into a software system that will set off a malicious function when specified conditions are met. In this case, it appears that the logic bomb was programmed to delete system files and data at a specific time (over the weekend). This explains the deliberate nature of the deletions and the unavailability of the servers without any backdoor being present. The other options are less likely to be the cause for the following reasons: Ransomware typically encrypts data and demands a ransom for decryption rather than simply deleting files. Fileless virus operates in memory and typically does not result in deliberate deletion of files but rather aims to exploit systems without leaving a trace on the disk. Remote access Trojans (RATs) are used for remote control of a system and typically involve data theft or surveillance rather than destruction of data without any further purpose. Rootkit hides the presence of other malicious software, such as keyloggers or viruses, but doesn't typically engage in the outright deletion of files as described.

Answer 78

a. the sender's private key and decrypted with the sender's public key. Digital signatures indeed use asymmetric encryption, and the process involves the sender's private and public keys. The correct option regarding the use of keys for creating and verifying a digital signature is: a. the sender's private key and decrypted with the sender's public key. Here's how it works: Creating the Signature: The sender creates a hash of the message. The sender encrypts this hash using their private key. This encrypted hash is the digital signature. Verifying the Signature: The recipient decrypts the digital signature using the sender's public key to retrieve the hash. The recipient also creates a hash of the received message. The recipient compares the decrypted hash with the newly created hash. If they match, the message is verified as authentic and untampered.

Answer 79

c. MFA (Multi-Factor Authentication) Explanation: Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) adds an additional layer of security beyond just username and password. It requires users to provide two or more verification factors to gain access to a system or application. MFA typically combines something the user knows (password), with something the user has (like a smartphone app generating a code or a hardware token), or something the user is (biometric data). This approach significantly reduces the risk of unauthorized access because even if attackers manage to steal or guess a user's password, they would still need the additional factor to authenticate successfully. Single Sign-On (SSO) simplifies the user login process by allowing users to authenticate once to gain access to multiple systems or applications. While it improves user experience and can indirectly enhance security by reducing password fatigue, it does not inherently prevent attackers from pretending to be authorized users. Intrusion Detection System (IDS) monitors network or system activities for malicious activities or policy violations. While it detects suspicious behavior, it doesn't directly prevent attackers from impersonating authorized users. Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is a hardware-based security solution that provides cryptographic functionality to secure hardware and authenticate devices. It does not directly prevent attackers from pretending to be authorized users.

Answer 80

c. SOC 2 Type 2 report Explanation: SOC 2 (Service Organization Control 2) is a widely recognized auditing standard developed by the American Institute of CPAs (AICPA). It focuses on controls relevant to the security, availability, processing integrity, confidentiality, and privacy of data processed by service providers. A SOC 2 Type 2 report provides detailed information about how a service organization (the third-party vendor in this case) achieves key security objectives based on the Trust Services Criteria (TSC). It includes detailed testing of the effectiveness of controls over a period of time (usually a minimum of six months). This report is particularly relevant when a vendor needs to demonstrate that they have adequate controls in place to protect customer data, aligning with regulatory requirements and industry best practices. GDPR compliance attestation is specific to compliance with the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). While important for handling personal data of EU residents, it may not cover all aspects of data protection and security beyond GDPR requirements. Cloud Security Alliance (CSA) materials are valuable for understanding cloud security best practices and frameworks, but they do not provide specific independent assurance of controls implemented by the vendor. NIST RMF (Risk Management Framework) workbooks are used for managing and documenting security and privacy controls within federal information systems. However, they are less commonly used in vendor assessments compared to SOC 2 reports.

Answer 81

a. Non-repudiation Explanation: Non-repudiation is assured when a user signs an email using a private key. This means the sender cannot deny having sent the email because the digital signature, created using the sender's private key, uniquely associates the sender with the message. Anyone with the corresponding public key can verify that the message was indeed signed by the holder of the private key. Confidentiality ensures that the content of the email is accessible only to the intended recipients. However, signing an email does not encrypt its contents; encryption for confidentiality requires using the recipient's public key. Availability refers to ensuring that the email is accessible to authorized users when needed. Signing an email does not directly impact its availability. Authentication is the process of verifying the identity of the sender. While signing an email does provide some level of authentication by verifying the sender, the primary assurance provided by signing an email is non-repudiation.

Answer 82

d. netstat Explanation: netstat (network statistics) is a command-line tool that provides various network-related information, including the status of network connections, routing tables, and interface statistics. It is particularly useful for showing which ports are in a listening state on a server, which can help the systems administrator determine the correct ports to use. ipconfig is a command-line tool used to display and manage the IP configuration of network interfaces on a Windows computer. It does not provide information about listening ports. ssh (Secure Shell) is a protocol used for secure remote login and other secure network services over an insecure network. It is not used to show listening ports. ping is a command-line tool used to test the reachability of a host on an IP network. It does not provide information about listening ports.

Answer 83

a. Implement proper network access restrictions. Explanation: Implementing proper network access restrictions is the most effective way to reduce security risks for systems with expired vendor support. This approach limits exposure to potential threats by restricting access to the vulnerable system to only those who absolutely need it. It can include measures such as segmentation, firewalls, and access control lists (ACLs). Initiating a bug bounty program is useful for identifying vulnerabilities, but it is not as immediately effective in reducing risks for unsupported systems as network access restrictions. Classifying the system as shadow IT might help in acknowledging the risk, but it does not directly mitigate the risk. Increasing the frequency of vulnerability scans can help in identifying issues more quickly, but without the ability to patch or update the system, the effectiveness of this measure is limited compared to implementing network access restrictions.

Answer 84

a. The business continuity plan Explanation: The business continuity plan (BCP) is designed to ensure that a company can continue to operate during and after a major disruption, such as having to vacate its main office. The BCP includes strategies for maintaining business operations and addressing logistical challenges, such as relocating to alternate, off-site locations. The disaster recovery plan (DRP) focuses on restoring IT systems and data after a disaster, but it is more specific to IT infrastructure rather than overall business operations. The retention policy deals with how long records and data are kept and does not address operational relocations. The incident response plan (IRP) deals with responding to specific incidents, such as security breaches, but does not typically cover broad operational changes like relocating an entire office.

Answer 85

a. Utilizing SIEM correlation engines Explanation: SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) correlation engines are designed to analyze and correlate events from multiple sources across the network, including different applications and services. They can identify patterns and link related incidents, such as the reuse of a token on a different service, indicating potential malicious activity. Deploying Netflow at the network border would help monitor network traffic patterns but might not effectively correlate the specific use of tokens across different services. Disabling session tokens for all sites could disrupt user sessions and might not specifically target the detection of malicious activity. Deploying a WAF (Web Application Firewall) can protect a web server from specific web-based attacks but might not have the capability to correlate token reuse across different services using SSO.

Answer 86

a. MOU (Memorandum of Understanding) Explanation: An MOU (Memorandum of Understanding) is a document that outlines the terms and details of an agreement between parties, including each party's requirements and responsibilities. It is often used to document an agreement to collaborate on projects or initiatives without the formal binding commitments of a contract. An ISA (Interconnection Security Agreement) is used to define the technical and security requirements for establishing, operating, and maintaining the interconnection of IT systems and networks. An SLA (Service Level Agreement) is a contract between a service provider and a customer that defines the level of service expected from the service provider. An NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement) is a contract that establishes confidentiality between parties to protect sensitive information from being disclosed.

Answer 87

b. USB data blocker Explanation: A USB data blocker is designed to allow power to pass through to a device while blocking any data transfer through the USB port. This would prevent any exfiltration of sensitive information when employees use public USB power charging stations. DLP (Data Loss Prevention) solutions are typically software-based and are more suited for monitoring and controlling data within the organization's network rather than on individual cell phones in public scenarios. USB OTG (On-The-Go) is a standard that enables devices to act as a host, allowing other USB devices like keyboards or external storage to be attached, which does not address the issue of blocking data transfer in public charging stations. Disabling USB ports would prevent the use of public charging stations altogether, which is impractical for employees who need to charge their phones on the go.

Answer 88

a. Transference Explanation: Transference in risk management involves shifting the risk to a third party. By contracting with an insurance firm, the organization is transferring the financial risk associated with potential liabilities to the insurance company, thus limiting its own liability. Avoidance involves eliminating the risk entirely by not engaging in the activity that presents the risk. Mitigation involves taking steps to reduce the impact or likelihood of the risk. Acknowledgement involves recognizing the risk but choosing to accept it without transferring or mitigating it.

Answer 89

c. Shared tenancy Explanation: Shared tenancy is a risk specific to public cloud environments where multiple customers share the same physical hardware and infrastructure. This can lead to potential vulnerabilities where one tenant's security issues could potentially affect others. Unsecured root accounts and insider threats are risks that can occur in both cloud and on-premises environments. Zero-day vulnerabilities are a general security risk that can impact any environment, whether cloud-based or not.

Answer 90

a. An orchestration solution that can adjust scalability of cloud assets Explanation: Orchestration solutions are designed to automatically manage, scale, and optimize resources in response to real-time demand. This allows the cloud environment to dynamically adjust its capacity, adding or removing resources as needed to handle load fluctuations efficiently. Multipath connections to cloud storage can enhance redundancy and performance but may not directly address the need for scalable compute resources to handle DDoS attacks. Replicating cloud assets across geographically distributed regions can provide redundancy and disaster recovery benefits but may not be as cost-effective for dynamic scalability in response to fluctuating loads. An on-site backup that is deployed only when load increases can be costly and less efficient compared to automated orchestration solutions that leverage cloud scalability features.

Answer 91

b. SLA (Service Level Agreement) Explanation: SLA (Service Level Agreement) is a document that outlines the expectations between a service provider and a customer regarding the quality and availability of services. It defines metrics, responsibilities, and guarantees related to service performance, uptime, response times, and other key aspects. EOL (End of Life) and EOSL (End of Service Life) refer to the lifecycle stages of products or services, indicating when support or maintenance will end, rather than specifying operational expectations. MOU (Memorandum of Understanding) outlines broader agreements between parties but may not detail technical expectations at the level of a SLA.

Answer 92

a. Purchasing insurance

Answer 93

b. Macro-enabled file

Answer 94

a. Context-aware authentication Explanation: Context-aware authentication involves using various contextual factors, such as user location, time of access, device type, and typical behavior patterns, to establish a baseline of normal activity for users. When there is a deviation from this baseline (such as unusual sign-in properties), it can trigger additional security measures like Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA). In this scenario, configuring context-aware authentication allows for the detection of baseline deviations and the subsequent triggering of MFA challenges, aligning with the security proposal described.

Answer 95

a. Obfuscation Explanation: Obfuscation is a technique used to make code more difficult to understand or reverse-engineer. It involves transforming code in a way that preserves its functionality but makes it harder for attackers to analyze. By obfuscating code, even if it is compromised, it becomes more challenging for hackers to quickly exploit or understand its logic, thereby increasing the complexity and effort required to use the compromised code effectively.

Answer 96

c. Configuration reviews Explanation: While automated vulnerability scans are essential for identifying technical vulnerabilities, configuration reviews are necessary to assess whether systems, networks, and applications are configured securely according to best practices and compliance requirements. Configuration reviews involve examining settings, policies, access controls, and configurations against established benchmarks or standards to ensure they align with security policies and industry best practices. Together with vulnerability scans, configuration reviews provide a comprehensive view of the security posture of the organization's IT infrastructure, ensuring that both technical vulnerabilities and misconfigurations are identified and remediated.

Answer 97

a. Service Explanation: A service account is designed for applications and services that need to access resources such as databases without human intervention. It provides controlled access to specific resources and can be configured with minimal privileges necessary for the application's functions. Unlike admin accounts, which typically have broader permissions, service accounts are restricted to specific tasks, reducing the risk of accidental or unauthorized access to sensitive data.

Answer 98

d. Wireshark Wireshark is a widely-used network protocol analyzer that allows users to capture and interactively browse the traffic running on a computer network. It supports the opening and analysis of .pcap files, making it ideal for examining network traffic for incident analysis. Autopsy and FTK Imager are forensic analysis tools primarily used for examining disk images and file systems, which are not typically used for analyzing network packet captures. Memdump refers to memory dump analysis, which is used for examining the contents of computer memory, rather than network packet captures.

Answer 99

d. Revoke the code-signing certificate. Explanation: When a company's code-signing certificate private key is compromised or exposed, the first step should be to revoke the certificate. Revocation ensures that any signatures made with the compromised key are no longer trusted. After revoking the certificate, the company should also delete the private key from any public repositories to prevent further misuse. Verifying the exposure of the public key and updating DLP solutions are important steps but revocation should be prioritized to mitigate immediate risks.

Answer 100

d. Detective Explanation: The organization has implemented a detective control. Detective controls are designed to detect and alert on deviations from established security policies, procedures, or standards. In this case, comparing the current system settings against secure configuration guidelines helps to detect any gaps or deviations that may exist, allowing the organization to take corrective actions.

Answer 101

a. CASB Explanation: CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker) is the best security solution to reduce the risk of shadow IT and unsanctioned high-risk SaaS applications. CASBs provide visibility into cloud application usage, enforce security policies, and control access to cloud services. By using CASB, organizations can monitor and block access to unsanctioned SaaS applications based on security policies, thereby reducing the risk associated with shadow IT. VPN concentrator: VPN concentrators are used to provide secure remote access to corporate networks. They do not specifically address the visibility and control needed over SaaS applications or shadow IT. While they can secure communications between users and the corporate network, they do not provide detailed visibility into cloud application usage or the ability to enforce policies on specific SaaS applications. MFA (Multi-Factor Authentication): MFA enhances security by requiring additional factors beyond just a password for authentication. While important for access security, MFA does not provide visibility or control over the use of SaaS applications. It addresses user authentication rather than the management of cloud application usage or the identification of unauthorized SaaS applications. VPC endpoint (Virtual Private Cloud endpoint): VPC endpoints enable private connections between a VPC and supported AWS services or other services hosted by AWS. They facilitate secure communication without exposing traffic to the public internet. However, they do not address the visibility into SaaS applications or the enforcement of policies related to shadow IT. VPC endpoints are specific to AWS services and do not provide comprehensive control over external SaaS applications used by employees. In contrast, CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker) solutions are specifically designed to monitor, manage, and secure the use of cloud applications and services, including SaaS applications. They provide visibility into which applications are being used, enforce security policies based on risk assessments, and can block access to unsanctioned applications. Therefore, CASB is the most appropriate choice for addressing the risk of shadow IT and unsanctioned SaaS applications.

Answer 102

c. Data at rest Explanation: Data at rest refers to data that is stored physically in any digital form (e.g., databases, files, etc.). When full disk encryption is enabled, all data stored on the laptop's disk is encrypted. This means that if the laptop is lost or stolen, unauthorized users cannot access the data without the encryption key, thus protecting the data at rest. Data in transit refers to data actively moving from one location to another over a network. Full disk encryption does not directly protect data while it is being transmitted over a network; other encryption methods (such as SSL/TLS for web traffic) are used to protect data in transit. Data in processing refers to data being accessed and manipulated by applications or processes. Full disk encryption does not inherently protect data that is actively being used by the operating system or applications; it focuses on protecting data when it is stored on the disk. Data tokenization is a method used to protect sensitive data by replacing it with unique identification symbols (tokens) that retain essential information about the data without compromising its security. It is different from encryption, which secures data by transforming it into a ciphertext that can be reversed only with a decryption key.

Answer 103

a. Check the hash of the installation file. Explanation: Hash Verification: This involves calculating and comparing the hash value (like MD5, SHA-256, etc.) of the downloaded file with the hash value provided by the hardware manufacturer. If the hash values match, it indicates that the file has not been altered during transit. Why this is the best option: Checking the hash ensures the integrity of the file. Even if the file is intercepted and modified during transit, the hash value would change, alerting the analyst to potential tampering. Matching file names and verifying the URL download location do not provide the same level of assurance against tampering as hash verification. Verifying the code signing certificate is useful for ensuring the authenticity of the software publisher, but it does not directly confirm whether the file was modified during transit.

Answer 104

c. Write down the phone number of the caller if possible, the name of the person requesting the information, hang up, and notify the organization's cybersecurity officer. Explanation: Verify Identity: Asking for the caller's name and verifying it against the email directory is a good first step, but it's not foolproof. Attackers can sometimes spoof identities or use social engineering to gain information. Notification: Writing down the caller's phone number and name and then notifying the organization's cybersecurity officer ensures that a higher authority can verify the legitimacy of the request. This is crucial in cases where sensitive information like firewall IP addresses is involved. Declining Further Requests: Hanging up and declining further requests from the caller is important to prevent potential manipulation or unauthorized disclosure of sensitive information. Options a, b, and d either involve potentially providing information to an unverified caller or do not prioritize verification and escalation to a higher authority, which could lead to security risks. Therefore, option c is the most appropriate response to ensure security protocols are followed and the organization's information remains protected. (Braindump : d. Request the caller send an email for identity verification and provide the requested information via email to the caller)

Answer 105

c. An HVAC system Explanation: An HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning) system is designed not only to regulate temperature but also to monitor and control environmental conditions such as humidity and air quality. HVAC systems typically have sensors that can detect anomalies in temperature and automatically adjust heating or cooling to maintain optimal conditions. In the context of providing detective controls, HVAC systems can generate alerts or notifications when temperature thresholds are exceeded, indicating potential issues. For corrective controls, HVAC systems can autonomously adjust settings or activate alarms to alert personnel to take action, such as maintenance or repairs, to prevent overheating or other thermal-related problems. While options like smoke detectors (a), fire alarms (b), and fire suppression systems (d) are important for fire detection and prevention, they do not directly address thermal regulation concerns as comprehensively as an HVAC system. Guards (e) are physical security measures and do not provide environmental monitoring or regulation capabilities like an HVAC system does.

Answer 106

d. It incorporates control, development, policy, and management activities into IT operations. Explanation: A risk management framework (RMF) provides several benefits to an organization's security approach: Incorporates control, development, policy, and management activities: RMF integrates various aspects of IT operations, including identifying risks, implementing controls, developing policies, and managing security across the organization. This integration helps ensure that security considerations are embedded throughout the organization's processes and activities. Option a: This describes more about service level agreements (SLAs) and supply chain management, not directly related to the core benefits of a risk management framework. Option b: This pertains to product testing and approval, which is part of security assessments but not the primary benefit of an RMF. Option c: Legal assurances and remedies typically come from compliance frameworks and regulations rather than directly from an RMF. Therefore, option d is the best answer as it highlights how an RMF helps organizations structure and integrate their security efforts comprehensively.

Answer 107

d. Staging The environment in which patches will be deployed just prior to being put into an operational status is typically referred to as the Staging environment. Explanation: Development: This environment is where patches and new software are initially developed and coded. Test: After development, patches are tested in this environment to ensure they function correctly and do not introduce new issues. Staging: The staging environment is used for final testing before deployment to production. It mimics the production environment closely, allowing for realistic testing of patches and updates. Production: This is the live environment where applications and systems are used by end-users.

Answer 108

b, "The chain of custody form did not note time zone offsets between transportation regions." Explanation: Chain of Custody: This refers to the documented trail showing the seizure, custody, control, transfer, analysis, and disposition of physical and electronic evidence. It ensures that evidence is handled properly and maintains its integrity. Time Zone Offsets: When evidence is moved across different time zones, it is crucial to document any changes in time to establish a clear timeline of events and ensure the integrity of the evidence. If the chain of custody form did not accurately note the time zone offsets during transportation of the hard drive, it could raise doubts about the continuity and integrity of the evidence. This lack of documentation could lead to the judge ruling the evidence as inadmissible due to concerns over its handling and authenticity.

Answer 109

d, FAR (False Acceptance Rate). Explanation: False Acceptance Rate (FAR): FAR represents the probability that the system incorrectly identifies an unauthorized user as an authorized user. A lower FAR indicates a lower likelihood of unauthorized access, as it means the system is less likely to incorrectly accept someone who should not have access. In contrast: False Rejection Rate (FRR): FRR represents the probability that the system incorrectly rejects an authorized user. While minimizing FRR is also important for user convenience, minimizing FAR is critical for security to ensure that unauthorized users are not granted access. Therefore, by comparing biometric solutions based on their FAR values, the organization can select a system that provides the highest likelihood of denying access to unauthorized users. (Braindump : e. CER)

Answer 110

d, DLP (Data Loss Prevention). Explanation: DLP (Data Loss Prevention): DLP solutions are designed to monitor and control the movement of sensitive data within and outside the organization's network. They can detect and prevent unauthorized transfers of sensitive information, such as documents being uploaded to unauthorized cloud storage services. CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker): While CASB solutions can monitor and control the use of cloud services and applications, they typically work in conjunction with DLP solutions rather than being a direct replacement. CASB focuses more on securing cloud applications and data rather than detecting data leaks from devices. MDM (Mobile Device Management): MDM solutions manage and secure mobile devices like tablets, including enforcing policies and managing access controls. However, in this case, the issue is not with device management but with preventing unauthorized data transfers. User Training: While user training is crucial for security awareness, it alone may not prevent sophisticated data leaks involving intentional data exfiltration via personal cloud storage. (Braindump : d. CASB) Explanation: While data loss prevention is the goal, in order to implement dlp in cloud applications you need to deploy a casb.

Answer 111

a. On-path attack Explanation: On-path attack: In this type of attack, the attacker intercepts communication between two parties (in this case, the user and the shopping site) and can alter or eavesdrop on the data being transmitted. By spoofing the IP address of the shopping site, the attacker can misdirect the user’s communication, leading to potential interception of sensitive information like credit card details. This aligns with the scenario where the user later receives an email about unusual purchases, indicating that their credit card information may have been compromised during the transaction.

Answer 112

b. Hybrid environment Here's why: Hybrid environment combines aspects of both public and private clouds, allowing the company to leverage the benefits of both models. In this scenario: The company can keep critical or sensitive data and applications on-premises or in a private cloud for security and compliance reasons. It can use public cloud resources to scale compute power as needed without investing in additional on-premises infrastructure. Employees from various locations around the world can access cloud resources easily, promoting flexibility and scalability. Private clouds are hosted on-premises or by a third-party provider and offer dedicated resources for a single organization. While private clouds provide more control and security, they typically require initial infrastructure investment and may not scale as flexibly as needed without additional hardware. MSSPs offer outsourced monitoring and management of security devices and systems. While MSSPs can enhance security posture, they do not directly address the company's need for scalable compute resources without increasing on-premises infrastructure. A hot backup site is a replicated data center that mirrors the primary data center, ready to take over operations if the primary site fails. While important for disaster recovery and business continuity, it doesn't directly address the requirement for additional compute power on demand without increasing infrastructure.

Answer 113

a. CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker) Here’s why CASB is the most appropriate choice: Centralized Visibility and Control: CASB solutions provide centralized visibility into cloud services being used across the organization, including shadow IT, and enforce security policies consistently across all cloud services. Data Correlation and Analysis: CASBs enable security teams to correlate data from various cloud services into a single console. This helps in quickly identifying and responding to security incidents without having to switch between multiple cloud consoles. Incident Response Automation: Some CASB solutions offer incident response automation capabilities, which can further streamline response times by automating routine tasks and responses to security incidents. Compliance Monitoring: CASBs assist in monitoring compliance with security policies and regulatory requirements across all cloud services, which is crucial after migrating security solutions to the cloud. Why the Other Options are Less Suitable: VPC (Virtual Private Cloud): VPCs provide isolated network environments within the cloud, focusing on network segmentation rather than incident response optimization. SWG (Secure Web Gateway): SWGs are typically used for web traffic security, not for optimizing incident response across various cloud services. CMS (Content Management System): CMS platforms are used for managing digital content and do not address incident response or security management in cloud environments.

Answer 114

b. Deterrent Reasoning: Deterrent controls are designed to discourage potential perpetrators from committing fraudulent activities by emphasizing the potential consequences or highlighting the difficulty of successfully carrying out such activities. In an accounting department, deterrent controls can include policies and procedures that clearly outline the consequences of fraud, regular audits and reviews, segregation of duties to prevent collusion, and strong authentication and authorization mechanisms for financial transactions. Unlike corrective controls, which are implemented after an incident has occurred, deterrent controls aim to prevent fraudulent activities from happening in the first place by creating a strong deterrent effect. Recovery controls: Purpose: Recovery controls are focused on recovering from incidents after they have occurred, such as through insurance policies or backup systems. They do not directly prevent fraudulent transactions but rather aim to mitigate the impact after the fact. Corrective controls: Purpose: Corrective controls are implemented to correct issues that led to fraudulent transactions once they have been identified. Examples include improving internal controls or conducting forensic investigations post-incident. They do not prevent fraud proactively but rather respond to it after detection. Detective controls: Purpose: Detective controls are used to detect fraudulent transactions after they have occurred. Examples include monitoring and analytics tools that identify unusual or suspicious activities. While detective controls are important for detecting fraud early, they do not prevent fraud from happening in the first place.

Answer 115

b. Generate a list of domains similar to the company's own and implement a DNS sinkhole for each. Explanation: DNS Sinkholing: This approach involves redirecting traffic from known malicious domains (or domains that resemble the company's legitimate domain) to a non-existent or controlled server. By implementing DNS sinkholing for domains similar to the company's own, the company can prevent users from accessing phishing sites that mimic its domain. This method is effective because it doesn't rely on users recognizing phishing emails but rather blocks access to malicious sites at the network level. Let's briefly assess why the other options are less effective or inappropriate: a. Create a honeynet to trap attackers who access the VPN with credentials obtained by phishing: While honeynets can be useful for detecting and monitoring attackers, they are not directly mitigating the phishing attack itself. They focus more on detecting post-compromise activities rather than preventing initial phishing attempts. c. Disable POP and IMAP on all Internet-facing email servers and implement SMTPS: This would enhance email server security but does not directly address the issue of users being lured to phishing sites that resemble the company's domain. d. Use an automated tool to flood the phishing websites with fake usernames and passwords: This approach is not recommended as it can lead to legal and ethical issues (e.g., creating potential harm to innocent parties or violating laws against unauthorized access). It also does not prevent users from falling victim to phishing attacks.

Answer 116

b. Password spraying Explanation: Password Spraying: This attack involves attempting a small number of commonly used passwords or passwords based on known information (such as the company name or season) against multiple accounts or systems. Unlike brute force attacks that target one user with many passwords, password spraying targets many users with a few common passwords. This method is effective because it can evade traditional brute force detection mechanisms and still potentially gain access if weak passwords are in use. Let's briefly assess why the other options are less likely: a. Rainbow table attack: Rainbow table attacks are used to crack passwords that have been hashed and stored insecurely. They involve precomputed hashes, not repeated attempts with the same password across different accounts or systems. c. Logic bomb: A logic bomb is malicious code intentionally inserted into a system to execute a harmful action when certain conditions are met, such as a specific date or time. It is not related to repeated login attempts. d. Malware bot: While bots can be involved in many types of attacks, such as distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks or spreading malware, they typically do not engage in repeated unsuccessful login attempts unless specifically designed for that purpose.

Answer 117

(Braindump : a. User certificate) (Community : A 68%, C 24%) User Certificate: User certificates specify which resources a given user can have access to. They are sometimes used on devices that several users share. When different users log in, their profile and certificate are automatically loaded, granting them access to their required information. Self-signed certificate: A self-signed certificate is one that is not signed by a CA at all – neither private nor public. In this case, the certificate is signed with its own private key, instead of requesting it from a public or a private CA (Certificate Authority). Root Certificate: Root certificates are the cornerstone of authentication and security in software and on the Internet. They're issued by a certified authority (CA) and, essentially, verify that the software/website owner is who they say they are. So for this verification I'm completely 100% sure is A: User certificate ChatGPT: a. User certificate Explanation: A user certificate is best suited for validating the online submission of documents in this scenario. Here’s why: User certificate: This type of certificate is typically issued to individual users and can be used for authentication, email encryption, and digital signatures. It ensures that the user submitting the document is authenticated and that the submission is secure. This fits well with the requirement to validate online submissions securely. Self-signed certificate: These are certificates that are not issued by a trusted certificate authority (CA). They are generally not suitable for secure transactions over the internet because they cannot be independently verified by a third-party CA. Computer certificate: This type of certificate is issued to devices to authenticate them on a network. While useful for ensuring that a device is trusted, it is not the best fit for validating user-submitted documents. Root certificate: This is a top-level certificate in a certificate hierarchy, used to sign other certificates. While crucial for the overall PKI infrastructure, a root certificate itself is not used directly for end-user authentication or document submission. Thus, a user certificate is the best option for securely validating the online submission of documents using a portable USB device.

Answer 118

a. Insider threat. Explanation: Insider threat: This refers to a threat posed to an organization's security and data by individuals within the organization, such as employees, contractors, or partners, who have authorized access. In this scenario, the employee has misused their authorized access to download customer records and manipulate direct deposit information for personal gain. Social engineering: Involves manipulating individuals to divulge confidential information or perform actions that compromise security. While social engineering can be involved in some aspects of an insider threat (such as convincing someone to provide access), the primary issue here is the misuse of authorized access rather than external manipulation. Third-party risk: Refers to risks associated with vendors, suppliers, or partners who have access to an organization's systems or data. There's no indication in the scenario that a third-party entity was directly involved in this incident. Data breach: Involves unauthorized access to sensitive data. While the employee's actions could lead to data breaches, the core issue here is the misuse of access rather than an external breach.

Answer 119

a. Accept the risk if there is a clear road map for timely decommission. Explanation: Accept the risk if there is a clear road map for timely decommission: This option acknowledges the existence of low-criticality vulnerabilities in the web application due to the end-of-life status of the application and the burden associated with updating it. However, it proposes accepting the risk temporarily, under the condition that there is a clear plan and timeline for decommissioning the application. This approach allows the organization to continue serving existing customers while working towards a planned retirement or replacement of the application. Deny the risk due to the end-of-life status of the application: Denying the risk might not be feasible as the vulnerabilities still exist regardless of the application's end-of-life status. Use containerization to segment the application: While containerization can help isolate and mitigate risks, it doesn't directly address the underlying vulnerabilities in the third-party library. Outsource the application to a third-party developer group: Outsourcing might introduce additional risks and complexities, especially if the application is already nearing its end-of-life phase. (Braindump : d. Use containerization to segment the application from other applications to eliminate the risk.)

Answer 120

a. HTTP security header Explanation: HTTP security header: Specifically, implementing HTTP Strict Transport Security (HSTS) header ensures that all communication between the client and server occurs over HTTPS, thereby enforcing encrypted communications for the web application. This header instructs web browsers to only interact with the server using HTTPS, even if the user attempts to access the site over HTTP initially. DNSSEC implementation: DNSSEC (Domain Name System Security Extensions) is used to authenticate DNS responses, ensuring that the domain name lookup results are not tampered with, but it does not directly enforce encrypted communications between the client and server. SRTP (Secure Real-time Transport Protocol): SRTP is used for securing voice and video communications over IP networks, not typically used for securing web applications. S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions): S/MIME is used for securing email communications, not web applications.

Answer 121

a. employees of other companies and the press. Here's why: Public Sensitivity Classification: Typically, documents classified as "public" are intended to be accessible to anyone, including the general public, employees of other companies, and the press. This classification indicates that the information within these documents is not confidential and does not pose any risk to the company if widely distributed. The other options are more restrictive and do not align with the "public" classification: All members of the department that created the documents: This would imply a more restricted classification, such as "internal" or "departmental." Only the company's employees and those listed in the document: This would be a more restricted classification, like "confidential" or "internal use only." Only the individuals listed in the documents: This suggests a highly restricted classification, like "confidential" or "restricted."

Answer 122

c. Assess existing vulnerabilities affecting the third-party code and the remediation efficiency of the libraries' developers. Explanation: Option a (Check to see if the third party has resources to create dedicated development and staging environments): While having dedicated environments is beneficial, it is not the most relevant security check when embedding third-party libraries. The primary concern should be the security of the code itself. Option b (Verify the number of companies that downloaded the third-party code and the number of contributions on the code repository): The popularity and activity on a code repository can provide some insight into the library's reliability and community support, but they do not directly address the security aspects of the code. Option d (Read multiple penetration-testing reports for environments running software that reused the library): Penetration-testing reports can be useful, but they are specific to particular environments and configurations. They might not cover all potential vulnerabilities of the library. Option c is the most relevant security check because it directly addresses the security concerns related to the third-party library by assessing known vulnerabilities and the effectiveness of the developers in addressing those vulnerabilities. This check ensures that the library does not introduce security risks into the developed code.

Answer 123

(Community : A 47%, D40%,) ChatGPT & Brain Dump : a. Check the metadata in the email header of the received path in reverse order to follow the email's path. Explanation: Option a (Check the metadata in the email header of the received path in reverse order to follow the email's path): This method involves examining the email headers to trace the actual path the email took to reach the technician. It can help identify if the email originated from a legitimate source or if it was spoofed. Option b (Hover the mouse over the CIO's email address to verify the email address): While this can reveal if the displayed email address matches the actual address, it does not provide complete information about the legitimacy of the email. Spoofed emails can still display the correct address. Option c (Look at the metadata in the email header and verify the "From:" line matches the CIO's email address): Checking the "From:" line alone is not sufficient because it can be easily spoofed. Comprehensive analysis of the full header metadata is required. Option d (Forward the email to the CIO and ask if the CIO sent the email requesting the documents): This is not practical if the CIO is on vacation and may not respond promptly. Additionally, forwarding a potentially malicious email can introduce risks.

Answer 124

c. Tabletop exercise Explanation: Option a (Red-team exercise): A red-team exercise involves simulating an attack to test the company's defenses. While effective, it can be disruptive to daily operations and is more about testing security defenses rather than decision-making processes in incident response. Option b (Capture-the-flag exercise): This type of exercise is typically a competitive event that focuses on problem-solving and technical skills in a controlled environment. It is not designed to test an organization's incident response plan or decision-making processes. Option c (Tabletop exercise): A tabletop exercise is a discussion-based session where team members walk through a simulated incident scenario and discuss their responses. It is an effective way to test decision points and incident response actions without interrupting daily operations, making it the best fit for the company's requirements. Option d (Phishing exercise): A phishing exercise tests the organization's susceptibility to phishing attacks and typically focuses on the security awareness of employees. It does not validate an incident response plan or decision-making processes in the same comprehensive way as a tabletop exercise. Option c (Tabletop exercise) is the best choice because it allows the company to validate its incident response plan by walking through a real-world scenario, testing decision points, and discussing relevant actions in a controlled, non-disruptive manner.

Answer 125

c. MAC flooding Explanation: Option a (SQL injection): This is a type of attack that targets databases through web applications by injecting malicious SQL queries. It is unrelated to Layer 2 (data link layer) attacks and would not involve the Layer 2 address table. Option b (DNS spoofing): This attack involves corrupting the DNS cache or responses to redirect traffic to a malicious site. It affects DNS resolution rather than the Layer 2 address table. Option c (MAC flooding): This attack involves overwhelming a network switch's MAC address table with a large number of entries. Once the table is full, the switch can start broadcasting traffic to all ports, allowing an attacker to capture network traffic between other devices on the network. The provided logs with hundreds of similar entries suggest that the switch’s MAC address table has been flooded. Option d (ARP poisoning): This attack involves sending falsified ARP messages over the network to associate the attacker's MAC address with the IP address of another device. This allows the attacker to intercept, modify, or stop data intended for the target IP address. While this could lead to interception of traffic, the scenario described fits more closely with MAC flooding due to the nature of the Layer 2 address table entries provided. Option c (MAC flooding) is the most likely scenario because the large number of similar entries in the Layer 2 address table suggests the switch has been overwhelmed, causing it to operate in a way that exposes network traffic to the attacker.

Answer 126

a. Password complexity

Answer 127

c. Command injection and directory traversal attempts Explanation: c. Command injection and directory traversal attempts: The log entries show attempts to access sensitive files on the server by exploiting vulnerabilities. Specifically, the attacker is trying to use directory traversal (../../../../../../etc/passwd and ../../../../../../etc/shadow) to navigate to sensitive files. Additionally, the attacker is attempting command injection (var1=;cat /etc/passwd;) to execute commands on the server. SQL injection and improper input-handling attempts: SQL injection involves inserting or injecting SQL queries via input data, which is not indicated by the given log entries. The log entries show attempts to access files and execute commands rather than SQL queries. Cross-site scripting and resource exhaustion attempts: Cross-site scripting (XSS) involves injecting malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users. Resource exhaustion attempts aim to deplete system resources. The log entries do not show evidence of either type of attack. Error handling and privilege escalation attempts: Error handling involves managing errors in a system, and privilege escalation involves gaining higher-level access. The log entries do not specifically show evidence of attempts to exploit error handling or escalate privileges directly. Command injection and directory traversal attempts accurately describe the nature of the log entries, which involve attempts to access sensitive files and execute commands on the server.

Answer 128

a. It examines and documents how well the team responded, discovers what caused the incident, and determines how the incident can be avoided in the future. Explanation: a. It examines and documents how well the team responded, discovers what caused the incident, and determines how the incident can be avoided in the future.: This describes the lessons learned phase, which is a critical part of the final phase of the incident response plan. It involves reviewing the incident to understand the effectiveness of the response, identifying root causes, and implementing measures to prevent future incidents. b. It returns the affected systems back into production once systems have been fully patched, data restored, and vulnerabilities addressed.: This describes the recovery phase, which occurs before the final phase. The recovery phase focuses on restoring systems to normal operation after the incident has been contained and eradicated. c. It identifies the incident and the scope of the breach, how it affects the production environment, and the ingress point.: This describes the identification phase, which occurs at the beginning of the incident response process. This phase involves detecting and analyzing the incident to understand its scope and impact. d. It contains the affected systems and disconnects them from the network, preventing further spread of the attack or breach.: This describes the containment phase, which focuses on limiting the spread and impact of the incident. It is not the final phase of the incident response plan. The final phase of the incident response plan is crucial for improving future responses and enhancing the overall security posture of the organization. It provides an opportunity to learn from the incident and implement changes to prevent recurrence.

Answer 129

An attacker sends multiple SYNC packets from multiple sources Botnet, Enable DDoS protection The attack establishes a conneciton which allows remote commands to be executed RAT, Disable Remote access services The attack is self-propagating and compromises a SQL database using well-known credentials as it moves though the network Worm, change default application password The attacker uses hardware to remotely monitor a user's input activity to harvest credentials Keylogger, implement 2FA using push notification The attacker embeds hidden access in an internally developed application that bypasses account login Backdoor, Conduct a code review

Answer 130

Firewall 1: 10.0.0.1/24 - ANY - DNS - PERMIT 10.0.0.1/24 - ANY - HTTPS - PERMIT ANY - 10.0.0.1/24 - SSH - PERMIT ANY - 10.0.0.1/24 - HTTPS - PERMIT ANY - 10.0.0.1/24 - HTTP - DENY Firewall 2: 10.0.1.1/24 - ANY - DNS - PERMIT 10.0.1.1/24 - ANY - HTTPS - PERMIT ANY - 10.0.1.1/24 - SSH - PERMIT ANY - 10.0.1.1/24 - HTTPS - PERMIT ANY - 10.0.1.1/24 - HTTP - DENY Firewall 3: 192.168.0.1/24 - ANY - DNS - PERMIT 192.168.0.1/24 - ANY - HTTPS - PERMIT ANY - 192.168.0.1/24 - SSH - PERMIT ANY - 192.168.0.1/24 - HTTPS - PERMIT ANY - 192.168.0.1/24 - HTTP - DENY

Answer 131

2. Cross Site Scripting Web Server : WAF (Web Application Firewall), URL Filtering Database : Input Validation Application Source Code withing Repository : Code Review CRM Server : Record level access control

Answer 132

WiFi Controller SSID : CORPGUEST Shared Key: SECRET AAA Server IP : 192.168.1.20 PSK : Zack@123+ Authentication type : WPA2-PSK Controller IP : 192.168.1.10 RADIUS server Shared Key : SECRET Client IP : 192.168.1.10 Authentication type : Active Directory Server IP: 192.168.1.20 Wireless Client SSID : CORPGUEST Username : guest01 User password : guestpass PSK : Zack@123+ Authentication type : WPA-PSK

Answer 133

1. e. Rootkit 2. b. RAT

Answer 134

d. source Destination Port Action Any Any TCP 80 Allow Any Any TCP 443 Allow Any Any Any Deny

Answer 135

c. UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) Explanation: A UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) is the best solution in this scenario for several reasons: Brief outages: A UPS can provide immediate power during brief outages that last for a few seconds to a few minutes, ensuring that equipment stays operational without interruption. Extended outages and brownouts: While a UPS can handle brief outages on its own, it can also bridge the gap until a backup generator can be brought online during longer outages or intentional brownouts. Protection from power fluctuations: A UPS can protect against power surges and brownouts, which can damage sensitive equipment or cause data corruption. Here’s why other options are less suitable: Dual supply: This ensures redundancy by using two power sources, but if both sources are affected by the same disruption (e.g., a brownout), it won't fully mitigate the risk. Generator: A generator is excellent for extended outages, but it takes time to start up and does not protect against very brief outages. Combining a UPS with a generator would be ideal, but the UPS alone is necessary to handle the immediate power loss. POU (Power Outlet Unit): This is typically used for distributing power within a data center but does not provide backup power. Daily backups: While important for data recovery, they do not prevent data loss or service interruption during the power outages themselves. They address data loss after the fact, not in real-time. Thus, a UPS is the most effective immediate solution to prevent data loss and ensure continuous operation during brief outages and while transitioning to a backup generator during extended power disruptions.

Answer 136

b. Take a memory snapshot of the running system VDI = Virtual Desktop Infrastructure Here’s why this is the preferred option: Preserves Current State: Taking a memory snapshot captures the current state of the running system, including any processes, network connections, and memory-resident malware. Forensic Analysis: Memory snapshots allow forensic analysts to examine the active memory of the infected VDI instance. This can reveal running processes, injected code, network connections, and potentially malicious behavior. Non-invasive: Unlike shutting down the VDI (option a), which could potentially disrupt or alter the malware's behavior, taking a memory snapshot is non-invasive and allows the VDI to continue running, potentially gathering more information about the malware's activities. Focus on Volatile Data: Diskless malware typically operates in memory and may leave minimal traces on disk, making memory analysis crucial for identifying and understanding its activities. Options c and d (using NetFlow to identify command-and-control IPs and running a full on-demand scan of the root volume) are less effective for analyzing diskless malware in a VDI context. NetFlow analysis might not capture all relevant details of a diskless malware's behavior, and a traditional on-demand scan may not detect malware that operates entirely in memory.

Answer 137

a. AUP (Acceptable Use Policy) Here's why: Acceptable Use Policy (AUP): AUPs are policies that define the rules and guidelines for using an organization's IT resources, including workstations and networks. They typically inform users about their responsibilities and limitations regarding the use of these resources. A banner presented at login that users must acknowledge (by clicking OK) serves as a form of acknowledgment and agreement to comply with the AUP. Banner Warning: The banner presented to users upon login informs them that they have no reasonable expectation of privacy and that access is only for authorized personnel. By clicking OK, users acknowledge their understanding of these terms and agree to abide by them. Options b, c, and d are not directly related to the scenario described: NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement): An NDA is a legal contract that outlines confidential material, knowledge, or information that parties wish to share with one another for certain purposes, but wish to restrict access to or by third parties. SLA (Service Level Agreement): An SLA is a contract between a service provider and a customer that outlines the level of service the customer can expect, including metrics like uptime and response times. MOU (Memorandum of Understanding): An MOU is a document outlining an agreement between parties that may not be legally binding but indicates a willingness to move forward with a certain course of action. AUP vs NDA : Acceptable Use Policy (AUP): AUPs govern the proper use of an organization's IT resources, defining rules and guidelines for users regarding access, behavior, and responsibilities. Typically, AUPs are presented to users upon accessing IT systems, requiring their acknowledgment and agreement to comply with stated policies. In the scenario described, users acknowledge their understanding and agreement to comply with the organization's IT usage policies (such as privacy expectations and authorized access) by clicking OK on a banner. Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA): NDAs are legal agreements between parties to protect confidential information shared during specific interactions or projects. They outline what information is considered confidential, who can access it, and the consequences of disclosing that information to unauthorized parties. NDAs are typically used in situations where confidential information, trade secrets, or proprietary data need protection from unauthorized disclosure. In the scenario where users are presented with a banner upon login, the primary focus is on informing users about their responsibilities and limitations regarding IT system usage, not about protecting specific confidential information or trade secrets. Therefore, while NDAs are crucial for protecting sensitive information in certain contexts, they are not directly applicable to the situation where users are agreeing to comply with IT usage policies. In summary, AUP is the most appropriate answer because it directly relates to the rules governing the use of IT resources and user responsibilities in the described scenario. (Braindump : b)

Answer 138

b. DLP (Data Loss Prevention) Here's why DLP is the most appropriate choice: Data Loss Prevention (DLP): DLP solutions are designed to monitor, detect, and prevent the unauthorized transmission of sensitive data outside the organization's network. They can enforce policies that govern what type of data can be sent via email, including scanning email content and attachments for sensitive information like PII, financial data, or confidential business information. Functionality: DLP solutions can identify sensitive data based on predefined policies (such as keywords, regular expressions, or data classification) and enforce actions (such as blocking, encrypting, or alerting) when unauthorized transmissions occur. Application to the Scenario: In this case, deploying DLP on employees' workstations would help mitigate the risk of employees inadvertently or intentionally sending sensitive information via personal email accounts. It provides a proactive measure to enforce company policies regarding data protection and ensures that sensitive data remains within authorized channels. In contrast, the other options are less directly focused on preventing unauthorized data transmission via personal email: HIPS (Host-based Intrusion Prevention System): Primarily focused on detecting and blocking unauthorized network attacks and exploits targeting specific host systems. HIDS (Host-based Intrusion Detection System): Monitors and analyzes the internals of a computing system (like logs and file system changes) for signs of intrusion or unauthorized activities. EDR (Endpoint Detection and Response): Provides real-time monitoring and response to threats on endpoints, focusing more on detecting and responding to malicious activities rather than preventing data loss through unauthorized emails. (Braindump : d. EDR)

Answer 139

c. Tailgating Explanation: Tailgating: This occurs when an unauthorized individual follows closely behind an authorized person to gain entry into a restricted area without proper authentication. In this case, the unknown individual is taking advantage of the employee's courtesy by holding the door open and thereby bypassing the secure access control, exploiting the trusting nature of the employee. Shoulder surfing: Involves observing someone's confidential information (like passwords or PINs) by looking over their shoulder as they enter it. Watering-hole attack: Targets a specific group by compromising websites they are likely to visit, rather than physical access scenarios. Impersonation: Involves pretending to be someone else to gain access, which is not explicitly demonstrated in the scenario provided.

Answer 140

a. Personal health information (PHI) Explanation: Personal health information (PHI) includes any individually identifiable health information that is held or maintained by a covered entity or business associate. This includes medical diagnosis codes, patient names, and other health-related information. Personally identifiable information (PII) typically refers to any information that can be used to identify an individual, which could include personal health information but is broader in scope. Tokenized data refers to data that has been replaced with a non-sensitive equivalent (token) that has no extrinsic or exploitable meaning or value. Proprietary data refers to information that is owned or controlled by an organization and is not specifically related to personal or health information. In the context provided, the concern about medical diagnosis codes and patient names being left unsecured directly relates to the privacy and security requirements around personal health information (PHI), making option a. Personal health information the most appropriate choice.

Answer 141

c. APT (Advanced Persistent Threat) Explanation: Advanced Persistent Threat (APT): APTs are sophisticated adversaries, often state-sponsored or well-funded, that conduct prolonged and targeted attacks on specific organizations. They are characterized by their ability to remain undetected for extended periods, exfiltrate large amounts of data, and adapt their tactics to avoid detection. Here's why the other options are less likely: Shadow IT: Refers to unauthorized applications or services used within an organization without explicit approval. While it can pose security risks, it typically doesn't involve sophisticated data exfiltration over an extended period as described. Script kiddies: Usually refer to individuals with limited technical skills who use existing scripts or tools to launch simple attacks. They are unlikely to sustain a sophisticated operation over a year without detection. Insider threat: While an insider could be involved in data exfiltration, the prolonged nature and sophistication of the attack described (abnormal external connections over a long period) suggest a more organized and persistent threat actor than a typical insider threat scenario. Therefore, considering the prolonged and stealthy nature of the attack targeting specific data, an Advanced Persistent Threat (APT) is the most plausible threat actor in this case. (Braindump : d. Insider threat)

Answer 142

a. The required intermediate certificate is not loaded as part of the certificate chain. Explanation: Intermediate Certificate: When an SSL/TLS certificate is issued, it often relies on an intermediate certificate (or chain of intermediate certificates) to verify its authenticity up to a trusted root certificate authority (CA). If the intermediate certificate is not properly installed on the server along with the SSL certificate, the server may not send the full certificate chain during the SSL handshake. SSL Certificate Chain: During the SSL handshake process, the client (vulnerability scanner, in this case) needs to verify the entire chain of certificates from the server's SSL certificate up to a trusted root certificate authority. If any intermediate certificate is missing, the chain of trust is broken, and the certificate might appear as untrusted to the scanner. Other Options Explanation: b. The certificate is on the CRL and is no longer valid: This would typically result in the certificate being flagged as revoked, not untrusted. c. The corporate CA has expired on every server, causing the certificate to fail verification: This would indicate an issue with the corporate CA's validity, not specifically with the SSL certificate's trust status. d. The scanner is incorrectly configured to not trust this certificate when detected on the server: This would be a configuration issue on the scanner side and less likely the reason for the untrusted status if the certificate is valid and properly configured on other servers. Therefore, a. The required intermediate certificate is not loaded as part of the certificate chain is the most likely reason for the vulnerability scanner to report the SSL certificate as untrusted despite its validity and installation on other servers without issue.

Answer 143

c. Federation Explanation: Federation enables a single sign-on (SSO) experience across different organizations or domains. It allows users to use their existing credentials from one organization (in this case, the company's credentials) to access services and resources in another organization (the trusted partner's website). How Federation Works: The company and the trusted partner establish a trust relationship. Users authenticate once with their company's identity provider (IdP). Upon accessing the trusted partner's website, the company's IdP securely passes authentication information to the partner's service provider (SP). The SP trusts the authentication from the IdP and grants access without requiring the user to re-enter credentials. Benefits of Federation: Simplifies user experience by eliminating the need for separate credentials. Enhances security as authentication and authorization are handled centrally by the company's IdP. Reduces administrative overhead by managing user accounts centrally. Other Options Explained: a. Directory service: While directory services manage user identities and permissions within an organization, they typically do not facilitate SSO across different domains or organizations. b. AAA server (Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting): AAA servers are used for managing network access and are not specifically designed for cross-organization authentication. d. Multifactor authentication (MFA): While MFA enhances security by requiring multiple factors for authentication, it does not address the requirement of using existing credentials across organizations without issuing separate credentials.

Answer 144

a. Legal hold Explanation: Legal hold is a process in which an organization preserves all relevant information related to a legal case or investigation. It ensures that potentially relevant data, including emails, cannot be deleted, altered, or destroyed. Here’s why it's the correct choice: Preservation of Data: Legal hold mandates that all potentially relevant data, including emails, must be preserved in its original state. This prevents any tampering or deletion that could hinder the investigation. Compliance: It ensures compliance with legal and regulatory requirements by preserving data that may be subject to investigation or litigation. Process: Legal hold involves identifying and suspending the routine deletion or modification of relevant data, including emails, and keeping them intact until the hold is lifted. Other Options Explained: b. Chain of custody: Chain of custody refers to the chronological documentation or paper trail that records the sequence of custody, control, transfer, analysis, and disposition of physical and electronic evidence. While important for maintaining evidence integrity, it primarily applies to physical evidence rather than digital data like emails. c. Data loss prevention (DLP): DLP systems aim to prevent unauthorized transmission of sensitive information outside the organization. While they can help prevent accidental or malicious data leaks, they do not specifically ensure that data is preserved for legal investigations. d. Content filter: Content filters are used to monitor and control the flow of data, typically to enforce acceptable use policies and protect against malware and phishing. They do not focus on preserving data for legal investigations. Therefore, a. Legal hold is the best choice for ensuring that emails and other relevant data are preserved intact and accessible for the investigation without the risk of deletion or alteration.

Answer 145

a. Time-based logins Explanation: Time-based logins refer to policies or configurations that restrict or allow access to systems, networks, or applications based on specific times or schedules. In this case: The user experienced issues logging in over the weekend but was able to log in successfully on Monday. This inconsistency suggests that access might be restricted or problematic during non-standard hours (such as weekends) due to time-based access controls. Why the Other Options are Not Appropriate: b. Geofencing: Geofencing policies restrict access based on the physical location of the user. However, the issue described does not involve location-based access restrictions but rather time-based access. c. Network location: Similar to geofencing, network location policies define access based on the user's network location (e.g., internal network vs. external network). This scenario does not indicate any issues related to network location restrictions. d. Password history: Password history policies dictate how frequently passwords can be reused or how often they must be changed. This is unrelated to the described issue of intermittent access during specific times. Therefore, a. Time-based logins is the most appropriate description of the policy being implemented based on the user's experience of successful login during standard work hours but issues during the weekend.

Answer 146

b. State actors Explanation: State actors are typically government-sponsored entities or groups acting on behalf of a government. They often have significant resources, capabilities, and motivations to conduct cyber attacks for political, economic, or military purposes. Why the Other Options are Not Appropriate: a. Semi-authorized hackers: This term is less commonly used in cybersecurity and does not specifically denote state-sponsored activity. It might imply individuals with some level of authorization but does not fit the description of government-backed actors. c. Script kiddies: Script kiddies are individuals who use existing tools and scripts to launch attacks without deep technical knowledge. They are generally not sophisticated enough to orchestrate a breach of this scale or purpose. d. Advanced persistent threats (APTs): APTs are typically sophisticated threat actors that maintain long-term access to a target network or system for espionage or data exfiltration. While they can be state-sponsored, the scenario does not explicitly describe ongoing persistence but rather a breach and immediate public dissemination. Therefore, b. State actors best describes the threat actors involved in breaching a major political party's server and leaking sensitive communications for political advantage.

Answer 147

c. Lack of vendor support Explanation: Legacy software often ceases to receive vendor support over time, which means the vendor no longer provides updates, security patches, or technical assistance. This lack of support leaves the software vulnerable to newly discovered vulnerabilities and exploits. Why the Other Options are Not Appropriate: a. Default system configuration: While legacy software may retain default configurations, the primary risk lies in the absence of security updates rather than the configuration itself. b. Unsecure protocols: This could be a concern with legacy software, but it's not the most direct risk associated with continuing to use it. The lack of vendor support poses a more immediate threat. d. Weak encryption: This could also be a concern depending on the software, but again, it's not the most direct risk posed by lack of vendor support. Therefore, c. Lack of vendor support is the best explanation because it directly addresses the risk of not receiving necessary updates and patches to secure the software against evolving threats.

Answer 148

b. Dynamic code analysis Explanation: Dynamic code analysis, also known as dynamic application security testing (DAST), involves assessing applications in a runtime environment to identify vulnerabilities and security issues. This process typically involves interacting with the running application to simulate how an attacker might exploit it. It focuses on identifying weaknesses that could be exploited while the application is running. Why the Other Options are Not Appropriate: a. Input validation: This term refers to a specific aspect of security testing related to ensuring that input data is correctly handled and validated by the application, which is different from the broader runtime assessment described. c. Fuzzing: Fuzzing involves feeding invalid, unexpected, or random data as inputs to a software application to identify vulnerabilities. While related to dynamic analysis, it specifically focuses on input handling and fault tolerance testing. d. Manual code review: This involves a manual inspection of the source code to identify potential security issues and bugs before deployment, which is not the same as assessing programs in a runtime environment. Therefore, b. Dynamic code analysis aligns best with the scenario where runtime assessment is conducted to find critical issues in deployed programs.

Answer 149

b. Push notifications Explanation: Push notifications can serve a dual purpose in security: Authentication Method: Push notifications are commonly used in two-factor authentication (2FA) setups where a user receives a push notification on their registered device (like a smartphone) to approve or deny access to an application or service. Alerting Mechanism: Push notifications can also serve as an alerting mechanism for unauthorized access attempts. If an unauthorized attempt is made and triggers a push notification (even if the user doesn't approve it), it can alert the user and possibly security operations about the attempted access. Why the Other Options are Not as Suitable: a. Smart card: While smart cards provide authentication, they do not typically function as alerting mechanisms for unauthorized access attempts. c. Attestation service: Attestation services verify the integrity and authenticity of software and hardware components but are not directly involved in user authentication or unauthorized access alerting. d. HMAC-based: HMAC (Hash-based Message Authentication Code) is a mechanism used for message integrity and authentication but is not typically used as an authentication method for users or for alerting unauthorized access attempts. e. One-time password: One-time passwords (OTP) are used for authentication but do not directly serve as alerting mechanisms for unauthorized access attempts. Therefore, b. Push notifications is the most appropriate choice as it integrates authentication with the ability to alert users and administrators about potential unauthorized access attempts in real-time.

Answer 150

c. VLAN segmentation Explanation: VLAN segmentation allows you to logically divide a single physical network into multiple virtual networks (VLANs). Each VLAN operates as a separate broadcast domain, enabling you to isolate traffic between different segments. This segmentation can be achieved without physically restructuring the network, making it ideal for cloud environments where servers are often provisioned within a single network segment. Intranet: An intranet is a private network within an organization, typically accessed via a VPN or similar secure connection, but it doesn't provide segmentation within a single network. Screened subnet: This involves placing a firewall between two networks to control traffic, which may not be directly applicable to a cloud environment without additional complexity. Zero Trust: Zero Trust is a security model that assumes all access attempts are potentially malicious and verifies each request as though it originates from an open network, but it's a broader strategy rather than a specific segmentation solution. Therefore, VLAN segmentation is the most practical solution for segmenting production and non-production servers within a flat network in the cloud, allowing for isolation of traffic and enhanced security without the need for physical network restructuring.

Answer 151

(Community D 70%, C 30%) d. Clean desk Here's why: Clean Desk Policy: This policy ensures that sensitive information, documents, and equipment are not left unattended or visible when not in use. It minimizes the risk of visitors or unauthorized individuals accessing or capturing confidential information during SOC tours. By keeping workspaces clear of unnecessary items, especially when tours are being conducted, the chances of accidental exposure or intentional data theft are significantly reduced. Let's briefly review the other options: Password complexity: While important for securing access to systems, this policy does not directly address the physical security risks associated with tours of the SOC. Acceptable use: This policy governs the appropriate use of organizational resources by employees. While crucial, it does not specifically mitigate the risks associated with physical tours of the SOC. Access control: Access control policies are essential for managing who can enter and interact with various systems and areas. However, this option does not directly address the issue of securing physical spaces and preventing unauthorized access to sensitive information during tours. Therefore, implementing a Clean Desk Policy is the most effective measure to mitigate the risk of malicious activity following SOC tours by ensuring that sensitive information is not exposed to visitors.

Answer 152

(Community DEG 79%) d. RAID e. UPS g. Geographic dispersal Here’s why: RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks): This meets the requirement of allowing up to five percent of hard disks to fail without impacting the data. RAID configurations provide disk redundancy and fault tolerance. UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply): This ensures that systems will be forced to shut down gracefully when battery levels are below 20%. A UPS provides backup power and can manage safe shutdowns during power outages. Geographic dispersal: This ensures that critical fileshares will remain accessible during and after a natural disaster. By distributing data centers geographically, the risk of a single natural disaster affecting all data centers is minimized, enhancing availability and disaster recovery capabilities. The other options are beneficial for overall infrastructure but do not directly address the specific resiliency requirements outlined: Fiber switching: Improves network performance and redundancy but does not directly relate to the specified requirements. IaC (Infrastructure as Code): Enhances deployment and management efficiency but does not directly address the specific resiliency requirements. NAS (Network Attached Storage): Provides centralized storage but does not inherently offer the resiliency required. Redundant power supplies: Improve power redundancy but do not specifically ensure a graceful shutdown or data accessibility during a disaster. Snapshots: Provide data backups but do not ensure continuous availability during a disaster. Load balancing: Distributes workloads but does not directly address the specified resiliency requirements.

Answer 153

(Community : A 52%, C 48%) c. Write protect the aggregated log files and move them to an isolated server with limited access. The question asks about integrity of the AGGREGATE logs. Answer choice A only mentions hashing the source logs. Either way, hashing does not *provide* integrity. Rather, hashing will detect whether or not the integrity of a particular piece of data is maintained, but hashing on it's own will not ENSURE the integrity. You need a preventative control, which would be storing on a write-protected server. Here’s a breakdown of why option C is the best choice for ensuring the integrity of aggregated log files within a Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) system: Write Protection: This prevents any modifications to the log files after they are created. Once logs are written, protecting them from changes ensures that the data remains trustworthy and tamper-proof. Isolated Server with Limited Access: By storing the logs on an isolated server, you reduce the risk of unauthorized access and potential tampering. Limited access control ensures that only designated personnel can interact with the logs, further securing the integrity of the data. c. Write protect the aggregated log files and move them to an isolated server with limited access. Explanation: Ensuring the integrity of aggregated log files within a SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) system is crucial for accurate incident detection, investigation, and compliance. Here’s why option (c) is the best practice: Write protection: Prevents unauthorized modifications to the log files, ensuring that once logs are aggregated and written, they cannot be altered. This is critical for maintaining their integrity. Isolated server with limited access: By moving the log files to an isolated server, the risk of tampering or unauthorized access is significantly reduced. Limited access ensures that only authorized personnel can interact with the log files, further protecting their integrity. Here’s why other options are less suitable: Set up hashing on the source log file servers: While hashing can help verify integrity, it does not prevent tampering. If an attacker can modify the log files, they might also be able to update the hashes. Back up the aggregated log files: While backups are important for recovery, they do not ensure integrity on their own. If the log files are tampered with before backup, the backups will contain the tampered data. Back up the source log files: This practice is related to data retention and recovery, not specifically to ensuring the integrity of aggregated logs within a SIEM. Therefore, write protecting the aggregated log files and moving them to an isolated server with limited access is the most effective practice for maintaining the integrity of log files within a SIEM system.

Answer 154

d. Increase in the attack surface Explanation: Increase in the attack surface: Integrating multiple security solutions typically involves installing additional agents, connectors, or APIs to gather data from various cloud services and resources. Each integration introduces potential vulnerabilities that attackers could exploit. These vulnerabilities may arise from misconfigurations, insecure APIs, or weaknesses in the security solutions themselves. Therefore, the more integrations and agents are deployed, the broader the attack surface becomes, increasing the potential avenues for attackers to target and compromise the organization's cloud environment. Let's briefly discuss why the other options are not immediate consequences in this context: Option a: Non-compliance with data sovereignty rules could occur if data is processed or stored in a manner that violates regulatory requirements, but this is not necessarily an immediate consequence of integrating security solutions. Option b: Loss of vendor interoperability support could be a risk in the long term if vendors do not support the integration or if compatibility issues arise, but it is not an immediate consequence of integration. Option c: Mandatory deployment of a SIEM solution may be a strategic decision to centralize and analyze security logs, but it is not an immediate consequence of integrating multiple security solutions. Therefore, option d, an increase in the attack surface, is the most relevant and immediate consequence to consider when authorizing multiple security solutions to collect data from a company's cloud environment.

Answer 155

a. It identifies the amount of allowable downtime for an application or system. Explanation: RTO (Recovery Time Objective) is a critical metric defined in a Business Impact Analysis (BIA) to determine the maximum acceptable downtime for a business process, application, or system. It helps in setting expectations regarding how quickly a system or process needs to be restored after a disruption or disaster. Business Impact Analysis (BIA) is a process used to evaluate the potential effects of an interruption to critical business operations. It helps organizations prioritize their recovery efforts and allocate resources effectively based on the impact of various scenarios. Option a correctly explains that RTO is included in a BIA because it specifies the allowable downtime, which is crucial for prioritizing recovery efforts and ensuring that the organization can resume operations within acceptable limits after a disruption. Let's briefly review why the other options are incorrect: Option b: Prioritizing risks and allocating resources appropriately is more closely related to Risk Assessment and Management, not specifically to why RTO is included in a BIA. Option c: Monetizing the loss of an asset and determining a break-even point is more aligned with Cost-Benefit Analysis and Financial Risk Assessment, not directly with the purpose of RTO in a BIA. Option d: Informing the backup approach to recover data to a known time is related to Backup and Recovery Planning, but it does not specifically address why RTO is included in a BIA. Therefore, the correct and most relevant explanation for why RTO is included in a BIA is to identify the allowable downtime for an application or system (option a).

Answer 156

a. Directory traversal Explanation: Directory traversal (also known as path traversal) is a web security vulnerability that allows an attacker to access files and directories that are stored outside the web root folder. In the provided log entry: perl https://www.comptia.org/contact-us/%3Ffile%3D..%2F..%2F..%Fetc%2Fpasswd %3F represents the URL encoding for ?. %2F represents the URL encoding for /. %F and %2F concatenated (%Fetc%2F) are part of the encoded attempt to traverse directories (../) to access the /etc/passwd file. The presence of ..%2F..%2F..%Fetc%2Fpasswd in the URL indicates an attempt to go up multiple directory levels (..) from the current directory context, ultimately trying to access sensitive system files like /etc/passwd. XSS (Cross-Site Scripting) involves injecting malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users. CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery) involves tricking a user into unknowingly executing actions on a web application. On-path attack typically involves intercepting or manipulating traffic between a user and a web application.

Answer 157

a. Security patches were uninstalled due to user impact. Here's why this is the most likely cause: Uninstalled Security Patches: It is common for organizations to uninstall or roll back security patches if they cause unexpected issues or user impact, such as application failures or performance degradation. This action could leave the system vulnerable to known exploits, even though patches were previously available and possibly installed at one point. Historical Scan Reports: The presence of the vulnerability in historical vulnerability scan reports suggests that at some point, the vulnerability was detected and possibly patched. If patches were later uninstalled, either intentionally or unintentionally, the vulnerability would reappear and potentially be exploitable. User Impact Concerns: Security patches sometimes introduce compatibility issues or unexpected behavior in applications. In response to these issues, administrators may decide to uninstall or delay applying patches until they can be tested further or until an alternative solution is found. This decision, however, leaves the system exposed to known vulnerabilities. The other options are less likely based on the information given: b. Adversary altering scan reports: This is less likely unless there is evidence of compromise affecting the integrity of scan reports, which is not provided in the scenario. c. Zero-day vulnerability: If it were a zero-day vulnerability, it would not be present in historical scan reports, as these vulnerabilities are unknown to the public and security vendors until they are exploited. d. False negative in scan reports: While possible, historical reports showing the vulnerability before the incident suggests the vulnerability was previously detected, making it less likely to be a false negative. Therefore, considering the scenario and the details provided, a. Security patches were uninstalled due to user impact is the most plausible cause for the vulnerability being present and exploitable on the web server.

Answer 158

a. Data can become a liability if archived longer than required by regulatory guidance. Explanation: Data archives that contain financial information pose several security risks, and among them, the most significant is the risk associated with regulatory compliance and retention requirements. Here’s why each option is correct or incorrect: Option a: Data can become a liability if archived longer than required by regulatory guidance. This is a known security risk because regulatory frameworks often dictate specific retention periods for financial data. Keeping data longer than necessary can lead to legal and compliance issues, as well as increased exposure to data breaches and misuse. Option b: Data must be archived off-site to avoid breaches and meet business requirements. While off-site storage is a common practice for disaster recovery and business continuity, it primarily addresses availability concerns rather than security risks associated with retention periods or compliance. Option c: Companies are prohibited from providing archived data to e-discovery requests. This statement is incorrect because archived data is often subject to e-discovery requests as part of legal proceedings. However, the manner in which data is archived and the compliance with legal hold requirements are critical factors in responding to such requests. Option d: Unencrypted archives should be preserved as long as possible and encrypted. This statement is incorrect because unencrypted archives pose significant security risks, especially for financial information. Archives should be encrypted to protect sensitive data from unauthorized access and breaches. Therefore, option a is the best answer as it directly addresses the security risk associated with regulatory compliance and the potential liability of retaining financial data longer than necessary.

Answer 159

b. Chain of custody Explanation: Chain of custody refers to the documentation and procedures used to establish the history of an item of evidence. It tracks the movement and handling of evidence from the moment it is collected until it is presented in court or used in an investigation. This process ensures that the integrity of the evidence is maintained and can be verified, including who has accessed it and when. Let's briefly explain why the other options are not correct: Order of volatility (a): This refers to the principle of preserving evidence in a sequence that captures volatile data first, such as RAM, which is more transient compared to persistent storage. It does not directly address documenting who has access to evidence. Non-repudiation (c): This refers to the ability to prove that a specific party took a particular action and cannot deny having done so. It applies more to actions such as digital signatures and transactions, rather than to the documentation of physical or digital evidence access. Admissibility (d): This refers to whether evidence is considered acceptable and valid in a court of law based on legal standards. It involves ensuring that evidence collection and handling procedures, including chain of custody, have been followed correctly, but it doesn't specifically address documenting who has access to evidence. Therefore, chain of custody (b) is the process that specifically involves documenting and maintaining records of who has access to evidence throughout its handling and storage.

Answer 160

(Community CF 66%, AF 28%) c. Hybrid cloud f. Fog computing "Many people use the terms fog computing and edge computing interchangeably because both involve bringing intelligence and processing closer to where the data is created" - https://www.techtarget.com/iotagenda/definition/fog-computing-fogging While a private cloud can provide security and control, it may not be as suitable for "low-latency" requirements in scenarios involving network-connected devices. Hybrid cloud environments can also incorporate edge computing, which processes data closer to the source (devices) to reduce latency and improve performance. (ChatGPT & Braindump) c. Hybrid cloud f. Fog computing Explanation: Hybrid cloud (c): A hybrid cloud architecture allows for the integration of private and public cloud services, providing flexibility to perform analytics closer to the endpoints (on-premises or in private cloud) while leveraging the scalability and resources of public cloud services for other tasks. Fog computing (f): Fog computing extends cloud computing to the edge of the network, closer to devices and endpoints. It enables data processing and analytics to be performed locally on edge devices or in nearby servers, reducing latency and conserving bandwidth by minimizing the need to transmit raw data to distant cloud data centers. Why the other options are not the best choices: Private cloud (a): A private cloud typically does not address the need for low latency and bandwidth reduction directly between network-connected devices or endpoints. It focuses more on providing dedicated resources within a controlled environment. SaaS (b): Software as a Service (SaaS) delivers software applications over the internet, but it does not inherently address the low latency and analytics requirements at the network level or endpoint level. IaaS (d): Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) provides virtualized computing resources over the internet, such as virtual machines and storage, but it does not specifically address the low latency and analytics requirements at the endpoint level. DRaaS (e): Disaster Recovery as a Service (DRaaS) focuses on providing backup and recovery solutions, which is different from the requirements of low latency and endpoint analytics. Therefore, hybrid cloud (c) and fog computing (f) are the most suitable options for meeting the specified requirements.

Answer 161

d. Job rotation policy Here’s why: Job Rotation Policy: This policy involves periodically moving employees between different jobs or roles within the organization. It helps employees gain a broader understanding of various functions, processes, and responsibilities across the organization. This not only enhances individual skill sets but also fosters a more versatile and knowledgeable workforce, which can improve overall organizational resilience and capability. The other options, while important, do not specifically aim to increase the depth and breadth of knowledge across the organization: Asset management policy: Focuses on the management of the organization's assets, ensuring they are properly tracked, maintained, and utilized. It does not directly contribute to increasing employee knowledge across different areas. Separation of duties policy: Aims to reduce the risk of fraud and errors by ensuring that no single individual has control over all aspects of any critical process. While it enhances security and accountability, it does not necessarily promote broader knowledge among employees. Acceptable use policy: Outlines the proper use of organizational resources and systems by employees. It helps ensure security and appropriate behavior but does not directly contribute to increasing knowledge across different areas of the organization.

Answer 162

b. CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker) Here’s why CASB is the most suitable choice: Tokenization Capability: CASB solutions can integrate with cloud environments to provide tokenization services. Tokenization replaces sensitive data (such as credit card numbers) with unique identification symbols (tokens) that retain essential information without exposing the actual data. Control Over Data Access: CASBs offer granular control over data access and visibility in cloud environments. This includes policies that can restrict or monitor access to sensitive data, ensuring that the cloud provider does not have visibility into the original credit card information. Compliance and Security: CASBs are designed to enforce security policies across cloud services, ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements (such as PCI DSS for handling credit card information). This helps in maintaining data privacy and security while using cloud services. In contrast, the other options: WAF (Web Application Firewall): While important for web application security, WAF primarily focuses on filtering and monitoring HTTP traffic to and from a web application. It does not directly address the tokenization or data visibility requirements mentioned. VPN (Virtual Private Network): VPNs are used to create secure, encrypted connections over a less secure network (like the internet). While they provide secure communication channels, they do not inherently tokenize data or control data visibility within a cloud environment. TLS (Transport Layer Security): TLS provides encryption for data in transit between clients and servers. While essential for securing data in transit, it does not address tokenization or control data visibility within cloud storage. Therefore, CASB is the best option as it directly addresses the requirement to tokenize credit card data while ensuring the cloud provider does not have visibility into the sensitive information stored in the cloud environment.

Answer 163

b. Vein Here's why vein is the best choice: Biometric Authentication: Vein recognition is a form of biometric authentication that identifies individuals based on the patterns of veins in their hands or fingers. It is a highly secure method because vein patterns are unique to each individual and difficult to replicate or steal compared to other biometric features like fingerprints. Accuracy and Reliability: Vein recognition technology is known for its high accuracy and reliability. It is less susceptible to spoofing or false positives compared to other biometric methods like facial recognition or voice recognition. Non-intrusive: Unlike gait analysis, which requires observing and analyzing how a person walks, vein recognition can be done discreetly using near-infrared light to capture vein patterns beneath the skin's surface. This makes it a more practical and user-friendly choice for MFA implementations. Compliance and Security: Vein recognition meets stringent security requirements for MFA, especially in environments where high levels of security are necessary, such as accessing sensitive systems or data. In contrast: Gait analysis involves analyzing the way a person walks to identify them, which is more complex to implement and may not be as widely supported or accurate as vein recognition. Soft token and HMAC-based one-time password (OTP) are typically used as the "something you have" factor in MFA, where soft tokens generate OTPs and HMAC-based OTPs are cryptographic tokens generated by hardware or software. Therefore, based on the requirement to define the "something you are" factor for MFA, b. Vein recognition offers a robust and secure biometric authentication method suitable for this purpose.

Answer 164

b. Overwriting Overwriting is a process where data on a storage device (such as a hard drive or solid-state drive) is replaced with new data multiple times, effectively erasing the original data. This method allows the storage device to be reused afterward because the existing data is no longer recoverable. Overwriting typically involves writing random patterns of data over the entire storage area multiple times to ensure that the previous data cannot be reconstructed. Here's a brief explanation of the other options: Pulverizing: This involves physically destroying the storage device into small pieces or powder, rendering it unusable and ensuring that data cannot be recovered. Shredding: Similar to pulverizing, shredding involves physically destroying the storage device, usually into small pieces or strips, to prevent data recovery. Degaussing: This method uses a strong magnetic field to disrupt the magnetic domains on magnetic storage devices (such as hard drives or tapes), effectively erasing the data. However, it typically renders the storage device unusable for future data storage. Therefore, while all methods can effectively eliminate data, overwriting specifically allows the storage device to be reused after the process, making it the correct choice for scenarios where the device needs to be repurposed or reused securely.

Answer 165

c. An attacker is utilizing a brute-force attack against the account.

Answer 166

b. The last known-good configuration (Community C 57%, B 22%, A 20%) (Braindump : a. The last incremental backup that was conducted 72 hours ago) ChatGPT b. The last known-good configuration Explanation : a. The last incremental backup that was conducted 72 hours ago: This backup might contain some data up to 72 hours ago, but it could potentially include encrypted files if the ransomware had already infiltrated the server at that time. It may not fully address the current compromised state. b. The last known-good configuration: This option involves restoring from a configuration backup that was known to be secure before the ransomware attack occurred. It can help in restoring the server to a state where the ransomware was not present. c. The last full backup that was conducted seven days ago: This backup is likely older and would result in data loss of up to seven days. It may not be ideal if frequent updates or transactions have occurred since the last backup. d. The baseline OS configuration: This involves restoring the server to its initial state or a standard configuration known to be secure. It ensures that all system settings are reverted to a secure state, potentially removing any residual effects of the ransomware. Best Choice: b. The last known-good configuration Restoring from the last known-good configuration ensures that the server is reverted to a state before the ransomware infection. It provides a higher likelihood of removing the ransomware and restoring the server to a secure and operational state without the risk of reinfection from compromised backups or data. Therefore, option b is the most appropriate choice to restore services to a secure state promptly after a ransomware attack.

Answer 167

d. Jump servers Here’s why this solution is appropriate: Access Control: A bastion host is a dedicated server that acts as a gateway to access other servers in separate security zones (in this case, production and development). It allows administrators to securely connect to servers in each subnet without allowing direct communication between the subnets. Security Isolation: By using a bastion host, you enforce access controls and isolate the production and development environments. Administrators must authenticate themselves to the bastion host, which then manages access to servers in each subnet based on defined security policies. Auditability: All administrative access can be logged and audited from the bastion host, providing a clear record of who accessed which servers and when, enhancing security and compliance. Simplicity and Management: Managing access through a single entry point (bastion host) simplifies network security management compared to allowing direct connectivity between subnets, which can be more complex to secure and monitor. Therefore, deploying a bastion host or jump server is the recommended approach to enable server administrators to access devices in both the production and development subnets while maintaining the required network isolation and security.

Answer 168

c. GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation). Here’s why: GDPR: This regulation is focused on protecting the personal data and privacy of individuals within the European Union (EU) and the European Economic Area (EEA). It applies to organizations outside the EU/EEA that offer goods or services to, or monitor the behavior of, EU/EEA data subjects. Since the company is expanding globally, including into regions covered by GDPR, compliance with its stringent requirements regarding data privacy and security is crucial. NIST Framework: While the NIST Cybersecurity Framework is widely recognized and used for cybersecurity risk management in the United States, its adoption is not mandatory by law or regulation in international markets. It is more of a guideline and framework rather than a legal compliance requirement. ISO 27001: This standard provides requirements for establishing, implementing, maintaining, and continually improving an information security management system (ISMS). While ISO 27001 is widely respected globally, it focuses on information security management rather than specific data privacy requirements. PCI-DSS: The Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS) is applicable primarily to organizations that handle credit card transactions. While important for payment security, it does not comprehensively cover data protection concerns related to global expansion and compliance with international data privacy regulations like GDPR. Therefore, given the global expansion and the need to comply with stringent data protection laws affecting international markets, the company's data protection officer would be most concerned with ensuring compliance with GDPR.

Answer 169

b. VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure) and thin clients. Here's why this option is suitable: VDI: Virtual Desktop Infrastructure allows users to access virtualized desktops hosted on servers in the data center. This means that the sensitive data remains centralized in the data center and is never stored or cached on the local workstations (thin clients) in the conference rooms. Users interact with their virtual desktop sessions over the network, and all data processing and storage occur centrally. Thin clients: These are endpoint devices (workstations in the conference rooms) that are lightweight and designed to rely on the server-hosted virtual desktops. They have minimal storage and processing capabilities of their own, ensuring that no sensitive data is stored locally. This solution ensures that: Sensitive data remains under centralized control in the data center, reducing the risk of data exposure in the conference rooms. Users can securely access and display sensitive data without the need for local storage or processing. It aligns with the requirement of not storing sensitive data in the conference rooms, as all data handling is done within the secure environment of the data center. Therefore, VDI and thin clients provide a secure and efficient solution for displaying sensitive data in conference rooms while maintaining compliance with data protection requirements.

Answer 170

a. DNSSEC (Domain Name System Security Extensions). Explanation: DNSSEC: DNSSEC is designed to protect the integrity and authenticity of DNS data. It uses cryptographic signatures to ensure that DNS responses (including zone transfers) have not been tampered with. By signing DNS data, DNSSEC provides a way to verify that the information received from a DNS server is authentic and has not been altered in transit. Implementing DNSSEC ensures that: DNS responses, including zone transfers, are authenticated and their integrity is validated. It mitigates the risk of DNS spoofing or cache poisoning attacks. It provides an additional layer of security for DNS infrastructure by ensuring that any changes or transfers of DNS zone data are verified and trusted. Therefore, DNSSEC is the solution that should be implemented to validate and check the integrity of zone transfers. LDAPS (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol Secure): Purpose: LDAPS is used for securing directory services, such as those provided by Active Directory. It encrypts LDAP traffic to ensure confidentiality and integrity during communication. Why Not Suitable: LDAPS does not deal with DNS or DNS zone transfers. Its primary use is for directory services, not DNS. NGFW (Next-Generation Firewall): Purpose: NGFWs provide advanced filtering capabilities, including application awareness, intrusion prevention, and deep packet inspection. Why Not Suitable: While NGFWs enhance network security, they do not specifically address the integrity and authentication of DNS zone transfers. They are more about protecting the network perimeter and internal network traffic. DLP (Data Loss Prevention): Purpose: DLP solutions are designed to prevent the unauthorized transfer of sensitive data outside the organization. They monitor, detect, and block potential data breaches. Why Not Suitable: DLP focuses on preventing data leaks and protecting sensitive information, not on DNS operations or ensuring the integrity of DNS zone transfers.

Answer 171

d. Detective Explanation: Detective Controls: These controls are designed to identify and alert on incidents or breaches as they occur. They monitor systems, networks, and activities to detect suspicious or malicious behavior. Examples include intrusion detection systems (IDS), security information and event management (SIEM) systems, and log monitoring. Why not the others?: Protective Controls: This is not a standard term in security controls. It seems to overlap with preventative or detective controls. Preventative Controls: These controls are designed to prevent security incidents from occurring in the first place. Examples include firewalls, anti-virus software, and access control mechanisms. They aim to block or mitigate potential threats before they can cause harm. Corrective Controls: These controls are implemented to correct or mitigate the effects of an incident after it has occurred. Examples include patch management, data recovery processes, and incident response plans. Detective controls are specifically focused on discovering and alerting about ongoing or past security incidents, making them the correct choice for being initially aware of a data compromise.

Answer 172

a. CIS benchmarks Explanation: CIS (Center for Internet Security) benchmarks: These are globally recognized security standards and best practices for securing IT systems and data. They provide detailed configuration guidelines for various operating systems, applications, and network devices. Using CIS benchmarks ensures that OS-level configurations are updated to the latest and most secure settings. Why not the others?: GDPR guidance: The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is primarily focused on data protection and privacy for individuals within the European Union. It does not provide specific guidelines for OS-level configurations or security hardening. Regional regulations: These may include various legal requirements depending on the region, but they are typically not specific or detailed enough to guide the hardening of OS configurations. They often focus on broader compliance issues rather than specific technical configurations. ISO 27001 standards: ISO 27001 is a standard for information security management systems (ISMS). While it provides a framework for managing information security, it does not offer specific, detailed configuration guidelines for operating systems. CIS benchmarks are specifically designed to provide detailed and actionable guidance on securing OS-level configurations, making them the most appropriate choice for addressing the findings of an information security assessment.

Answer 173

(Community : D 45%, C 43%) (Braindump : D ) d. Integration and auditing The company is transitioning network services to the cloud (they also just acquired several other small companies). The company's primary focus in this scenario is to ensure performance and security REMAIN intact. The key word: "remain intact" meaning they already have strong performance and security but they want this to continue while transitioning these additional companies and their network services to the cloud. ChatGPT c. Segmentation Explanation: Segmentation: This involves dividing a network into multiple smaller segments or subnets, each with its own set of security policies and controls. Segmentation can help improve both performance and security by isolating different parts of the network, reducing the attack surface, and limiting the spread of potential security breaches. By isolating critical services and workloads, segmentation ensures that performance issues in one segment do not affect others, and it also helps in containing and managing security incidents more effectively. Why not the others?: High availability: While high availability ensures that systems remain operational with minimal downtime, it primarily addresses performance and reliability, not security. Application security: This focuses on securing applications from threats and vulnerabilities. While important, it does not address the broader network-level security and performance concerns that segmentation does. Integration and auditing: These are important for ensuring that systems work well together and for maintaining logs and records for compliance and monitoring. However, they do not directly address the need to optimize both performance and security across the network. By implementing segmentation, the company can ensure that its network remains both secure and performs efficiently as it transitions services to the cloud and integrates the newly acquired companies. (Braindump : d. Integration and auditing)

Answer 174

a. PCI DSS Explanation: PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard): This framework specifically addresses the security of cardholder data. One of its core requirements is the protection of stored cardholder data, which includes encrypting cardholder data at rest to ensure its confidentiality and integrity. Why not the others?: GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation): While GDPR emphasizes the protection of personal data and includes provisions for data encryption, its primary focus is on the privacy and rights of individuals in the European Union. It does not specifically target cardholder data security. ISO 27001: This is an international standard for information security management systems (ISMS). While it provides a comprehensive framework for managing security risks and includes controls for data protection, it is not specifically focused on cardholder data. NIST CSF (National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework): This framework provides guidelines for managing and reducing cybersecurity risks but is more general in nature. It is not specifically designed to address the requirements for protecting cardholder data.

Answer 175

d. Utilize behavioral analysis to enable the SIEM's learning mode. Explanation: Utilize behavioral analysis to enable the SIEM's learning mode: This approach allows the SIEM to learn what constitutes normal behavior for users and systems over time. By establishing a baseline of normal operations, the SIEM can more effectively distinguish between typical activities and potential anomalies, thus reducing false positives and noise in the alerts. Why not the others?: Adjust the data flow from authentication sources to the SIEM: While this could help manage the volume of data, it does not address the issue of distinguishing between normal and malicious activities. Disable email alerting and review the SIEM directly: This action only changes the method of alert notification and does not solve the problem of high alert volume or distinguishing between normal and malicious logins. Adjust the sensitivity levels of the SIEM correlation engine: This might reduce the number of alerts, but it can also lead to missing important security events. It does not help in establishing what is normal behavior versus malicious activity.

Answer 176

c. Implement a vulnerability scan to assess dependencies earlier in the SDLC Explanation: Implement a vulnerability scan to assess dependencies earlier in the SDLC: This approach involves scanning the third-party libraries for known vulnerabilities as part of the software development lifecycle (SDLC). By integrating vulnerability scanning tools early and throughout the development process, developers can identify and address security flaws in third-party dependencies before the software is released into production. Why not the others?: Employ different techniques for server- and client-side validations: While important for overall security, this practice focuses on input validation and does not specifically target security flaws in third-party libraries. Use a different version control system for third-party libraries: Changing the version control system does not inherently address the security flaws in the libraries. The key is to identify vulnerabilities in the libraries themselves, not how they are managed. Increase the number of penetration tests before software release: Penetration testing is valuable but typically occurs later in the SDLC and might not be as effective in identifying specific vulnerabilities in third-party libraries. Additionally, penetration tests are time-consuming and may miss some embedded library vulnerabilities that a dedicated vulnerability scan could catch earlier. By implementing vulnerability scans to assess dependencies early and throughout the SDLC, you can effectively identify and mitigate security flaws in third-party libraries before they affect production environments.

Answer 177

c. AUP (Acceptable Use Policy) Explanation: Acceptable Use Policy (AUP): This policy outlines the acceptable and unacceptable use of an organization's IT resources. It sets clear guidelines for appropriate internet usage, which can include restrictions on accessing inappropriate websites. By enforcing an AUP, the organization can prevent employees from accessing inappropriate websites, thereby reducing the likelihood of others seeing such behavior. Why not the others?: Job rotation policy: This policy involves rotating employees through different jobs to reduce the risk of fraud and improve skills and knowledge. It does not directly address internet usage or prevent the visibility of inappropriate website visits. NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement): An NDA is a legal contract that prevents individuals from disclosing confidential information. It does not govern or prevent internet usage behavior within an organization. Separation of duties policy: This policy ensures that no single individual has control over all aspects of a critical process, reducing the risk of fraud or error. It does not directly prevent inappropriate internet usage or visibility of such behavior. An Acceptable Use Policy is the most relevant and effective measure to prevent employees from accessing inappropriate websites, thereby reducing the chance of others observing such behavior.

Answer 178

b. message gateway logs first. Explanation: Message Gateway Logs: These logs would provide information about incoming and outgoing emails, including details such as sender, recipient, subject, and attachments. They are crucial for identifying the phishing email itself, tracking its source, and potentially determining if similar emails were sent to other users. Here’s why the other options are less likely the first choice: DNS Logs: DNS logs primarily record DNS queries and responses, which are more useful for investigating domain resolution and network traffic patterns. They might not provide direct information about the phishing email content or delivery. Network Logs: Network logs encompass a broad range of activities such as traffic flow, connections, and potentially malicious activities like command and control communications. While useful for broader network security investigations, they might not directly reveal details about the phishing email content. Authentication Logs: Authentication logs track user login attempts and activities, which are important for investigating unauthorized access but are less relevant initially when dealing with a phishing incident where the focus is on the email and its handling. Therefore, in the context of a user falling for a phishing email, checking the message gateway logs first would provide insights into the email's characteristics, its delivery, and potentially aid in identifying further actions or communications related to the phishing incident.

Answer 179

c. supply chain. Explanation: Supply chain: This refers to the network of suppliers and vendors that provide goods and services to an organization. In the context of cybersecurity, supply chain attacks involve targeting third-party vendors or suppliers to gain unauthorized access to systems or data of the targeted organization. By compromising a vendor or supplier, attackers can infiltrate the organization's network through trusted relationships or software dependencies. Here's why the other options are not correct in this context: Social media: While social media can be used in social engineering attacks to gather information or manipulate users, it's not directly related to infiltrating third-party software vendors unless specific social engineering tactics are used against individuals within those vendors. Cloud: Cloud environments can be targeted in various ways, such as through misconfigurations or vulnerabilities, but this option doesn't directly address the tactic of infiltrating third-party vendors to impact operations. Social engineering: While social engineering involves manipulating individuals to divulge confidential information, in this context, the focus is more on the organizational supply chain and not solely on manipulating individuals. Therefore, the most appropriate answer in the given scenario where the attacker targets third-party software vendors to impact operations is supply chain.

Answer 180

a. VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure). Explanation: VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure): VDI allows users to access virtualized desktops hosted on servers within the corporate network. Users connect to these desktops remotely from their personal devices or organization-provided assets through a client application or web browser. Applications and data remain centralized within the corporate network, and users interact with them through the virtual desktop interface. This approach ensures that no data or applications are installed locally on user systems, enhancing security and control over corporate data. Let's briefly review the other options to understand why they are not the best fit: MDM (Mobile Device Management): MDM is primarily used for managing and securing mobile devices (smartphones, tablets) that access corporate resources. It involves enforcing policies, configuring settings, and securing data on mobile devices. However, it doesn't provide a mechanism for accessing applications hosted inside the corporate network without installing them locally. COPE (Corporate-Owned, Personally-Enabled): COPE refers to a model where organizations provide employees with devices that are both owned and managed by the organization but can be used for personal purposes to some extent. It doesn't directly address the requirement of accessing applications without local installation on personal devices. UTM (Unified Threat Management): UTM refers to a comprehensive security solution that integrates multiple security features such as firewall, antivirus, intrusion detection/prevention, etc. It is not specifically related to providing remote access to applications without local installation. Therefore, VDI is the most appropriate choice for allowing remote workers to use applications hosted inside the corporate network without installing data or applications locally on any user systems.

Answer 181

a. Chain of custody Chain of custody refers to the documentation and processes used to establish the chronological history of evidence, from the moment it is collected to its presentation in legal proceedings. It ensures that the integrity of the evidence is preserved, showing who had custody of the evidence at any given time and what actions were performed with it. This documentation is crucial for proving the authenticity and admissibility of evidence in court or other legal proceedings. b. Legal hold: While important for preserving potentially relevant data from being altered or destroyed, a legal hold specifically refers to preserving data that may be subject to litigation or investigation, rather than ensuring the admissibility of evidence in legal proceedings. c. Event log: Event logs record system events and activities, which can be useful for forensic analysis and detecting security incidents. However, event logs themselves are not sufficient to ensure the admissibility of evidence in legal proceedings; they provide a record of events but do not establish the chain of custody required for legal validity. d. Artifacts: Artifacts in cybersecurity refer to residual data left on a system after an activity has occurred. While artifacts can be valuable in investigations, they do not inherently ensure the admissibility of evidence. They are pieces of information that may corroborate findings but are not documentation of the custody of evidence. Therefore, chain of custody is the correct answer because it specifically addresses the process of documenting and maintaining the integrity of evidence from collection through to presentation in legal contexts, ensuring its admissibility and reliability in court.

Answer 182

b. Tabletop walk-through Explanation: Tabletop walk-through: This involves a simulated discussion of an incident scenario without actually executing any of the actions in the response plan. It allows team members to discuss their roles and responsibilities, evaluate the effectiveness of the policy, and identify any gaps or misunderstandings in a controlled environment. It requires minimal resources and does not disrupt normal operations. The other options involve more significant resource allocation or potential disruption: Warm site failover: This involves moving operations to a secondary site to simulate a disaster recovery scenario, which requires infrastructure and resources. Parallel path testing: This tests redundant systems simultaneously to ensure they can handle workload if one path fails, which could impact production systems. Full outage simulation: This simulates a complete outage scenario to test response and recovery procedures, which typically requires significant planning, resources, and disruption to normal operations. Therefore, the tabletop walk-through is the most appropriate choice for testing the incident response policy in a low-impact manner while still achieving the goal of clarifying roles and responsibilities.

Answer 183

b. Corrective Explanation: Corrective controls are designed to fix or remediate identified issues or vulnerabilities after they have been identified through monitoring or assessments. Their primary purpose is to mitigate risks by addressing the root cause of problems that have already been identified. Let's briefly differentiate it from the other options: Detective controls (option a) are used to identify and detect deviations from established security policies, procedures, or controls. They do not directly fix issues but rather alert administrators or analysts to investigate and take corrective action. Preventative controls (option c) are implemented to prevent or deter potential incidents or risks from occurring in the first place. They are proactive measures intended to reduce the likelihood or impact of security threats. Finalized (option d) is not a recognized control type in the context of security controls. Therefore, among the options provided, the control type that specifically addresses and mitigates identified risks by fixing underlying issues is corrective control (option b).

Answer 184

Braindump : c. Injection a. Privilege escalation Explanation: The attacker initially downloaded a malicious file, which was quarantined by the antivirus (AV) solution. This indicates the file was recognized as malicious, but the attacker managed to restore it. The attacker then used a local non-administrative account to restore the file to a new location. This action suggests the attacker gained permissions or escalated privileges to bypass restrictions on executing the file. Finally, the restored file was used by another process to execute a payload, leveraging the compromised privileges to carry out malicious actions. In summary, this sequence of events describes an attack where the attacker escalated their privileges from a non-administrative account to restore and execute a malicious file, thereby achieving privilege escalation. Injection: injection attacks involve inserting malicious code or commands into a system or application. This usually targets vulnerabilities in input fields or parameters. The scenario described does not involve injecting code into the system but rather manipulating and executing a quarantined file with escalated privileges. Request forgeries (CSRF): Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF) involves tricking a user into performing actions they did not intend to do, typically on another website where they are authenticated. This attack is not relevant here as the scenario describes actions within the local system, not across different web applications. Replay attack: In a replay attack, an attacker intercepts and reuses valid data transmissions between parties. This scenario does not involve replaying intercepted data; instead, it focuses on downloading, restoring, and executing a quarantined malicious file with escalated privileges.

Answer 185

b. WPA2 (Wi-Fi Protected Access 2). Explanation WPA2 (Wi-Fi Protected Access 2): This protocol provides strong encryption using the AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) algorithm, which is widely regarded as secure for protecting wireless networks. It offers better security than its predecessor, WPA, and should be used whenever possible to prevent unauthorized access and eavesdropping on wireless communications. WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup): While WPS can simplify the process of connecting devices to a wireless network, it has known vulnerabilities and should generally be avoided or disabled if security is a primary concern. WAP (Wireless Application Protocol): WAP is not an encryption protocol but rather a technical standard for accessing information over a wireless network. It is unrelated to securing wireless networks. HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure): HTTPS is a protocol used for secure communication over a computer network and is specifically designed for secure transmission of data over the internet, not for securing local wireless networks. Therefore, WPA2 is the correct choice to ensure the strongest encryption and security for the wireless routers in the office suite, preventing unauthorized access from other tenants in the building.

Answer 186

b. Reconnaissance. Explanation: Reconnaissance in the context of social engineering involves gathering information about a target organization or individual. This phase is typically part of the initial stages of an attack where the attacker collects data to understand the target's technology infrastructure, processes, employee details, or any other relevant information that can aid in planning an attack. In this scenario, browsing the company's online job board to gather information about the technologies they use falls under reconnaissance. This information can be valuable for crafting targeted attacks or exploiting vulnerabilities related to specific technologies employed by the company. a. Hoax: A hoax is a deceptive act intended to trick or deceive individuals or organizations into believing something false. It typically involves spreading false information or rumors with the intention of causing confusion or disruption rather than gathering information. c. Impersonation: Impersonation involves pretending to be someone else, usually a trusted entity or individual, to deceive others into divulging sensitive information, granting access, or performing actions they wouldn't otherwise do. d. Pretexting: Pretexting is a social engineering technique where an attacker creates a fabricated scenario or pretext to manipulate individuals into disclosing information or performing actions they wouldn't typically do under normal circumstances. In contrast to reconnaissance, which focuses on gathering information about the target, the other options involve different methods of social engineering that are used at different stages of an attack. Reconnaissance is foundational for understanding the target environment before launching more specific attacks or crafting convincing social engineering scenarios.

Answer 187

a. dd Here’s why: dd: This command-line utility is used to create a bit-by-bit copy of an entire hard drive or a specific partition. By using dd, the cybersecurity analyst can create a full forensic image of the laptop's hard drive. This image can then be analyzed in detail without needing to keep the physical laptop. This allows the analyst to continue the investigation on the forensic image while the laptop is restored and returned to the user. Let's briefly review the other options: memdump: This tool captures the contents of a computer's RAM. While useful for capturing volatile memory data, it does not provide a complete picture of the system's state and would not allow for a full investigation of the intrusion, especially if the analyst needs to examine files on the disk. tcpdump: This tool captures network traffic. It is useful for network forensics but does not help in creating a copy of the laptop's hard drive for detailed analysis of the malware and its effects on the system. head: This command is used to display the first few lines of a file. It is not relevant for creating forensic images or for detailed investigations. Therefore, dd is the best option as it allows the analyst to create a complete forensic image of the laptop's hard drive, enabling a thorough investigation while the laptop is restored and returned to the user.

Answer 188

b. SNMPv2, SNMPv3 c. HTTP, HTTPS f. Telnet, SSH Telnet, SSH: Current: Telnet (port 23) Secure Alternative: SSH (port 22) Reason: Telnet sends data in clear text, while SSH encrypts the communication, providing confidentiality and integrity. HTTP, HTTPS: Current: HTTP (port 80) Secure Alternative: HTTPS (port 443) Reason: HTTPS uses SSL/TLS to encrypt HTTP traffic, protecting data from interception and tampering. SNMPv1, SNMPv2, SNMPv3: Current: SNMPv1 (port 161), SNMPv2 (port 161), SNMPv3 (port 161) Secure Alternative: SNMPv3 (or SNMPv2c with strong community string management) Reason: SNMPv3 provides encryption and authentication, addressing vulnerabilities present in SNMPv1 and SNMPv2.

Answer 189

c. Lessons learned During the Lessons learned stage, the security team and stakeholders analyze the incident response process. They document the incident timeline, actions taken, outcomes, and identify areas for improvement to prevent similar incidents in the future. This documentation helps enhance incident response procedures, update policies, and improve security posture based on the lessons derived from the incident.

Answer 190

a. [Permission Source Destination Port] Allow: Any Any 80 Allow: Any Any 443 Allow: Any Any 67 Allow: Any Any 68 Deny: Any Any 22 Deny: Any Any 21 Deny: Any Any Explanation: Allow: Any Any 80: Allows access to web pages (HTTP). Allow: Any Any 443: Allows access to web pages over HTTPS. Allow: Any Any 67: Allows DHCP traffic (both UDP port 67 for server and 68 for client). Allow: Any Any 68: Allows DHCP traffic (both UDP port 67 for server and 68 for client). Deny: Any Any 22: Blocks SSH traffic, which is not listed as a permitted service. Deny: Any Any 21: Specifically denies FTP traffic. Deny: Any Any: Denies all other traffic implicitly that is not explicitly allowed. This rule set ensures that only DHCP, web pages, and SFTP traffic is allowed, and FTP traffic is specifically blocked. Therefore, option b is the best choice to accomplish the stated goal.

Answer 191

c. netstat Explanation: netstat (network statistics) is a command-line tool that displays network connections (both incoming and outgoing), routing tables, interface statistics, masquerade connections, and multicast memberships. By running netstat on a server, a security analyst can view active connections, listening ports, and related network details, which are crucial for investigating network activity during a security incident. arp: The arp command (Address Resolution Protocol) displays and modifies entries in the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache, which maps IP addresses to MAC addresses on a local network. nslookup: The nslookup command is used to query DNS servers to obtain DNS-related information such as IP addresses corresponding to hostnames or vice versa. nmap: The nmap command (Network Mapper) is a powerful network scanning tool used to discover hosts and services on a computer network, thus providing detailed information about the network. While all these tools are useful in different scenarios for network investigations or troubleshooting, when specifically needing to view all network connections on a server, netstat is typically the tool of choice because it directly shows active connections and related network details on the local machine.

Answer 192

b. Configure the MDM software to enforce the use of PINs to access the phone. Here’s why: Enforcing PINs to access the phone: This measure ensures that the device is secured with a PIN, preventing unauthorized access to both personal and company data if the phone is lost or stolen. It addresses the security requirement without intruding into personal data or creating concerns about personal data loss. Let's briefly review the other options: Enable the remote-wiping option in the MDM software in case the phone is stolen: While this is a strong security measure for protecting company data, it could lead to personal data loss, which is a primary concern for employees. Configure MDM for FDE without enabling the lock screen: Full Disk Encryption (FDE) is a good security practice, but not enabling the lock screen would leave the device vulnerable to unauthorized access. Additionally, FDE by itself doesn’t address the concern of separating personal and corporate data. Perform a factory reset on the phone before installing the company's applications: This would ensure a clean environment for corporate apps, but it would lead to the loss of all personal data on the phone, which is a significant concern for employees. Therefore, configuring the MDM software to enforce the use of PINs to access the phone strikes a balance between securing company data and respecting employees' concerns about their personal data.

Answer 193

a. federation. Federation refers to the process of linking user identities and attributes across multiple identity management systems. It allows users to access multiple applications or services using a single set of credentials, which are often managed by their home organization. Federation enables seamless and secure access to resources across different domains or organizations without the need for users to have separate credentials for each system. The other options provided are: b. A remote access policy: Defines guidelines and rules for accessing a network or system remotely, typically focused on security and access control. c. Multifactor authentication: Refers to the use of multiple authentication factors (such as passwords and biometrics) to verify a user's identity. d. Single sign-on: Allows users to authenticate once and gain access to multiple applications or systems without re-entering credentials. While single sign-on (SSO) is related to federation, federation specifically focuses on linking identities across different enterprises or domains, making a. federation the most appropriate answer in this context.

Answer 194

d. Smishing. Explanation: Smishing (SMS phishing) involves sending deceptive text messages to trick individuals into divulging sensitive information, clicking on malicious links, or downloading malicious attachments. In this scenario, the attacker used an SMS to impersonate a legitimate entity (such as a bank) to deceive the user into providing their bank details.

Answer 195

c. Update the BYOD policy. Explanation: BYOD (Bring Your Own Device) policies govern how personal devices are used in the corporate environment, including access to corporate data and applications. Updating the BYOD policy to enforce stricter guidelines on software installation, verification, and access controls can help mitigate the risk of non-verified software accessing corporate data. This update can include requirements for using only approved applications or implementing mechanisms to prevent unauthorized software installation.

Answer 196

d. Applying MDM software. Explanation: MDM (Mobile Device Management) software provides a centralized solution to manage and secure mobile devices across different platforms, including smartphones, laptops, and tablets. MDM software allows the enforcement of security policies, application management, encryption, remote wipe capabilities, and compliance monitoring, making it the best choice for ensuring consistent security across heterogeneous devices. Here's a brief overview of why the other options are less suitable: a. Enforcing encryption: While encryption is a critical security feature, it is only one aspect of device security. MDM software can enforce encryption policies along with other security settings. b. Deploying GPOs (Group Policy Objects): GPOs are primarily used in Windows environments. While they can manage Windows-based laptops and desktops, they are not effective for managing non-Windows devices like smartphones and tablets. c. Removing administrative permissions: Removing administrative permissions can enhance security, but it doesn't provide a comprehensive solution across different device types. MDM software can enforce this policy along with many other security configurations.

Answer 197

b. Password history d. Geofencing Here’s why: Password history: This policy ensures that users cannot reuse their last ten passwords, thereby enforcing the requirement for a unique password. Geofencing: This security control restricts or allows access based on the user's geographic location. By implementing geofencing, the company can prevent logins from high-risk countries, as required by the new policies. Let's briefly review the other options: Password complexity: While important for ensuring strong passwords, this does not address the specific requirement of preventing the reuse of the last ten passwords. Geolocation: This involves determining the physical location of a user or device, which is useful but does not actively prevent logins from high-risk countries on its own. Geotagging: This is the process of adding location data to digital content. It is not relevant to restricting logins based on location. Password reuse: This term is related to the concept of password history but is not the actual policy or control used to enforce it. Therefore, implementing password history and geofencing will effectively meet the new policies set by the Chief Information Security Officer. (Braindump: b. Password history c. Geolocation)

Answer 198

(Community : C 59%, A 41%) Taken from Mike Meyers Security + 601 Cert Guide (pg 51): “The GDPR in the European Union outlines in great detail how organizations should deal with private information…Many countries have subsequently adopted similar regulations, so naturally, many multinational corporations comply with those regulations throughout their organization. The DATA CONTROLLER controls the data, which sounds silly, but means the person must ensure that data complies with the protections of PII thoroughly, according to the regulations in the GDPR. c. GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) The GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) is a comprehensive data protection law in the European Union that outlines the roles and responsibilities of data controllers and data processors. It specifies requirements for how personal data should be processed, including the obligations and responsibilities of these entities in handling personal data. Therefore, GDPR is the regulation that is most likely to detail the roles and responsibilities of data controllers and data processors. a. SSAE SOC 2 (Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements No. 2): This is an auditing standard that focuses on controls relevant to the security, availability, processing integrity, confidentiality, and privacy of data processed by service providers. b. PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard): This standard applies to organizations that handle cardholder information for major debit, credit, prepaid, ATM, and POS cards. It focuses specifically on securing cardholder data to prevent fraud. d. ISO 31000: This is an international standard for risk management that provides guidelines and principles for managing risks effectively in any organization. Among these options, only GDPR specifically addresses the roles and responsibilities of data controllers and data processors within the context of personal data protection. Therefore, while the other standards and regulations focus on different aspects of security and risk management, GDPR is the most relevant to outline the roles and responsibilities of data controllers and processors

Answer 199

(Community : B 93%) b. A risk register Here’s why: Risk Register: A risk register typically contains ranked and ordered information on various risks that may affect business processes and systems. It includes details on the likelihood and potential impact of these risks. After mitigating controls have been implemented, the risk register also highlights residual risks that need to be managed. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: RTO Report (Recovery Time Objective): This report focuses on the maximum acceptable downtime for recovering specific IT systems, applications, or business processes after a disruption. Business Impact Analysis (BIA): A BIA assesses the potential impact of disruptions to critical business operations and identifies recovery priorities. Asset Value Register: This typically lists the financial value and other attributes of organizational assets. Disaster Recovery Plan: This plan outlines procedures for recovering and restoring IT systems and data in the event of a disaster.

Answer 200

b. Impossible travel time Here’s why: Impossible travel time: This policy detects and blocks login attempts that occur within an implausibly short time frame between two geographically distant locations. It assumes that the user cannot physically travel between these locations in such a short period. This policy helps prevent unauthorized access attempts that indicate account compromise or fraudulent activity, such as in the described scenario where a user logs in from France and then attempts a login from Brazil within seconds. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: Network location: This policy restricts access based on the network or IP address from which the login attempt originates. It may not be effective in preventing simultaneous logins from geographically distant locations if the IP addresses are within the allowed network range. Geolocation: This policy allows or denies access based on the geographic location of the login attempt. While related, it may not detect or prevent rapid login attempts from different global locations within a short time. Geofencing: This policy sets geographical boundaries within which a user is allowed to access certain resources or services. It doesn't directly prevent rapid and implausible travel between geographically distant locations in a short time frame. Therefore, impossible travel time is the most suitable account policy to address and prevent the type of attack where a user account is compromised and login attempts are made from widely separated locations within an unreasonably short period.

Answer 201

b. 139 f. 445 Port 139: This port is used for NetBIOS Session Service, which includes SMB over NetBIOS. Blocking this port helps mitigate external SMB-related attacks. Port 445: This port is used for SMB over TCP. Blocking this port helps prevent external access to SMB services, which mitigates the risk of exploitation through the SMB vulnerability.

Answer 202

a. SOAR playbook (Security Orchestration, Automation, and Response) SOAR platforms are designed to automate and orchestrate security operations tasks, including incident response actions like filtering and blocking emails based on predefined rules and playbooks. Here’s how a SOAR playbook can help: Automated Response Actions: SOAR playbooks can be configured to automatically detect phishing indicators, such as suspicious email patterns or URLs, and then take predefined actions like blocking sender addresses, quarantining emails, or alerting the security team. Integration with Email Systems: They can integrate with email security solutions or mail servers to perform these actions swiftly and effectively. Reduction in Manual Effort: By automating these tasks, SOAR reduces the need for manual intervention, thereby saving time and improving response efficiency.

Answer 203

b. Evil twin The activity observed in the Wireshark capture, specifically deauthentication frames causing performance issues, aligns most closely with an evil twin attack. a. Session replay: Involves capturing and replaying legitimate session data to impersonate a user. b. Evil twin: Involves setting up a rogue wireless access point with the same SSID as a legitimate one to trick users into connecting to it. c. Bluejacking: Involves sending unsolicited messages to Bluetooth-enabled devices. d. ARP poisoning: Involves manipulating ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) cache to associate a different MAC address with an IP address.

Answer 204

c. Denial of service The output provided shows multiple TCP connections in the TIME_WAIT state between the IP address 192.168.10.10 on port 80 and the IP address 192.168.1.2 on sequentially increasing ports (60101 to 60110). This pattern is characteristic of a denial of service (DoS) attack where an attacker floods the target system with numerous connection requests, exhausting resources and causing legitimate clients to be unable to connect. Let's break down the options: a. ARP poisoning: This involves manipulating ARP tables to redirect traffic, typically not related to the TCP TIME_WAIT state observed here. b. Man in the middle: Involves intercepting communications between two parties, which would not typically result in numerous connections in TIME_WAIT state. c. Denial of service: This matches the observed behavior, where multiple connections are initiated but not fully established due to the overwhelming number of requests. d. DNS poisoning: Involves corrupting the DNS resolution process to redirect traffic, not directly related to the TCP connections in TIME_WAIT state. Given the description of numerous TCP connections in TIME_WAIT state from the same source IP on incrementing ports, the most likely scenario being observed is a denial of service (DoS) attack.

Answer 205

a. Version control Version control systems (VCS) are designed to track changes to files over time, allowing developers (and administrators) to manage and collaborate on projects effectively. It provides mechanisms to: Track modifications made to files, including who made the changes and when. Restore previous versions of files if necessary. Manage access control to ensure that only authorized individuals can make changes. Continuous monitoring (option b) focuses more on real-time monitoring of systems and applications for security and performance issues rather than managing changes and access control. Stored procedures (option c) are database-specific and refer to predefined sets of SQL statements stored in the database catalog. They are not directly related to managing changes to software or access to files and systems. Automation (option d) involves using scripts or tools to perform tasks automatically, which can include version control operations but is broader in scope than just tracking changes and managing access.

Answer 206

c. Secure the access point and cabling inside the drop ceiling. Explanation: Securing the access point and cabling inside the drop ceiling would involve properly mounting and securing the WAP and its associated cabling within the drop ceiling to prevent physical access by unauthorized individuals. Hanging WAPs can be easily tampered with or accessed, potentially allowing an attacker to gain physical access to the device, compromise it, or tamper with network traffic. This recommendation ensures that the WAP is not only functioning securely but also physically protected from tampering or unauthorized access. The other options do not directly address the immediate security concern of the WAP being physically vulnerable: Option a (Employ a general contractor to replace the drop-ceiling tiles) is unrelated to securing the WAP. Option b (Place the network cabling inside a secure conduit) addresses cable management but not the physical security of the WAP itself. Option d (Utilize only access points that have internal antennas) focuses on antenna types rather than physical security.

Answer 207

d. Salting Explanation: Salting involves adding a unique, random string of characters (the salt) to each password before hashing it. This ensures that even if two users have the same password, their hashed passwords will be different due to the unique salts. Rainbow tables are precomputed tables used to crack hashed passwords efficiently. They map hashed passwords to their plaintext equivalents. However, if salts are used, each password hash will be unique, even if the passwords are the same, thereby thwarting the use of rainbow tables. Hashing (option a) itself does not prevent the use of rainbow tables unless combined with salting. Tokenization (option b) and asymmetric encryption (option c) are not directly related to preventing rainbow table attacks on password hashes.

Answer 208

c. chmod Explanation: chmod (change mode) is a command-line utility in Unix and Unix-like operating systems that allows users to change the permissions (read, write, execute) of files and directories. It can be used to modify permissions for existing users and groups on a file. Additionally, chmod can remove the set-user-ID (setuid) bit from a file if necessary, which is a security measure to prevent potential privilege escalation attacks. The other options: ls (option a) is used to list directory contents. chflags (option b) is used to change file flags on BSD and macOS systems, not directly related to standard Unix file permissions. lsof (option d) lists open files and is used for displaying information about files opened by processes. setuid (option e) refers to the set-user-ID bit, which can be set or removed using chmod.

Answer 209

(Community : B 93%) b. Implement an SWG (Secure Web Gateway). Here’s why: SWG (Secure Web Gateway): This solution provides comprehensive web security through functionalities such as URL filtering, content inspection, malware detection, and application controls. It allows administrators to enforce policies that block access to websites based on categories (including malicious sites and those violating the AUP). SWGs can also offer protection regardless of the user's location, whether they are working from home or remotely accessing company resources. NAC (Network Access Control): NAC is primarily used to control access to the network based on the endpoint's compliance with security policies. While it can restrict network access, it does not typically provide the granular web filtering and content inspection capabilities needed to block specific websites based on AUP or protect against malicious content directly. URL filter: A URL filter is part of an SWG and can be a component of other security solutions, but alone it does not provide the comprehensive security features of an SWG, such as deep content inspection and malware protection. MDM (Mobile Device Management): MDM focuses on managing and securing mobile devices, ensuring compliance with security policies, and enabling remote management of device configurations and applications. It does not directly address web security or enforce web access policies.

Answer 210

d. Tokenizing the credit cards in the database. Here’s why tokenization is the preferred approach: Tokenization: This method replaces sensitive credit card information with a unique identifier (token) that has no exploitable value. The actual credit card data is securely stored in a separate, PCI-compliant vault maintained by a payment processor or gateway. This way, even if the database is compromised, the tokens cannot be reverse-engineered to obtain credit card details. Salting the magnetic strip information: Salting is a technique used in hashing to add randomness to data before hashing, primarily to prevent dictionary and rainbow table attacks. It's not typically used for credit card information storage because hashing alone doesn't provide the flexibility needed for reordering processes. Encrypting the credit card information in transit: Encrypting data in transit (using protocols like TLS/SSL) is crucial for securing data while it moves between the user’s browser and the web server. However, it doesn’t directly address the storage of credit card information in the database for reordering purposes. Hashing the credit card numbers upon entry: Hashing transforms data into a fixed-size string of characters, making it impractical to reverse the process to obtain the original data. However, hashing alone is irreversible, making it unsuitable for storing data that needs to be retrieved or reused (such as for reordering).

Answer 211

c. Using a SHA-2 signature of a drive image Here’s why: Using a SHA-2 signature of a drive image: Non-repudiation ensures that the authenticity of a digital artifact can be proven and that it has not been altered since it was captured. By generating a SHA-2 hash (or any cryptographic hash) of a drive image, you create a unique digital fingerprint of the data at a specific point in time. If the hash of the image matches the hash taken later, it proves that the drive image has not been altered, providing non-repudiation. Let's briefly review the other options: Dumping volatile memory contents first: This is a good practice for capturing ephemeral data that would be lost if the system were powered down, but it does not provide non-repudiation. Duplicating a drive with dd: While this is a method of creating a forensic copy of a drive, it does not, by itself, provide non-repudiation. Non-repudiation is about proving that the data has not been altered after duplication. Logging everyone in contact with evidence: This is part of maintaining the chain of custody, which helps ensure the integrity and accountability of the handling of evidence, but it does not provide non-repudiation by itself. Encrypting sensitive data: Encryption protects the confidentiality and integrity of data but does not provide non-repudiation unless combined with a method to verify that the data has not been altered, such as hashing. Therefore, using a SHA-2 signature of a drive image is the best method for providing non-repudiation during a forensics investigation.

Answer 212

c. Marketing strategies would be classified as proprietary because they involve confidential plans and tactics that provide a competitive edge to the company. While the other options involve sensitive information, they are generally classified differently based on their sensitivity and potential impact, but not necessarily as proprietary unless specified otherwise by the company's policies and practices. a. Customers’ dates of birth: This information is sensitive and could potentially be used for identity theft or other malicious activities. While it's sensitive, it's not typically classified as proprietary unless the company explicitly treats it as such for business reasons. b. Customers’ email addresses: Email addresses are usually considered personal information and are not typically classified as proprietary unless there are specific business reasons to do so. c. Marketing strategies: Marketing strategies often involve confidential plans and tactics that provide a competitive advantage. Such information is usually classified as proprietary because it directly affects the company's competitive position. d. Employee salaries: Employee salaries are sensitive information and are generally classified as confidential rather than proprietary. However, in some cases where salary structures or compensation strategies are proprietary to the company, this information might be classified as proprietary.

Answer 213

d. Visitor logs Here’s why: Visitor logs: These logs record the details of visitors, including the time of entry, time of exit, the purpose of the visit, and the name of the escorting staff member. By maintaining accurate visitor logs, the organization can track who is responsible for escorting each visitor and hold staff accountable if there are any issues or security breaches involving unauthorized personnel. Let's briefly review the other options: Locks: Locks are physical security controls that restrict access to certain areas. While they are important for securing spaces, they do not hold staff accountable for escorting visitors. Badges: Badges can identify authorized personnel and visitors, but they do not directly track or hold staff accountable for escorting unauthorized personnel. Cameras: Cameras can provide visual surveillance and record the movements of people within a facility. While they can be used to review incidents and identify who was involved, they do not inherently hold staff accountable without additional processes in place to review and act on the footage. Therefore, visitor logs are the most effective means of holding staff accountable for escorting unauthorized personnel.

Answer 214

(Community : C 68%, A 27%) The reason why option A (an external security assessment) is not the most likely choice for the CSO to validate the business's involvement in the incident response plan is because an external security assessment focuses on evaluating the overall security posture of an organization, rather than specifically validating the incident response plan tabletop exercise (C) is specifically designed to test and validate the incident response plan. It allows participants to simulate and discuss their responses to various emergency scenarios, ensuring that the plan is comprehensive and that all stakeholders understand their roles and responsibilities It's important to note that while an external security assessment can provide valuable insights into an organization's security posture, it may not be the most suitable method for validating the incident response plan in this specific scenario. c. A tabletop exercise a. An external security assessment: This involves hiring an outside firm to evaluate the organization's security posture, which can include policies, procedures, and technical controls. While valuable, it does not specifically focus on validating business involvement in the incident response plan. b. A bug bounty program: This program incentivizes external researchers to find and report vulnerabilities in the organization's systems. Although it can improve overall security, it does not directly address the business's involvement in incident response. c. A tabletop exercise: This is a discussion-based exercise where key stakeholders from the business, including IT and security teams, simulate a security incident scenario. Participants discuss their roles, responsibilities, and actions in response to the scenario, which helps validate and refine the incident response plan. This option directly involves business stakeholders and assesses the thoroughness of their engagement. d. A red-team engagement: This involves a team of ethical hackers simulating real-world attacks to test the organization's security defenses. While it provides valuable insights into security weaknesses, it focuses more on technical defenses and less on validating the business's involvement in incident response. Conclusion: c. A tabletop exercise is the most appropriate choice for the CSO to validate the business's involvement in the incident response plan. It provides a controlled environment where all relevant parties can actively participate, ensuring the plan's validity and thoroughness are assessed comprehensively.

Answer 215

b. Reference architecture a. Cloud control matrix: This is a framework provided by the Cloud Security Alliance (CSA) that helps organizations assess the risk associated with cloud computing providers. It focuses on cloud security controls rather than specific deployment guidance for network security systems from manufacturers. b. Reference architecture: This document provides a standardized blueprint or template for the deployment of technology solutions, including network security systems. It often includes best practices and recommendations from the manufacturer on how to deploy and integrate their products within an organization's infrastructure. c. NIST RMF (Risk Management Framework): This framework, provided by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), focuses on managing and mitigating risks in information systems. While it provides guidelines for risk management and security controls, it does not specifically offer deployment guidance for network security systems from manufacturers. d. CIS Top 20: The Center for Internet Security (CIS) Top 20 Controls are a set of best practices and guidelines for securing an organization's IT systems and data. They focus on various aspects of cybersecurity but do not provide specific deployment guidance for network security systems from manufacturers. Conclusion: b. Reference architecture is the document that provides guidance regarding the recommended deployment of network security systems from the manufacturer. It includes best practices, templates, and recommendations for implementing these systems effectively within an organization's infrastructure.

Answer 216

c. Zero day A zero-day vulnerability is a security flaw that is unknown to the software vendor and, consequently, has no available patch or fix at the time of discovery. It is called "zero day" because the developers have had zero days to address and mitigate the issue.

Answer 217

a. Watering hole A watering hole attack is a targeted attack aimed at compromising users within a specific industry or group. In this type of attack, the attacker identifies websites that are frequently visited by members of the targeted group and then compromises those sites with malware. When the target users visit the compromised site, their systems become infected, allowing the attacker to gain access to their networks and information. b. Typosquatting: This attack involves registering domain names that are similar to legitimate websites, relying on users making typographical errors when entering URLs. While it can target specific groups, it is not inherently designed to compromise users within a specific industry or group. c. Hoax: This is a form of deception that convinces people to believe something that is not true. Hoaxes are generally used to spread misinformation or to trick people into taking actions based on false information. They are not specifically targeted at compromising users within a specific industry or group. d. Impersonation: This involves pretending to be someone else, often to gain unauthorized access to information or systems. While impersonation can be part of a targeted attack, it doesn't specifically describe an attack aimed at compromising users within a specific industry or group as a watering hole attack does.

Answer 218

d. SaaS (Software as a Service) Explanation: SaaS (Software as a Service): SaaS is a cloud computing service model that delivers software applications over the internet, which are managed by a third-party provider. For email services, SaaS solutions like Microsoft 365 or Google Workspace offer robust email hosting with built-in security features, such as encryption, spam filtering, and data loss prevention. These providers also handle infrastructure and maintenance, reducing costs and complexity for the organization. Why not the other choices? IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service): IaaS provides virtualized computing resources over the internet. While IaaS offers flexibility and control over the infrastructure, it requires the organization to manage and maintain the email software and its security. This does not reduce software and infrastructure costs as effectively as SaaS. PaaS (Platform as a Service): PaaS provides a platform allowing customers to develop, run, and manage applications without dealing with the underlying infrastructure. While PaaS can be used for email services, it typically targets application development and deployment rather than ready-to-use email solutions, making it less suitable for the described need. DaaS (Desktop as a Service): DaaS provides virtual desktops that users can access from anywhere. It is more focused on delivering a complete desktop environment rather than specific services like email. Thus, it is not the best fit for the requirement to move email services to the cloud specifically.

Answer 219

b. HIPS (Host-based Intrusion Prevention System) Explanation: HIPS (Host-based Intrusion Prevention System): HIPS is designed to detect and prevent threats on individual endpoints by monitoring system behavior, including file changes, and analyzing network traffic to and from the host. HIPS can detect and block suspicious activities based on predefined rules and behavior patterns, making it effective for both detection and prevention. Why not the other choices? NIDS (Network-based Intrusion Detection System): NIDS monitors network traffic for suspicious activity and anomalies but does not directly monitor or prevent changes to key files on endpoints. It is primarily a detection tool rather than a prevention tool. AV (Antivirus): Antivirus software is primarily designed to detect and remove known malware based on signature-based detection. While modern AV solutions may include some heuristic and behavioral detection capabilities, they are not as comprehensive in monitoring network traffic and file changes as HIPS. NGFW (Next-Generation Firewall): NGFWs provide advanced network security features, including intrusion prevention, application awareness, and deep packet inspection. While NGFWs can monitor and block network traffic, they are not focused on endpoint-specific activities like file changes.

Answer 220

c. Block unneeded TCP 445 connections. Explanation: Block unneeded TCP 445 connections: SMB (Server Message Block) uses TCP port 445. Blocking unnecessary inbound connections on this port will immediately mitigate the risk of external attacks exploiting SMB vulnerabilities. This step is crucial because it directly addresses the vector used by the attacker and prevents similar attacks in the future. Why not the other choices? Check for any recent SMB CVEs: While it's important to stay updated on recent vulnerabilities (CVEs), this action alone does not prevent exploitation. Blocking the relevant port is a more immediate and effective preventive measure. Install AV on the affected server: Antivirus software helps detect and remove malware but does not prevent exploitation of SMB vulnerabilities. It is more of a reactive measure rather than a preventive one. Deploy a NIDS in the affected subnet: A Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS) can help detect malicious activities and potential exploit attempts, but it does not prevent them. Blocking the port is a more direct and immediate step to prevent exploitation.

Answer 221

c. buffer overflow attack. Explanation: Buffer overflow: In this type of attack, the penetration tester aims to inject more data than a buffer was designed to handle. This overflow can overwrite adjacent memory locations, including critical program control data such as the EIP (Extended Instruction Pointer) on the stack. By carefully crafting the input data (fuzzing), the tester attempts to determine the exact memory location (such as EIP) that can be manipulated to execute arbitrary code or gain control of the application. Race-condition: This type of attack involves exploiting a flaw in the timing or sequence of events within a system to gain unintended access or privileges, typically by manipulating the order of operations or events. Pass-the-hash: This is a method used to authenticate to a remote system by using the hash of the user's password instead of the plaintext password. XSS (Cross-Site Scripting): This attack injects malicious scripts into web applications that are executed in the browsers of other users who visit the affected site.

Answer 222

a. Dynamic resource allocation Here’s why: Dynamic resource allocation: This approach involves automatically distributing computing resources (such as memory and CPU) among virtual servers based on current demand. It ensures that resources are used efficiently, preventing any one server from being overwhelmed while others remain underutilized. This helps to maximize system performance and availability, reducing the risk of denial-of-service situations caused by resource shortages. Let's briefly review the other options: High availability: High availability focuses on ensuring that systems and services are available with minimal downtime, often through redundancy and failover mechanisms. While important for maintaining service availability, it does not directly address the efficient use of computing resources. Segmentation: Segmentation involves dividing a network into smaller, isolated segments to improve security and manageability. It does not directly impact the efficient use of computing resources or prevent denial-of-service situations related to resource allocation. Container security: Container security focuses on securing containerized applications and their environments. While important for protecting applications, it does not address the efficient use of memory and processor resources across virtual servers. Therefore, dynamic resource allocation is the best solution for maximizing system availability and efficiently utilizing available computing power.

Answer 223

(Community : B 47%, A 45%) B. Physically check each system Running a ping sweep isn't actually going to help you resolve the problem. But if you verify the MAC address of each authorized device you can then apply Mac filtering to allow only the authorized devices. But in order to identify the MAC address for each device you need to physically check each device. (Brain dump : a. Conduct a ping sweep,) a: Conduct a ping sweep would be the most practical next step to identify active devices on the network. However, to specifically detect the rogue system with potentially spoofed MAC addresses, the administrator should also consider: Implementing ARP inspection: This helps to detect and block ARP spoofing, which is often associated with MAC address spoofing. Using network monitoring tools: Tools that can monitor and analyze network traffic and device behavior for anomalies. Conduct a ping sweep (option a): This could help identify active devices on the network, but it won't specifically detect MAC address spoofing unless coupled with ARP inspection or other network monitoring tools. Physically check each system (option b): While effective, physically checking each system can be time-consuming and may not be feasible if the network is large or remote. It's not the most efficient immediate step. Deny internet access to the "UNKNOWN" hostname (option c): This could prevent the potential rogue system from accessing the internet, but it doesn’t address the core issue of identifying and verifying the rogue system. Apply MAC filtering (option d): This is a viable option because enabling MAC filtering on the router can enforce restrictions based on MAC addresses. However, it's important to ensure that MAC addresses are correctly identified and updated, as MAC filtering alone won't detect spoofed MAC addresses.

Answer 224

a: Logs from each device type and security layer to provide correlation of events. Here's why option a is correct: Logs from each device type: This includes logs from firewalls, routers, switches, servers, endpoints, and other network infrastructure. Each device type generates logs that capture different aspects of network and system activity. Security layers: Logs should encompass various security layers such as intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS), antivirus solutions, authentication systems, and more. This provides a comprehensive view of security events across different layers of the network. Correlation of events: SIEM systems excel at correlating events from different sources to detect patterns and anomalies indicative of security incidents. By ingesting logs from diverse device types and security layers, the SIEM can perform effective correlation and alerting, enhancing the SOC's ability to detect and respond to threats. Option b, c, and d are not as comprehensive or accurate: Option b: Only focusing on firewall logs would miss potential threats and incidents that occur elsewhere in the network or on endpoints. Option c: While email and web-browsing logs are important for detecting user-related threats, they do not cover the full spectrum of network activity and security incidents. Option d: NetFlow is useful for network traffic analysis but is not a replacement for syslog logs, which provide detailed event information crucial for security monitoring and incident response.

Answer 225

d. Motion sensors with signage Explanation: The implementation of motion sensors with signage aligns with the requirement to notify citizens prior to encountering the detection mechanism. Motion sensors are commonly used in security systems to detect movement and trigger alarms or alerts. By placing signage indicating the presence of motion sensors, individuals are made aware of their presence before potentially triggering them. This practice not only complies with legal requirements but also serves as a deterrent to malicious activities by notifying individuals of surveillance or monitoring in the area.

Answer 226

a. Provide a domain parameter to the Harvester tool. Explanation: TheHarvester is a popular tool used for gathering information from public sources like search engines, PGP key servers, and SHODAN computer databases. By providing a domain parameter to theHarvester, the tool can be directed to search for and gather various types of information associated with the company's domain name. This could include email addresses, subdomains, hostnames, and open ports, all of which could potentially expose information that malicious actors might use for reconnaissance purposes. Options b, c, and d involve specific activities like checking DNS entries, performing vulnerability scans on IP addresses, and conducting comprehensive port scans. While these activities are valuable for security assessments, they are not as directly focused on gathering publicly available company information as providing a domain parameter to theHarvester tool would be.

Answer 227

d. Development Explanation: Development environment is typically where software developers work on code and applications. It is localized on individual developer systems or a dedicated development server. In this environment, dummy data (synthetic or placeholder data) is commonly used for testing and debugging purposes. Developers have the flexibility to assess and modify code easily during the development process, often using version control systems to manage changes. Unlike production, test, and staging environments, the development environment is less formal and is focused on iterative development and debugging, making it suitable for direct code assessment and frequent modifications.

Answer 228

(Braindump: c. Locator (URL) redirection) DNS Poisoning would affect ALL users in the office. C: is the Only Correct Answer, here. "Domain Name System (DNS) poisoning happens when fake information is entered into the cache of a domain name server, resulting in DNS queries producing an incorrect reply, sending users to the wrong website. DNS poisoning also goes by the terms “DNS spoofing” and “DNS cache poisoning.” (Community : B 79%, C 21%) Chat GPT : B. DNS poisoning Here’s why: DNS poisoning (also known as DNS spoofing) occurs when a malicious actor alters DNS records to redirect traffic from a legitimate site to a malicious one. In this case, when the user enters "comptia.org" into the web browser, they are redirected to a malicious site instead of the legitimate CompTIA website. This redirection happens because the DNS resolution process has been compromised, resulting in the wrong IP address being returned for the legitimate domain. Let’s briefly review the other options: On-path attack (formerly known as man-in-the-middle attack): This involves intercepting and potentially altering communication between two parties. While it could result in redirection to a malicious site, it typically involves active interception rather than altering DNS records. Locator (URL) redirection: This involves changing the URL or using a URL shortener to redirect users to a different site. This is usually done at the URL level rather than manipulating DNS records. Domain hijacking: This involves taking control of the entire domain registration, allowing the attacker to control DNS settings and web content for that domain. This scenario specifically indicates that only some users (in a different office) are experiencing the issue, which suggests a localized DNS poisoning rather than full domain control. Therefore, the most likely attack observed is DNS poisoning.

Answer 229

b. Tune monitoring in order to reduce false positive rates. Explanation: Tuning monitoring to reduce false positive rates involves configuring monitoring systems to more accurately detect and alert on genuine security incidents while minimizing false alarms. False positives can slow down the identification phase by diverting attention and resources from genuine incidents. By fine-tuning monitoring rules and thresholds, security analysts can focus on relevant alerts, leading to quicker identification of potential security incidents. This approach is generally more effective than simply increasing logging verbosity, redirecting events to multiple syslog servers, or adding more sensors, as those actions may increase data volume without necessarily improving the relevance or accuracy of alerts.

Answer 230

b. Evil Twin attack. Here’s why: Evil Twin attack: In this type of attack, a malicious actor sets up a rogue wireless access point (AP) with the same SSID (network name) and often the same BSSID (MAC address) as a legitimate AP in the vicinity. The goal is to trick users and devices into connecting to the rogue AP instead of the legitimate one. Once connected, the attacker can intercept traffic, conduct man-in-the-middle attacks, or lure users into providing sensitive information. In your case: The presence of multiple access points with the same ESSID (corporate network name) and the same BSSID as one of the legitimate access points suggests that someone has set up rogue APs to mimic the corporate network. These rogue APs are likely broadcasting on multiple channels, trying to attract devices across different areas of the wireless spectrum (channels 1 and 11 in your case).

Answer 231

d. Communication protocols Here’s why: IoT devices communicate using various protocols such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Zigbee, Z-Wave, and others. The choice of communication protocol significantly impacts the security and functionality of IoT deployments: Security Features: Different protocols offer varying levels of security features. For example, Zigbee and Z-Wave are designed with mesh networking capabilities and built-in encryption, which can enhance security compared to protocols like Bluetooth, which may require additional security measures. Interoperability: Ensuring that IoT devices can communicate securely and effectively with each other and with central management systems often depends on selecting compatible communication protocols. Network Segmentation: Understanding how these protocols operate and interact with other network components is crucial for proper network segmentation and isolation of IoT devices from critical network resources. Considering communication protocols first allows you to establish a secure foundation for IoT deployments, addressing encryption, authentication, and interoperability requirements from the outset. Therefore, the correct answer is d. Communication protocols.

Answer 232

c. nmap comptia.org -p 80 -sV. Here’s why: nmap is a versatile network scanning tool that can scan hosts for open ports and services. -p 80 specifies that the scan should target port 80, which is commonly used for HTTP traffic. -sV enables version detection, which allows nmap to determine the versions of services running on open ports. By running this command (nmap comptia.org -p 80 -sV), the organization can discover the versions of software running on the web servers hosted at comptia.org. This information is crucial for identifying whether the software versions are up-to-date or if there are known vulnerabilities associated with the detected versions. Therefore, c. nmap comptia.org -p 80 -sV is the most appropriate choice to help identify potential vulnerabilities related to outdated software versions on the organization's hosted web servers.

Answer 233

b. Weak credentials. Here’s why: IoT devices, including cameras, are often deployed with default or weak credentials (such as username/password combinations like admin/admin or no password at all). These devices are frequently targeted by attackers who scan the internet for devices with known vulnerabilities. Once they find devices with weak credentials, hackers can gain unauthorized access to them. Selling access to IoT camera feeds implies that hackers have compromised these devices and are exploiting them for financial gain or malicious purposes. Weak credentials make it easy for attackers to brute-force their way into these devices or exploit default credentials that haven't been changed by users. While other factors like a. Outdated software, c. Lack of encryption, and d. Backdoors can also contribute to IoT vulnerabilities, weak credentials remain one of the most exploited weaknesses in IoT security, making it the most likely reason in this scenario. Strengthening credentials by using strong, unique passwords and implementing multi-factor authentication (MFA) can significantly mitigate this risk.

Answer 234

d. TLS (Transport Layer Security). Here's why TLS is the best choice: Encryption: TLS provides encryption of data in transit between the user's browser and the web server. This ensures that sensitive information such as credit card details cannot be intercepted or read by unauthorized parties. Data Integrity: TLS ensures data integrity, meaning that the data cannot be altered or tampered with while it is being transmitted over the network. Authentication: TLS supports server authentication, which allows the client (user's browser) to verify the identity of the server it is communicating with. This helps prevent man-in-the-middle attacks where an attacker might impersonate the server. Compatibility: TLS is widely supported across browsers and devices, making it suitable for ensuring secure communications between clients and servers on the web. While SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) was its predecessor, TLS has superseded SSL due to various security vulnerabilities found in SSL over time. Therefore, TLS is the current standard for securing web communications and would be the most secure protocol to implement for the new e-commerce website.

Answer 235

b. ARO (Annualized Rate of Occurrence). Here's why: Annualized Rate of Occurrence (ARO) refers to the expected frequency with which a loss event (such as device replacement due to loss, damage, or theft) is anticipated to occur in a given year. It is derived from historical data and trends. In this scenario, the IT manager is using the trend of the past five years, where the number of devices replaced due to loss, damage, or theft increased by 10% annually. This percentage increase provides the ARO for the upcoming year, helping to estimate how many devices may need replacement. ALE (Annualized Loss Expectancy) is related but calculates the expected monetary loss from the occurrence of such events over a year, factoring in the cost of each incident and the ARO. RPO (Recovery Point Objective) and SLE (Single Loss Expectancy) are terms typically associated with disaster recovery and risk management, focusing on data loss scenarios rather than physical device replacement.

Answer 236

c. Corrective. Corrective controls are implemented after an incident has occurred to mitigate the impact or restore affected systems and data to their normal operational state. These controls aim to fix the root cause of the incident and prevent its recurrence. Detective controls are used to detect and identify incidents or anomalies as they occur or shortly after. Preventive controls are implemented to prevent incidents from occurring in the first place. Compensating controls are alternative measures implemented when an original control cannot be applied effectively. In the context of repairing damage after an incident, the organization is actively addressing the consequences and remedying the situation, which aligns with corrective controls.

Answer 237

c. The dark web. The dark web is a part of the internet that is not indexed by traditional search engines and is often used for illicit activities, including the sale of stolen personal information. Open-source intelligence (OSINT) can also be used to gather information from publicly available sources, but it typically focuses on publicly accessible data rather than illicit activities. Automated information sharing and vulnerability databases are more related to technical information sharing and security vulnerabilities, rather than the sale of personal information.

Answer 238

c. SOAR (Security Orchestration, Automation, and Response). SOAR platforms integrate security orchestration, automation, and response capabilities to automate incident response workflows. They utilize a combination of human and artificial intelligence (AI) to analyze event data, automate repetitive tasks, and orchestrate responses to security incidents. TTP (Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures) refer to the behavior and actions of threat actors. OSINT (Open-Source Intelligence) refers to intelligence collected from publicly available sources. SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) systems collect, correlate, and analyze security event data but typically require human intervention for action.

Answer 239

a. WPA2-Enterprise Here's how WPA2-Enterprise aligns with each requirement: Must be able to differentiate between users connected to WiFi: WPA2-Enterprise uses 802.1X authentication, which allows for individual user authentication through a RADIUS server. Each user has unique credentials, enabling differentiation. The encryption keys need to change routinely without interrupting the users or forcing reauthentication: WPA2-Enterprise supports dynamic key exchange using protocols like EAP-TLS or PEAP, which allows for frequent key rotation without requiring users to reauthenticate. Must be able to integrate with RADIUS: WPA2-Enterprise is designed to work with a RADIUS server for centralized authentication, authorization, and accounting. Must not have any open SSIDs: WPA2-Enterprise does not require an open SSID; it operates with a closed (hidden) SSID by default, enhancing security. Therefore, WPA2-Enterprise is the most suitable choice that meets all the specified requirements effectively.

Answer 240

d. Directory traversal Directory traversal attacks exploit insufficient input validation in web applications to access directories and files outside the intended directory. In this scenario, sensitive information such as user credentials (root, daemon, user1) and their associated details (/bin/bash) are disclosed, indicating a potential vulnerability allowing unauthorized access to system files. Memory leak: This involves unintended memory access that can lead to unauthorized data disclosure, but the provided output does not directly indicate a memory leak. Race conditions: These occur when the outcome of a process depends on the timing of other uncontrollable events. The output does not indicate race conditions. SQL injection: This attack targets databases by injecting malicious SQL code into queries, but the output does not show SQL-related errors or database content. Directory traversal: This attack exploits insufficient input validation in web applications to access directories and files outside the intended directory.

Answer 241

c. Load balancer Load balancers distribute incoming network traffic across multiple servers to ensure no single server gets overwhelmed, thereby reducing the impact of server outages. They also help maintain session persistence by ensuring that once a client establishes a session with a server, subsequent requests from that client are routed back to the same server. This prevents disruptions in user sessions even if individual servers go offline or are taken out of service temporarily. a. Reverse proxy: A reverse proxy is used to handle incoming client requests and distribute them to the appropriate backend servers. While it can help with load distribution and offloading certain tasks from servers, it does not inherently provide session persistence across servers during outages. It focuses more on routing and enhancing security rather than maintaining session state. b. NIC teaming: NIC teaming (or network interface card teaming) involves combining multiple network interfaces into a single logical interface to increase bandwidth and redundancy. However, it primarily deals with network interface redundancy and load balancing at the network level, not at the application level where session persistence is managed. d. Forward proxy: A forward proxy is used to retrieve data from other servers on behalf of a client. It does not provide load balancing or session persistence features for backend infrastructure. Its primary role is to enhance security and control outbound traffic from clients within a network. (Braindump: a. Reverse proxy )

Answer 242

c. Communication plan Explanation: When executives need to speak to the media after a publicized data breach, it's crucial to have a well-defined communication plan in place. A communication plan outlines how information about the incident will be communicated both internally and externally, including to the media, customers, stakeholders, and the public. It ensures that messaging is consistent, accurate, and timely, helping to manage the organization's reputation and maintain public trust during a crisis.

Answer 243

c. Implementing application execution in a sandbox for unknown software. Explanation: Sandboxing: This technique involves running potentially risky or unknown software in an isolated environment (sandbox) where its behavior can be observed without affecting the rest of the system. Sandboxing helps prevent malware from spreading or causing harm by containing its activities within a controlled environment. Email and USB Defense: While options like configuring antivirus to update frequently (option a) and using encryption (option b) are beneficial, they do not directly mitigate the risk of custom malware that may evade signature-based detection or encryption measures. Sandboxing, on the other hand, focuses on behavior analysis, which is crucial for detecting and containing new and unknown threats, such as custom malware.

Answer 244

d. SaaS (Software as a Service). Explanation: SaaS (Software as a Service): This cloud computing model allows users to access software applications that are hosted and maintained by a third-party provider via the internet. Users can access these applications from any device with an internet connection, making it ideal for a BYOD environment where users bring their own devices. SaaS applications ensure consistency in service access across different devices and platforms, as the applications are centrally managed and accessed through a web browser or client application. Other Options: IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service): Provides virtualized computing resources over the internet, such as virtual machines and storage, but does not directly address application access consistency. PaaS (Platform as a Service): Provides a platform allowing customers to develop, run, and manage applications without the complexity of building and maintaining the underlying infrastructure. While it supports application development and deployment, it does not necessarily ensure uniform access to third-party SaaS applications. MaaS (Mobile as a Service): Generally refers to mobile device management services, which focus on managing mobile devices, apps, and content, but do not directly provide uniform access to cloud-based services. Therefore, SaaS is the most suitable option for ensuring consistent access to cloud-based services across various devices in a BYOD environment.

Answer 245

a. Impossible travel time Here’s why: Impossible travel time: This policy detects and prevents logins from locations that are geographically too far apart to be possible within a given timeframe. In this case, the logins from New York, Los Angeles, Sao Paulo, and Munich all occurring within minutes of each other indicate a clear case of impossible travel time. Implementing this policy would block such suspicious login attempts based on the unrealistic travel times between the locations. Let’s briefly review the other options: Geofencing: Geofencing restricts access based on predefined geographic boundaries. While this can be effective for limiting logins to certain locations, it wouldn't specifically address the issue of multiple, simultaneous logins from different locations. Time-based logins: This policy restricts logins to certain times of the day. While it can enhance security, it wouldn't prevent logins from different locations in quick succession unless those times were also unrealistic for travel. Geolocation: Geolocation tracks the physical location from which a login attempt is made and can be used to enhance security by verifying if the login location is typical for the user. However, it does not specifically address the scenario of multiple rapid logins from different locations unless combined with an impossible travel time check. Therefore, the impossible travel time policy is the most appropriate and effective in preventing the kind of suspicious login activity described in the logs.

Answer 246

d. Preparation. Explanation: Preparation in the incident response process involves activities such as enhancing monitoring and detection capabilities, which includes tuning SIEM rules based on threat intelligence. By leveraging threat intelligence reports, organizations can proactively adjust their detection mechanisms (such as SIEM rules) to better identify and respond to potential threats. This phase focuses on readiness and involves actions taken before an incident occurs to improve the organization's ability to detect, respond to, and recover from security incidents effectively. Other Options Explained: Lessons learned: This phase occurs after an incident has been resolved, where the organization conducts a retrospective analysis to identify what went well and what could be improved in handling similar incidents in the future. Eradication: This phase involves the removal of threats from affected systems and networks during an active incident response process. Recovery: This phase follows eradication and involves restoring affected systems and data to normal operation after an incident.

Answer 247

a. Tokenization Tokenization is a data security technique that replaces sensitive data with non-sensitive placeholders called tokens. These tokens are randomly generated and are mapped to the original sensitive data through a tokenization system. If a data breach occurs and the database is compromised, the tokens alone are useless without the corresponding tokenization system to decrypt them back into meaningful data. This approach ensures that sensitive cardholder data remains protected and unusable to unauthorized parties. Why Tokenization is the Best Choice: Confidentiality: Tokenization maintains the confidentiality of sensitive data by replacing it with tokens that have no exploitable value. Usefulness in Breach Scenarios: In the event of a data breach, even if the database is compromised, the tokens cannot be reverse-engineered back into the original sensitive data without access to the tokenization system. Specific Field Encryption: Tokenization allows for selective substitution of sensitive fields in the database schema while maintaining the integrity and relational aspects of the data. Other Options Explained: Masking: While masking hides sensitive data by partially or fully replacing it with characters (such as asterisks), it does not render the data useless in a breach scenario as the original data format remains discernible through reverse engineering. Full Disk Encryption: This encrypts all data on the disk or storage device, but it does not selectively protect specific fields within a database schema. It protects against physical theft or unauthorized access to the storage device itself rather than individual data fields. Mirroring: This is a technique used for redundancy and fault tolerance, ensuring data availability and recovery but does not directly address confidentiality or substitution of sensitive data fields.

Answer 248

b. compensating controls. Compensating controls are security measures put in place to compensate for the lack of or the inadequacy of other controls. In this case: Vendor Patch Availability: A critical vulnerability has been identified, and the vendor has released a patch, but it has not yet been tested in development environments. Implementation of Firewall Rules: To mitigate the risk posed by the vulnerability while awaiting the tested patch, firewall rules are deployed. These rules restrict access to the vulnerable interface, thereby reducing the attack surface and the likelihood of exploitation. By implementing firewall rules, the security team is applying a compensating control to temporarily mitigate the risk associated with the unpatched vulnerability. This approach helps to maintain a level of security until the proper patching process can be completed, ensuring that the organization's systems are protected from potential exploitation. Therefore, the correct answer is: b. Compensating This control supplements the existing security measures until a more comprehensive solution (in this case, a properly tested vendor patch) can be safely deployed

Answer 249

c. MAC address cloning. MAC address cloning occurs when a device impersonates another by using its MAC address. In this case, all dynamically assigned IP addresses (192.168.1.1 to 192.168.1.254) are associated with the same MAC address ("aa-bb-cc-00-11-22"), suggesting that multiple devices are using the same MAC address, which is abnormal and could indicate a security issue or misconfiguration.

Answer 250

(Community D 92%) d. Log collector A log collector gathers logs from multiple sources, such as firewalls, intrusion detection systems (IDS), servers, and other network devices. It then forwards these logs to a centralized location, typically a SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) system or a log management server. This centralized collection allows for efficient monitoring, analysis, and correlation of security events across the organization's IT infrastructure. a. Log enrichment: Log enrichment involves enhancing the raw log data with additional contextual information to make it more meaningful and actionable. This could include adding geolocation data, user information, or categorizing logs based on severity levels. b. Log aggregation: Log aggregation refers to the process of collecting and consolidating log data from various sources into a centralized repository. It involves gathering logs from multiple devices or systems to facilitate centralized storage and analysis. c. Log parser: A log parser is a tool or component that interprets and extracts relevant information from raw log data. It parses the logs to identify key fields and normalize them into a structured format that can be further processed or analyzed. In the context of the question, while all these components are important for managing and analyzing logs, d. Log collector specifically addresses the task of gathering logs from distributed sources and forwarding them to a centralized location. This centralization is crucial for effective monitoring and management of security events across the organization.

Answer 251

a. To avoid data leakage Air-gapping a system means physically isolating it from other networks that could potentially be accessed by unauthorized parties. In the context of a laboratory HVAC system, securing it with an air gap helps prevent sensitive data, such as environmental control settings or operational data, from leaking to unauthorized individuals or systems. This isolation reduces the risk of data breaches or unauthorized access attempts.

Answer 252

a. Configure the web content filter for the web address. Configuring the web content filter to block access to the malicious URL ensures that users within the organization are protected immediately. By adding the URL to the web content filter's blacklist, access attempts to the malicious site can be intercepted and blocked at the network level, thereby preventing potential infections or further compromise. The other options are also important actions but would typically follow after the immediate mitigation of blocking the URL: b. Report the website to threat intelligence partners: This is important for broader industry awareness and potential mitigation efforts but doesn't directly prevent access for internal users. c. Set the SIEM to alert for any activity to the web address: This helps in monitoring and detecting if any user attempts to access the URL after it has been blocked. d. Send out a corporate communication to warn all users of the malicious email: This is crucial for awareness and educating users about the threat, but it doesn't immediately prevent access to the URL.

Answer 253

(Community CE 86%) c. The provenance of the artifacts e. The date and time These elements are essential for ensuring a clear and traceable record of the evidence handling process. c. The provenance of the artifacts: This includes details on where the evidence was collected, who collected it, and how it has been handled. This information is crucial for establishing the authenticity and integrity of the evidence. e. The date and time: This provides a timestamp for when the evidence was collected or transferred, which is critical for establishing a timeline of events and maintaining the integrity of the chain-of-custody.

Answer 254

a. The back-end directory source b. The identity federation protocol These aspects are critical for ensuring secure and seamless integration of the applications with the SSO infrastructure. a. The back-end directory source: This is important to determine how user identities and credentials are managed and stored. It ensures compatibility and secure communication between the SSO system and the SaaS applications. b. The identity federation protocol: This defines how authentication and authorization data are exchanged between the SSO system and the SaaS applications. Common protocols include SAML, OAuth, and OpenID Connect, and choosing the right protocol is essential for secure and efficient integration. By focusing on these two aspects, the organization can ensure a secure and interoperable SSO implementation for the migrated SaaS applications.

Answer 255

c. RPO (Recovery Point Objective) RPO (Recovery Point Objective): This metric specifies the maximum acceptable amount of data loss measured in time. It represents the point in time to which data must be recovered to resume normal business operations after a disruption. The RPO determines how often backups should be made to ensure that data can be restored to an acceptable state in the event of a data loss incident. MTTR (Mean Time to Repair): Definition: The average time required to repair a system or component and restore it to normal operation after a failure. Usage: MTTR focuses on the efficiency and speed of the repair process, not on the amount of data loss or backup frequency. RTO (Recovery Time Objective): Definition: The maximum acceptable amount of time that a system, application, or function can be down after a failure or disaster before there is an unacceptable impact on business operations. Usage: RTO is about the duration of downtime that can be tolerated, not about data loss or how recent the data needs to be. MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures): Definition: The average time between failures of a system or component. Usage: MTBF is used to predict the reliability and lifespan of systems, indicating how frequently failures might occur, but it does not directly relate to data loss or recovery objectives. In summary: RPO focuses on the maximum acceptable data loss. RTO focuses on the maximum acceptable downtime. MTTR focuses on the average time to repair and restore. MTBF focuses on the average time between failures.

Answer 256

d. Submit the application to QA before releasing it. Explanation: Quality Assurance (QA): Purpose: QA teams are responsible for systematically testing the application to identify and fix bugs, vulnerabilities, and other issues before the application is released to production. This includes performing various types of testing such as functional testing, performance testing, and security testing. Benefit: Submitting the application to QA ensures that it undergoes a thorough review process, which can catch issues that the development team might have missed. This step is crucial for improving the overall quality and security of the application. Why Other Options Are Less Effective: a. Limit the use of third-party libraries: While limiting third-party libraries can reduce the attack surface and dependencies, it doesn't directly address the specific vulnerabilities in the application code written by the developer. b. Prevent data exposure queries: Preventing data exposure queries is a good practice to protect sensitive data, but it is just one aspect of security and doesn't cover all possible vulnerabilities in the application. c. Obfuscate the source code: Obfuscation can make it harder for attackers to understand the code, but it doesn't eliminate vulnerabilities. It is more of a deterrent than a solution for improving the quality or security of the code. Summary: Submitting the application to a dedicated QA team for thorough testing is the most effective way to ensure that it is ready for production. QA teams can perform comprehensive testing, including security testing, which will help identify and resolve vulnerabilities before the application is released.

Answer 257

(Community B 80%, C 20%) DNS logs can contain a record for every query and response. It can show the IP addresses and domain names that your system should/shouldn't be communicating with, it can reveal malware calling out to its command-and-control server, or data transfers to non-company locations. This is one of the reasons why DNS logs are some of the most valuable logs to import into a SIEM system (Brain dump) b. DNS logs Explanation: DNS Logs: Purpose: DNS logs record queries made by workstations to resolve domain names to IP addresses. Benefit: By reviewing DNS logs, the analyst can identify which workstations have attempted to resolve the domain name of the command-and-control server. This helps in determining which workstations have potentially communicated with the malicious server. Why Other Options Are Less Effective: a. WAF logs: Purpose: Web Application Firewall (WAF) logs monitor and filter HTTP traffic to and from web applications. Limitation: While WAF logs can detect malicious web traffic, they are less likely to capture traffic to command-and-control servers unless the traffic involves web applications. c. System logs: Purpose: System logs contain information about operating system events such as user logins, system errors, and application events. Limitation: System logs typically do not track network traffic or DNS queries, making them less useful for identifying communication with a command-and-control server. d. Application logs: Purpose: Application logs record events and errors related to specific applications running on the system. Limitation: Unless the malicious traffic is related to a specific application and that application logs such network activity, these logs are unlikely to provide comprehensive information about which workstations are affected. Summary: DNS logs are the most relevant and useful for identifying workstations that have attempted to communicate with a known, malicious command-and-control server. They provide clear evidence of which machines have resolved the server's domain name, indicating potential infection or compromise.

Answer 258

b. VPC (Virtual Private Cloud) Explanation: VPC (Virtual Private Cloud): Purpose: A VPC allows you to create isolated network segments within a cloud provider's infrastructure. Benefit: You can create multiple subnets within a VPC and control the traffic between them using network access control lists (ACLs) and security groups. This enables the segmentation of production and development environments, aligning with the security policy. Why Other Options Are Less Effective: a. CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker): Purpose: A CASB provides visibility and control over data and security policies for cloud services. Limitation: While a CASB enhances security for cloud services, it does not inherently provide network segmentation capabilities required to isolate production and development servers. c. Perimeter network: Purpose: A perimeter network, or DMZ (Demilitarized Zone), is used to expose external-facing services to the internet while protecting the internal network. Limitation: A perimeter network focuses on securing external access rather than internal segmentation between different environments such as production and development. d. WAF (Web Application Firewall): Purpose: A WAF protects web applications by filtering and monitoring HTTP traffic. Limitation: While a WAF is useful for protecting web applications from specific types of attacks, it does not provide the necessary network segmentation to isolate production and development servers. Summary: A VPC is the most suitable choice for designing a network that requires segmentation of production and development servers in a cloud environment. It allows for the creation of isolated subnets and provides the necessary tools to control and secure traffic between them, ensuring compliance with the security policy.

Answer 259

(Community A: 52%, C : 42%) a. Change the default settings on the PC. Option A protects the PC. Modifying the default settings on the PC which includes enabling auto-scanning of connected devices before use and preventing unauthorized software execution; can protect from malicious files on storage devices. Option B is incorrect. Firewalls control network traffic, they don't directly protect against malicious files. Option C is incorrect! FDE protects data on the storage device from unauthorized use, but we want to protect the PC from malicious files, not the storage device. Option D is irrelevant, it's related to protection against power outages. ChatGPT : a. Change the default settings on the PC. Explanation: Change the default settings on the PC: Purpose: By changing the default settings, you can control how the PC responds to plug-and-play devices. This includes disabling auto-run features and ensuring that any new storage device is scanned for malware before files are accessed. Benefit: This minimizes the risk of automatically executing malicious files from the storage device and provides a layer of protection by requiring manual intervention or a malware scan before the device can be used. Why Other Options Are Less Effective: b. Define the PC firewall rules to limit access: Purpose: Firewall rules control network traffic but do not directly address threats posed by files on a local storage device. Limitation: While useful for network security, firewall rules do not prevent malicious files from being executed once the storage device is connected. c. Encrypt the disk on the storage device: Purpose: Encryption protects data on the storage device from unauthorized access. Limitation: Encryption does not prevent malicious files from being executed. If the device is already infected, encryption does not mitigate the risk of the malware spreading. d. Plug the storage device into the UPS: Purpose: A UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) provides power backup and protects against power surges. Limitation: This has no impact on the security of files on the storage device. It only ensures power stability for the PC. Summary: Changing the default settings on the PC to disable auto-run features and ensure thorough scanning of the storage device before access provides the best protection against malicious files. This proactive approach helps prevent malware from automatically executing and spreading from the plug-and-play device. (Braindump : c. Encrypt the disk on the storage device.)

Answer 260

a. Mobile device management Explanation: Mobile device management (MDM): Purpose: MDM solutions provide comprehensive management and security for mobile devices. They enable administrators to enforce security policies, deploy applications, monitor devices, and protect data. Features: Security Policies: Enforce password policies, encryption, and other security measures. Remote Management: Remotely wipe or lock devices if they are lost or stolen. Application Control: Control which applications can be installed and used. Data Protection: Separate personal and company data, ensuring company information is secure. Why Other Options Are Less Comprehensive: b. Full-device encryption: Purpose: Encrypts the entire device to protect data from unauthorized access. Limitation: While important for data security, it does not provide comprehensive management or other protective measures needed for BYOD policies. c. Remote wipe: Purpose: Allows administrators to remotely delete data from a lost or stolen device. Limitation: This is a useful feature but only one aspect of device management. It does not cover the full range of security and management needs. d. Biometrics: Purpose: Provides secure authentication using fingerprint, facial recognition, or other biometric methods. Limitation: Enhances security for device access but does not address data protection, application control, or other management aspects. Summary: Mobile Device Management (MDM) provides a comprehensive approach to managing and securing user devices in a BYOD environment. It offers a wide range of features essential for protecting company information, enforcing security policies, and ensuring compliance with organizational standards.

Answer 261

e. Full backups followed by differential backups Explanation: Full Backups: Purpose: A full backup captures the entire data set, creating a complete copy of all data. Benefit: Simplifies the restoration process as it provides a single, comprehensive backup. Differential Backups: Purpose: A differential backup captures all the data that has changed since the last full backup. Benefit: During restoration, you only need the last full backup and the most recent differential backup, minimizing the number of backups to restore. Why This Strategy is Best: Restoration Process: To restore data, you start with the full backup and then apply the latest differential backup. This reduces the complexity and time required for restoration compared to incremental backups, where you would need to restore the last full backup and every subsequent incremental backup in sequence. Backup Frequency: Differential backups can be taken more frequently than full backups, providing a good balance between backup size and restoration ease. Why Other Options Are Less Effective: a. Incremental backups followed by differential backups: This is an uncommon and complex strategy that would not simplify restoration. b. Full backups followed by incremental backups: Requires restoring the full backup plus each incremental backup since the last full backup, increasing the number of restores needed. c. Delta backups followed by differential backups: Delta backups capture only changes at the byte level, which can be very efficient but also more complex and not as widely used as incremental and differential backups. d. Incremental backups followed by delta backups: This is a complex strategy with a potentially high number of backups to restore, making the process cumbersome. Summary: Full backups followed by differential backups provide an efficient and simplified restoration process, minimizing the number of backups that need to be restored in the event of data loss.

Answer 262

a. Account audits Explanation: Account Audits: Purpose: Regularly auditing user accounts ensures that access rights are up-to-date and aligned with current business needs. Process: During account audits, administrators can identify inactive or terminated user accounts and promptly revoke their access rights. Benefits: Compliance: Helps in maintaining compliance with organizational policies and regulatory requirements that mandate regular access reviews. Security: Reduces the risk of unauthorized access by ensuring that only active employees have access to company resources. Efficiency: Streamlines access management processes by keeping user access permissions current. Why Other Options Are Less Appropriate: b. AUP (Acceptable Use Policy): AUP defines acceptable behavior for users but does not directly manage user access or perform audits. c. Password Reuse: Password reuse policies aim to prevent users from using the same passwords across multiple accounts but do not address the issue of terminated users retaining access. d. SSO (Single Sign-On): SSO simplifies access management by allowing users to authenticate once to access multiple applications, but it does not directly manage or audit user accounts. Summary: Account audits are crucial for ensuring that access rights are aligned with current employment status and business needs. By conducting regular audits, organizations can proactively identify and address compliance violations such as terminated users retaining access rights, thereby enhancing overall security and compliance posture.

Answer 263

c. A USB data blocker Explanation: USB Data Blocker: Purpose: USB data blockers prevent data exchange when a device is plugged into an unknown or potentially compromised USB port. Functionality: They allow charging while blocking the data transfer pins, preventing unauthorized access and data theft. Scenario Relevance: In the described scenario, if the executive had used a USB data blocker while charging the phone in a public area, it would have prevented unauthorized access and potential data breach through the USB connection. Why Other Options Are Less Appropriate: a. Firewall: Firewalls are network security devices that monitor and control incoming and outgoing network traffic. They are not directly related to preventing unauthorized data access via USB connections. b. Device PIN: A device PIN provides security for unlocking the device itself but does not protect against unauthorized data transfer when connected to a potentially compromised USB port. d. Biometrics: Biometrics (such as fingerprint or facial recognition) provide authentication for unlocking the device but do not prevent unauthorized data transfer through a USB connection. Summary: Using a USB data blocker is the most effective measure in this scenario because it directly addresses the specific threat of unauthorized data access and transfer when charging devices in public or untrusted environments. This solution helps mitigate the risk of data breaches stemming from compromised USB ports or chargers, which are common attack vectors in public spaces.

Answer 264

c. data custodian. Explanation: Data Controller: Typically refers to the individual or entity that determines the purposes and means of processing personal data. Data Owner: Refers to the individual or entity that has ultimate responsibility and control over the data, including its use and protection. Data Custodian: Refers to the individual or entity responsible for the storage, maintenance, and protection of data. They manage and handle the data according to the instructions provided by the data owner or controller. Data Processor: Refers to an entity or person that processes data on behalf of the data controller, following their instructions. In this case, the security engineer is directly handling and securing the data by applying encryption on the hard disk. This role aligns with that of a data custodian, who is responsible for safeguarding data and ensuring its integrity and security as per organizational policies and guidelines.

Answer 265

a. SED (Self-Encrypting Drive). Explanation: SED (Self-Encrypting Drive): SEDs automatically encrypt data on the drive using hardware-based encryption, which is transparent to the user and does not significantly impact performance. They protect data at rest, ensuring that if a laptop is lost or stolen, the data on the drive remains encrypted and inaccessible without the proper authentication credentials. HSM (Hardware Security Module): HSMs are used for cryptographic key management and secure transaction processing. While they can be part of a security solution, they are not typically used directly to protect laptop hard drives against loss or data theft. DLP (Data Loss Prevention): DLP solutions monitor and control the movement of sensitive data within and outside of an organization's network. They focus on preventing accidental or intentional data leaks rather than protecting data on individual laptop hard drives. TPM (Trusted Platform Module): TPM is a hardware-based security feature that stores cryptographic keys and provides secure boot capabilities. It enhances platform security but is more focused on ensuring the integrity of the system's boot process and securing cryptographic operations rather than specifically protecting data on hard drives. Therefore, considering the requirement for minimal user inconvenience and effective protection against data loss or theft from laptop hard drives, SED (Self-Encrypting Drive) would be the most suitable choice.

Answer 266

d. An ACL (Access Control List). Explanation: DMZ (Demilitarized Zone): A DMZ is a network segment that separates an internal network from an external network, typically used to host services accessible from the internet while adding an extra layer of security. VPN (Virtual Private Network): A VPN creates a secure encrypted tunnel over a public network (usually the internet), allowing remote users to securely connect to a private network as if they were directly connected to it. VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network): A VLAN logically divides a physical network into multiple virtual networks, enabling isolation of traffic within different segments of the network. However, VLANs alone do not provide traffic control between segments; they segregate traffic. ACL (Access Control List): An ACL is a set of rules configured on a network device (such as a router or firewall) that filters traffic based on various criteria (such as source/destination IP addresses, ports, protocols). ACLs allow or deny traffic between network segments based on defined rules, providing granular control over network traffic flow. Since the goal is to control traffic between already segmented networks, ACLs are the most appropriate choice. They enable the network manager to specify exactly what traffic is allowed or denied between different segments based on specific criteria, thereby enhancing security and network management.

Answer 267

b. SaaS (Software as a Service) Explanation: IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service): Provides virtualized computing resources over the internet. Users typically manage their own operating systems, applications, and data, but the cloud provider manages the infrastructure, such as virtualization, servers, storage, and networking. SaaS (Software as a Service): Delivers software applications over the internet on a subscription basis. The applications are hosted and managed by the service provider. Users access the application through a web browser without needing to install or maintain any software locally. PaaS (Platform as a Service): Provides a platform allowing customers to develop, run, and manage applications without the complexity of building and maintaining the infrastructure typically associated with developing and launching an application. XaaS (Everything as a Service): A broad term that encompasses all types of services delivered over the internet, including IaaS, SaaS, PaaS, and other types of services. In this context, since the organization is utilizing a ready-to-use application directly from a cloud provider, SaaS is the most appropriate choice as it directly addresses the consumption of software applications delivered as a service over the internet.

Answer 268

c. Hashing Explanation: Event logs: Event logs record events that occur on a system or network, providing a chronological record of activities. While they are crucial for tracking actions and incidents, they do not directly ensure the integrity of data itself. Encryption: Encryption is used to protect data confidentiality by converting plaintext into ciphertext, making it unreadable without the correct decryption key. While encryption protects data from unauthorized access, it does not provide a means to verify the integrity of the data itself. Hashing: Hashing involves generating a fixed-size output (hash value) from input data of any size. The hash value uniquely represents the input data. Hash functions are designed so that even a small change in the input data results in a significantly different hash value. During a forensic investigation, hashing is used to verify data integrity. If the hash value of the original data matches the hash value calculated during the investigation, it confirms that the data has not been altered. Snapshots: Snapshots capture the state of a system or data at a specific point in time. They are useful for restoring systems to a previous state but do not inherently verify the integrity of data. Therefore, hashing is the most appropriate choice as it provides a reliable method to verify data integrity during forensic investigations by comparing hash values of original and acquired data to ensure data integrity and detect any unauthorized changes.

Answer 269

(Community : B 100%) b. DNS sinkhole A DNS (Domain Name System) sinkhole is a technique used to redirect malicious or unwanted traffic to a non-existent or controlled destination. By redirecting the traffic to a sinkhole, organizations can effectively contain the spread of the attack by preventing the malicious traffic from reaching its intended targets. When an attack is rapidly spreading and affecting multiple organizations, a DNS sinkhole can be deployed at a network level to block access to malicious domains or IP addresses associated with the attack. This prevents infected systems from establishing connections with the attacker's infrastructure, effectively containing the attack and limiting its impact on other organizations. ChatGPT b. DNS sinkhole Explanation: Machine learning: While machine learning can be effective in identifying patterns and anomalies, it is more suitable for detecting and predicting threats rather than containing ongoing attacks. DNS sinkhole: A DNS sinkhole redirects malicious traffic to a designated IP address, effectively isolating the attack and preventing infected devices from communicating with malicious domains or servers. This containment mechanism can significantly reduce the impact of a widespread attack by disrupting the malicious infrastructure's ability to operate. Blocklist: A blocklist contains known malicious IP addresses, domains, or URLs. While it can prevent access to known threats, it may not be sufficient to contain a rapidly spreading attack unless the specific malicious entities are well-documented and can be quickly added to the blocklist. Honeypot: A honeypot is a decoy system designed to lure attackers and gather information about their methods. While useful for learning about attack techniques, honeypots do not directly contain or mitigate ongoing attacks affecting a large number of organizations. Therefore, in the context of containing a rapidly spreading attack across multiple organizations, DNS sinkhole is the most appropriate choice as it can quickly disrupt the attack's infrastructure and prevent further spread by redirecting malicious traffic to a controlled environment.

Answer 270

d. Resource exhaustion Explanation: DDoS attack: While a Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attack can lead to resource exhaustion, the output specifically indicates high CPU usage, which could be a result of many types of resource exhaustion scenarios, not just DDoS attacks. Memory leak: This typically causes gradual degradation over time and leads to running out of memory rather than immediate high CPU usage. Buffer overflow: This usually results in program crashes or unexpected behavior rather than high CPU usage. Resource exhaustion: This is a general term for when a system’s resources (CPU, memory, etc.) are maxed out, leading to performance issues. The router's CPU is extremely busy (99% in the last second, 97% in the last 5 seconds, and 83% over the last minute), which fits the description of resource exhaustion. Given the high CPU usage in the output, the router is likely experiencing resource exhaustion.

Answer 271

a. Geolocation e. Geotagging a. Geolocation Geolocation can restrict access based on the geographical location of the user. This would ensure that employees can only access the company's network from approved locations and prevent access from high-risk countries. e. Geotagging Geotagging can provide additional data about the location of the user’s device when they access company resources. This can help verify that employees are working from approved locations and not from high-risk areas or unauthorized countries. Explanation: Time-of-day restrictions: This would limit when employees can access the system, not where they access it from. Certificates: While certificates enhance security, they do not address the location concerns. Tokens: Tokens can help with authentication but do not mitigate concerns about location. Role-based access controls: RBAC controls access based on user roles but does not address the issue of location or third-party outsourcing. Using geolocation and geotagging together provides a robust approach to ensuring employees are working from permissible locations, thus addressing the CEO's concerns effectively. (Braindump : a. Geolocation b. Time-of-day restrictions)

Answer 272

a. A RAT was installed and is transferring additional exploit tools. Explanation: A RAT (Remote Access Trojan) can be installed on users' workstations when they click on an infected link or file. Once installed, the RAT allows an attacker to remotely control the infected machines and download additional malicious files or tools. The sudden download of PE32 files (Portable Executable files for Windows) disguised as .tar.gz (a compressed archive format) suggests that additional exploit tools or payloads are being downloaded to the compromised systems. The workstations are beaconing to a command-and-control server: While beaconing to a C2 server is a common activity for compromised machines, the specific context of downloading PE32 files disguised as .tar.gz indicates more than just beaconing; it suggests active downloading of malicious files, which is more aligned with RAT behavior. A logic bomb was executed and is responsible for the data transfers: Logic bombs are typically time-based or event-based triggers that execute malicious code. They do not generally involve downloading files from the internet unless specifically designed to do so. A fileless virus is spreading in the local network environment: Fileless malware operates in memory and does not leave files on the disk, making it harder to detect. The scenario described involves downloading and identifying PE32 files, which are not indicative of fileless malware behavior. Given the symptoms and actions described, the most likely occurrence is that a RAT was installed and is now being used to transfer additional exploit tools to the compromised systems.

Answer 273

a. IaaS Explanation: IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service): This type of cloud service provider offers fundamental computing resources such as virtual machines (VMs), storage, and networking on a pay-as-you-go basis. Businesses can select specific services they need (a la carte), such as cloud backups, VM elasticity (scaling up or down as needed), and secure networking. This flexibility allows businesses to tailor their infrastructure according to their specific requirements. PaaS (Platform as a Service): This provides a platform allowing customers to develop, run, and manage applications without dealing with the underlying infrastructure. PaaS is more focused on application development and may not offer the level of control over backups, VM management, and networking that the business is seeking. XaaS (Anything as a Service): This is a broad category that includes any type of service delivered over the internet. While it encompasses IaaS, PaaS, and SaaS, it's not a specific service model and doesn't directly address the specific needs described. SaaS (Software as a Service): This delivers software applications over the internet, on a subscription basis. SaaS providers manage the infrastructure and platforms that run the applications, but it does not provide the level of control over backups, VM management, and networking that IaaS offers. Therefore, for a business looking for cloud backups, VM elasticity, and secure networking on an a la carte basis, IaaS is the most appropriate choice.

Answer 274

b. Place the machines with the unapproved software in containment. Explanation: Containment: Isolating the machines with the unauthorized software is the quickest and most effective way to prevent the spread of the software while allowing the researchers to continue their work. This action minimizes disruption by keeping unaffected machines operational while containing the potential threat. Update the host firewalls to block outbound SMB: This could help to some extent, but it would not address the outbound HTTPS communications, which could still allow the unauthorized software to communicate and spread. Place the unauthorized application in a blocklist: This can be part of the solution, but it may not be as immediate or effective in stopping the spread if the software is already running on multiple machines. Moreover, creating and distributing a blocklist could take some time and may not be comprehensive if the unauthorized software has multiple variants. Implement a content filter to block the unauthorized software communication: This could also help, but it might require more time to configure properly and may not immediately stop the spread if the software uses encrypted communications that are harder to filter effectively. By containing the affected machines, the security team can prevent further spread and analyze the software in a controlled environment, then proceed with additional steps such as removal, blocklisting, or firewall updates as necessary.

Answer 275

b. The MITRE ATT&CK framework Explanation: The MITRE ATT&CK framework: This framework provides a comprehensive and detailed knowledge base of adversary tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTPs) used in cyberattacks. It is specifically designed to help security professionals understand and analyze the methods used by threat actors in previous campaigns, making it the best tool for the analyst's needs. Security research publications: While valuable, they may not provide a systematic and structured analysis of tactics and techniques across different threat actors and campaigns. The Diamond Model of Intrusion Analysis: This model is useful for understanding the relationships between adversaries, capabilities, infrastructure, and victims, but it does not provide the same detailed catalog of TTPs as the MITRE ATT&CK framework. The Cyber Kill Chain: This model outlines the stages of a cyberattack but does not provide the same level of detail on specific tactics, techniques, and protocols used by threat actors as the MITRE ATT&CK framework does.

Answer 276

(Braindump : b. Configure NAT on the core router. f. Enable TLSv2 encryption on the web server.) d. Enable AES encryption on the web server. f. Enable TLSv2 encryption on the web server. Here’s why these choices are appropriate: Enable AES encryption on the web server: AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) is a strong encryption algorithm widely used to secure data in transit. Enabling AES ensures that data between clients and the web server is encrypted with a highly secure cipher. Enable TLSv2 encryption on the web server: TLS (Transport Layer Security) version 1.2 or higher (commonly referred to as TLSv2) is the current standard for secure communication over networks. It provides robust encryption, ensuring that data in transit is protected with the strongest available encryption protocols. Let's briefly review the other options: Configure VLANs on the core router: VLANs are used to segment network traffic but do not address the requirements of preserving public IP addresses or enabling encryption. Configure NAT on the core router: Network Address Translation (NAT) would change the public IP addresses to private ones for internal use, which does not meet the requirement of preserving the use of public IP addresses. Configure BGP on the core router: Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) is used for routing between autonomous systems on the internet. It does not address encryption or the specific requirement of using public IP addresses on equipment. Enable 3DES encryption on the web server: While 3DES is an encryption algorithm, it is considered weaker and less efficient compared to AES. Thus, it does not meet the requirement of using the strongest ciphers. Therefore, enabling AES encryption and TLSv2 on the web server will meet the requirements of providing strong "in transport" encryption and preserving the use of public IP addresses.

Answer 277

b. An attacker was able to bypass application whitelisting by emailing a spreadsheet attachment with an embedded PowerShell in the file. The SIEM log provides clues about the method used to compromise the laptop. Let's break down the log events: Event ID 865 (Software Restriction Policies): Indicates that C:\adsf234\adsf234.exe was blocked by Group Policy. This shows that there was an attempt to run an executable that was blocked. Event ID 4688 (Security Auditing): The first 4688 event shows that a new process, powershell.exe, was created, initiated by outlook.exe. The second 4688 event shows that another new process, lat.ps1, was created, with powershell.exe as the parent process. Event ID 4625 (Security Auditing): Indicates a failed login attempt using NTLM with LogonType 3 (network logon), which shows an unauthorized access attempt. Given these events, let's analyze the options: a. An attacker was able to move laterally from PC1 to PC2 using a pass-the-hash attack. There is no evidence in the logs of lateral movement or pass-the-hash activity. b. An attacker was able to bypass application whitelisting by emailing a spreadsheet attachment with an embedded PowerShell in the file. This option aligns with the logs showing powershell.exe being started by outlook.exe, indicating that a malicious email could have initiated a PowerShell script. c. An attacker was able to install malware to the C:\asdf234 folder and use it to gain administrator rights and launch Outlook. The logs show that adsf234.exe was blocked, not executed. There is no indication that this executable was successfully run to gain administrator rights. d. An attacker was able to phish user credentials successfully from an Outlook user profile. The logs do not indicate successful credential phishing. Instead, they show failed login attempts. Based on the log analysis, the most accurate description of the method used to compromise the laptop is: b. An attacker was able to bypass application whitelisting by emailing a spreadsheet attachment with an embedded PowerShell in the file. This aligns with the evidence of powershell.exe being initiated by outlook.exe, which suggests a potential malicious email attachment.

Answer 278

b. Implement salting and hashing. Here's why: Salting and Hashing: Storing passwords in plain text is a major security vulnerability. By implementing salting and hashing, passwords are transformed into a fixed-length string of characters, which does not directly reveal the original password. Salting adds an additional layer of security by adding a unique value to each password before hashing, making it more difficult for attackers to use precomputed tables (rainbow tables) to reverse the hash back to the original password. This makes it significantly harder for attackers to exploit the stolen password data. The other options, while potentially useful in certain contexts, do not address the core issue of protecting passwords in storage: DLP Controls: While Data Loss Prevention (DLP) controls can help prevent sensitive documents from leaving the network, they do not specifically address the secure storage of passwords. Web Content Filter: Configuring a web content filter to block access to the forum where the data was posted does not prevent the initial exposure of the passwords or secure them in storage. Password Complexity Requirements: Increasing password complexity can make passwords harder to guess but does not protect them if they are stored in plain text and subsequently stolen. Therefore, implementing salting and hashing is the most effective way to mitigate the damage of future data exfiltration incidents involving passwords.

Answer 279

c. Phishing Here's an explanation: Phishing: This is a broad term for fraudulent attempts to obtain sensitive information such as personal details, usernames, passwords, and credit card numbers by disguising as a trustworthy entity in electronic communications. In this case, the email pretending that Joe has won a lottery and asking for his personal information is a classic example of phishing. The other options describe more specific types of phishing or related attacks: Spear Phishing: This is a targeted form of phishing where the attacker customizes the email to a specific individual or organization, often using personal information to make the attack more convincing. There is no indication that Joe was specifically targeted; it seems more like a general phishing attempt. Whaling: This type of phishing targets high-profile individuals such as executives or senior officials. There is no indication that Joe is a high-profile individual, so this does not fit the description. Vishing: This is a form of phishing that uses voice communication (phone calls) instead of emails. Since the attack described involves an email, it does not qualify as vishing. Therefore, the best description for the email Joe received is phishing.

Answer 280

d. WPS Here's an explanation: WPA3: This is the latest and most secure WiFi encryption protocol currently available. Disabling WPA3 would reduce security. AES: Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is a strong encryption algorithm used to protect WiFi communications. Disabling AES would weaken security. RADIUS: Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) is used for authentication and authorization in a secure manner, especially in enterprise environments. Disabling RADIUS would decrease security. WPS: Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) is a network security standard that attempts to allow users to easily secure a wireless home network. However, WPS has known vulnerabilities that can be exploited by attackers to gain unauthorized access to the network. Disabling WPS improves security by removing these vulnerabilities. Therefore, disabling WPS is the best option to enhance the security of the WiFi access point.

Answer 281

a. OWASP (Open Web Application Security Project) Here's an explanation: OWASP: The Open Web Application Security Project provides a list of the top ten most critical web application security risks. It is widely used and recognized in the industry as a primary source for identifying common web-application vulnerabilities and understanding how to address them. MITRE ATT&CK: This framework provides a comprehensive matrix of tactics, techniques, and procedures used by attackers. While it is an excellent resource for understanding how attacks are carried out, it is not specifically focused on web-application vulnerabilities. Cyber Kill Chain: This model describes the stages of a cyber attack but does not specifically focus on web-application vulnerabilities. SDLC (Software Development Life Cycle): This is a process for planning, creating, testing, and deploying an information system. While secure SDLC practices help in mitigating vulnerabilities, it is not a resource for identifying the most common web-application vulnerabilities. Therefore, OWASP is the most appropriate choice for finding the most common web-application vulnerabilities.

Answer 282

a. An external access point is engaging in an evil-twin attack. Here's why this is the most likely cause: Evil-twin attack: An evil-twin attack involves an attacker setting up a rogue access point that mimics the legitimate access point's SSID and settings. This can cause users' devices to connect to the rogue access point, leading to connectivity issues, slow speeds, and credential harvesting (users being required to enter their credentials on web pages). Signal on the WAP needs to be increased: If the signal strength was the issue, users would not experience credential prompts or intermittent connectivity specifically when returning from other areas of the building. Expired certificates: While expired certificates can cause connectivity issues, they are unlikely to lead to intermittent issues only in a specific section of the building and would not explain the need for users to re-enter credentials in this context. VLAN being blocked by the firewall: If a VLAN was being blocked, users would consistently face connectivity issues, not intermittent ones, and it would not specifically affect users moving from other areas. Given the symptoms of credential prompts and intermittent connectivity near the parking lot, an evil-twin attack is the most plausible explanation.

Answer 283

a. Nmap Here's why: Nmap: Nmap is a powerful network scanning tool that can be used to discover hosts and services on a computer network. It is commonly used to identify open ports and the services running on those ports, making it ideal for checking which services are running on a server. Wireshark: Wireshark is a network protocol analyzer used for network troubleshooting, analysis, and protocol development. While it is useful for capturing and analyzing network traffic, it is not typically used to identify running services directly. Autopsy: Autopsy is a digital forensics tool used for analyzing hard drives and other media for evidence. It is not designed to identify running services on a server. DNSEnum: DNSEnum is a DNS enumeration tool used to gather information about DNS records and perform DNS reconnaissance. It is not used to identify running services on a server. Therefore, Nmap is the best choice for confirming whether unnecessary services are running on a server.

Answer 284

b. Compensating Here's why: Compensating: Compensating controls are alternative measures implemented to mitigate the risk when the primary control (such as a patch) is not available or feasible. In this context, a compensating control might involve implementing additional security measures, such as restricting access, using firewalls, or monitoring for suspicious activity, to reduce the risk posed by the vulnerability until a proper fix can be released. Detective: Detective controls are designed to identify and detect unwanted events or incidents. While useful for monitoring and alerting, they do not mitigate or reduce the risk of the vulnerability directly. Deterrent: Deterrent controls are intended to discourage or prevent an attacker from attempting to exploit a vulnerability. While they can reduce the likelihood of an attack, they do not address the underlying vulnerability. Corrective: Corrective controls are designed to fix or correct an issue after it has been identified. However, in this case, a corrective control (such as a patch) does not exist yet, so it is not applicable. Therefore, compensating controls are the best option to mitigate the risk posed by the vulnerability until a proper fix is released.

Answer 285

b. A Telnet session Here's why: Telnet: Telnet is an older network protocol used for remote management that transmits data, including usernames and passwords, in plaintext. This makes it easy for anyone capturing network traffic to read the credentials. SNMP traps: SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) traps are messages sent from a device to a management system, typically containing status information or alerts. While SNMP v1 and v2c do not encrypt their data, SNMP v3 can be configured to do so. However, SNMP traps usually do not contain usernames and passwords in the way described. SSH connection: SSH (Secure Shell) is a protocol used for secure remote management and file transfers. SSH encrypts all data transmitted between the client and server, making it highly unlikely that a network security analyst would observe plaintext usernames and passwords. SFTP traffic: SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol) is a secure version of FTP that operates over an SSH connection. Like SSH, SFTP encrypts all data transmitted, so plaintext usernames and passwords would not be observable. Therefore, the presence of plaintext usernames and passwords in network traffic strongly suggests the use of Telnet.

Answer 286

(Community : C 71%, B 29%) c. Collision Here's why: Cryptomalware: Cryptomalware typically refers to malware that encrypts files on a victim's system, often for the purpose of extortion (ransomware). This attack does not involve modifying a document while maintaining a valid digital signature. Hash substitution: Hash substitution involves replacing a legitimate hash with a fraudulent one. However, if the original hash value is known or retrievable, the attack can be detected because the substituted hash will not match the recalculated hash of the document. Collision: A collision attack occurs when two different inputs produce the same hash value. In the context of digital signatures, if an attacker can create a modified document that hashes to the same value as the original document, they can replace the original document with the modified one without invalidating the digital signature. This allows the attacker to change the document's contents without being detected through normal integrity checks, as the hash (and therefore the digital signature) appears to be correct. Phishing: Phishing is a social engineering attack where an attacker attempts to trick individuals into providing sensitive information or performing certain actions by pretending to be a trustworthy entity. This does not involve modifying digital documents directly. In this case, the attack method that best explains how the document was modified without invalidating the digital signature is a collision attack. (Braindump : b. Hash substitution)

Answer 287

b. Logic bomb Here's why: Fileless virus: A fileless virus operates in memory and does not typically delete files as described in the scenario. It focuses on executing malicious code without leaving traditional traces like files on disk. Logic bomb: A logic bomb is a type of malicious code that is triggered by a specific event or condition. In this case, the condition triggering the deletion of files is the absence of the systems administrator (when they are on vacation). This fits the scenario where files are systematically deleted only during the administrator's absence. Keylogger: A keylogger is a type of malware that records keystrokes, usually to capture passwords or other sensitive information typed by users. It does not typically involve file deletion based on specific conditions related to an administrator's absence. Ransomware: Ransomware encrypts files and demands payment for decryption. It does not selectively delete files based on the presence or absence of specific individuals like a systems administrator on vacation. Therefore, based on the behavior described in the scenario, the type of malware that is likely running is a logic bomb.

Answer 288

(Braindump : d. Continuous integration) b. Continuous deployment a. Continuous monitoring: Definition: Continuous monitoring involves the ongoing surveillance, assessment, and analysis of systems and networks to ensure that security controls and processes remain effective over time. Use: It is primarily used in cybersecurity contexts to detect and respond to security threats and vulnerabilities in real-time. b. Continuous deployment: Definition: Continuous deployment is a software engineering approach in which every code change that passes automated testing is automatically deployed to production without manual intervention. Use: It allows teams to release software updates frequently, ensuring that new features and bug fixes reach users quickly. This practice requires a robust automated testing and deployment pipeline. c. Continuous validation: Definition: Continuous validation is the process of continuously testing and validating software applications throughout the development lifecycle to ensure they meet requirements and quality standards. Use: It ensures that each stage of development, from planning to deployment, includes rigorous testing and validation procedures to identify and address issues early. d. Continuous integration: Definition: Continuous integration (CI) is a software development practice where team members frequently integrate their code changes into a shared repository. Each integration triggers an automated build and automated tests to detect integration errors quickly. Use: CI aims to improve collaboration among team members and increase the speed of software delivery. It helps maintain code quality by catching bugs early in the development process.

Answer 289

d. Code obfuscation Explanation: Code obfuscation is a technique used to modify code to make it more difficult to understand, reverse-engineer, or reuse without authorization. By obfuscating code, developers can reduce vulnerabilities associated with exposing sensitive logic or algorithms that could be exploited by attackers. It doesn't prevent code reuse entirely but makes it harder for malicious actors to understand and exploit vulnerabilities in reused code. Let's briefly explain the other options for clarity: a. Memory management: While important for preventing vulnerabilities like memory leaks or buffer overflows, it primarily concerns efficient use of memory resources and doesn't directly relate to avoiding code reuse. b. Stored procedures: These are precompiled SQL statements stored in a database, used to improve performance and security by reducing the risk of SQL injection attacks. They are not directly related to avoiding code reuse in the context of software development. c. Normalization: This refers to organizing data in a database to reduce redundancy and improve data integrity. It is crucial for database design but doesn't address avoiding code reuse in software development. In contrast, code obfuscation specifically aims to make code more resistant to reverse engineering and reuse, thus indirectly reducing vulnerabilities associated with exposed code logic.

Answer 290

c. WAP placement Explanation: WAP (Wireless Access Point) placement involves determining where access points will be installed throughout the building. This decision impacts both network coverage and security. Technology department: Responsible for implementing the network infrastructure and ensuring adequate coverage. Cybersecurity department: Ensures that WAP placement doesn't compromise network security by considering factors like signal reach, interference, and segregation of network segments. Physical security department: Ensures that access points are placed in physically secure locations to prevent tampering or unauthorized access. While authentication protocols, encryption types, and VPN configurations are crucial aspects of network security and operations, WAP placement directly impacts network coverage, reliability, and security, making it essential for coordination among these departments during the expansion of the Wi-Fi network infrastructure.

Answer 291

Risk avoidance refers to taking actions to eliminate or withdraw from the risk altogether. Among the given options: c. Not installing new software to prevent compatibility errors This option best exemplifies risk avoidance because by choosing not to install new software, the organization avoids the potential risk of encountering compatibility issues that could lead to operational disruptions or vulnerabilities. This approach eliminates the risk rather than managing or mitigating it, which aligns with the principle of risk avoidance in risk management strategies.

Answer 292

an RST (Reset) packet, the best action to use in the firewall rule is: a. Drop Explanation: Drop: This action silently drops the packets of the blocked connection without sending any response back to the source. This means the connection is terminated without notifying the sender, which can help avoid revealing information about the firewall's configuration or the existence of the protected network. Reject: This action sends back an ICMP "port unreachable" message (RST packet for TCP) to the sender, indicating that the connection attempt was actively refused. Since the administrator wants to avoid sending an RST, this option is not suitable. Log alert: This action logs the event but still sends an ICMP message indicating the port is unreachable, similar to "reject". Permit: This action allows the connection through, which is the opposite of what the administrator wants to achieve in this case. Therefore, a. Drop is the most appropriate action to block the TCP connection while minimizing response to the sender.

Answer 293

c. AUP (Acceptable Use Policy) Explanation: Acceptable Use Policy (AUP): This policy defines the acceptable ways in which company resources, including devices like computers and mobile phones, can be used. It typically includes guidelines on software installation, specifying that only approved or necessary software for work purposes should be installed. AUPs often prohibit the installation of unauthorized or non-work-related software to maintain security, compliance, and operational efficiency. NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement): This document outlines confidentiality obligations related to sensitive company information and does not typically address device usage or software installation. BPA (Business Partnership Agreement): This agreement governs the relationship between business partners and may not directly address device usage or software installation. SLA (Service Level Agreement): This agreement defines the level of service expected from a vendor and does not typically address device usage or software installation. Therefore, c. AUP is the correct choice as it directly pertains to defining appropriate use of company resources, including devices, which would encompass the prohibition of non-work-related software installations.

Answer 294

d. Threat feeds Explanation: Threat feeds refer to data streams compiled through artificial intelligence and other methods to provide real-time or near-real-time information about current cyber threats, intrusions, phishing campaigns, malware, and other malicious activities. These feeds aggregate data from various sources such as security researchers, threat intelligence platforms, cybersecurity vendors, and global cybersecurity communities. They are used by security teams to enhance their threat detection and response capabilities by staying informed about the latest threats and trends in the cybersecurity landscape. Intelligence fusion involves integrating multiple sources of intelligence to produce enhanced insights, which can include threat feeds but encompasses broader intelligence sources beyond just cyber threats. Review reports and log reviews are more specific activities related to examining historical data or logs to identify security incidents or trends, rather than ongoing streams of real-time threat information. Therefore, d. Threat feeds specifically describes the ongoing data streams compiled through AI to provide insight into current cyberintrusions, phishing, and other malicious cyberactivity.

Answer 295

a. OWASP Explanation: OWASP (Open Web Application Security Project) is a nonprofit organization focused on improving the security of software. It provides resources, tools, and best practices for secure coding, particularly for web applications. OWASP offers guidelines, cheat sheets, and extensive documentation on common vulnerabilities and how to mitigate them through secure coding practices. Vulnerability scan results provide information about existing vulnerabilities in applications but do not necessarily focus on educating developers on secure coding practices. NIST CSF (Cybersecurity Framework) is a framework developed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) to help organizations manage and improve their cybersecurity posture. It provides a framework for risk management but is not specifically focused on secure coding practices for developers. Third-party libraries are external code components that developers integrate into their applications. While important for security, they do not directly educate developers on secure coding practices for web applications. Therefore, a. OWASP is the best resource for a software developer looking to improve secure coding practices specifically for web applications.

Answer 296

a. An annual privacy notice Explanation: Annual privacy notice: Financial institutions are required to send out annual privacy notices to their customers explaining how their personal information (PII) is shared and with whom. These notices inform customers about their rights regarding their personal data and the company's practices related to data sharing and privacy. Non-disclosure agreement (NDA): This is a legal contract between two parties to keep certain information confidential. It is typically used in business partnerships or employment contexts to protect sensitive information but does not apply to customer notifications about data sharing. Privileged-user agreement: This is an agreement that specifies the responsibilities and acceptable use policies for users with elevated access privileges within an organization. It is not related to customer notifications about data sharing. Memorandum of understanding (MOU): An MOU is a document that outlines the terms and details of an agreement between parties before the final agreement is signed. It is used to formalize a relationship between parties but is not related to notifying customers about data sharing practices. Therefore, a. An annual privacy notice is the document Ann received, as it is the one that explains how her PII may be shared with partners, affiliates, and associates for business operations.

Answer 297

c. NIST Risk Management Framework Explanation: NIST Risk Management Framework (RMF): The NIST RMF provides a structured process for integrating security, privacy, and risk management activities into the system development life cycle. The steps described in the question (categorizing the system, selecting controls, implementing controls, assessing controls, and authorizing the system) closely align with the steps outlined in the NIST RMF. The Diamond Model of Intrusion Analysis: This model is used for understanding and analyzing cyber intrusions. It focuses on understanding the relationships between adversaries, capabilities, infrastructure, and victims but is not directly related to deploying and securing new systems. CIS Critical Security Controls: These are a set of best practices for securing IT systems and data. While they are valuable for improving security, they do not provide the structured, comprehensive process described in the question. ISO 27002: This is a standard that provides guidelines for organizational information security standards and practices. It offers recommendations for security controls but does not specifically describe the structured process of evaluating and authorizing a new system as outlined in the question. Therefore, c. NIST Risk Management Framework is the most appropriate choice for the process the CISO is following.

Answer 298

c. Virtual machines Explanation: Virtual machines (VMs): Using VMs can provide significant flexibility and resiliency for legacy systems. VMs allow the creation of snapshots, which can be used for quick recovery if something goes wrong after applying OS patches. Moreover, VMs can be easily backed up and restored, providing a robust recovery mechanism. Running legacy software in a VM also helps isolate it from the primary system, reducing potential security risks. Redundancy: While redundancy is a critical part of resilience, it typically involves having duplicate systems or components to ensure availability in case of failure. It does not directly address the need for patch testing or backups as described in the scenario. RAID 1+5: This refers to a combination of RAID 1 (mirroring) and RAID 5 (striping with parity). RAID configurations are used to improve data availability and fault tolerance for storage devices but do not provide the flexibility or isolation needed for patch testing and recovery of legacy systems. Full backups: While full backups are essential for recovery, they do not offer the flexibility to test OS patches in a non-production environment. Full backups alone do not provide the same level of isolation and ease of recovery that VMs can offer. Therefore, c. Virtual machines is the best choice to provide the capabilities described in the scenario

Answer 299

(Braindump : a. Measured boot) (Community : A 57%, C 23%) Measured Boot is a new feature of Windows 8 that was created to help better protect your machine from rootkits and other malware. Measured Boot will check each start up component including the firmware all the way to the boot drivers and it will store this information in what is called a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Measured Boot is intended to prevent boot-level malware. unlike secure boot, measured boot does't validate against a known good list of signatures before booting. instead it relies on the UEFI firmware to hash the firmware, bootloader, drivers, and anything else that is part of the boot process. then the data gathered is stored in the TPM. This boot attestation process allows comparison against known good states and admins can take action if the measured boot shows a difference from the accepted or secure known state. ChatGPT : c. UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) Explanation: UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface): UEFI provides a modern firmware interface for PCs that includes secure boot capabilities. Secure Boot, a feature of UEFI, ensures that only trusted software that has been digitally signed can run during the boot process. This helps prevent unauthorized software, such as rootkits, from being installed and executed. Configuring UEFI with Secure Boot can protect the kiosk computer from malicious software that might be introduced through removable media. Other options: Measured boot: This is a feature that helps ensure the integrity of the boot process by measuring each component from firmware up through the bootloader and OS. While measured boot can provide valuable information about the boot integrity, it doesn't actively prevent the installation of rootkits via removable media. Boot attestation: This involves verifying the integrity of the boot process, often using remote attestation to ensure that the device's boot sequence has not been tampered with. While important for validating boot integrity, it is more of a monitoring tool and does not directly prevent rootkit installation. EDR (Endpoint Detection and Response): EDR solutions provide monitoring and response capabilities for detecting and responding to threats on endpoints. While EDR is useful for detecting and mitigating various threats, it operates at the OS level and may not prevent the initial installation of a rootkit through removable media.

Answer 300

c. Push notifications Explanation: Push notifications: This method is highly user-friendly and non-disruptive. Users receive a notification on their registered mobile device and can simply approve or deny the authentication request with a single tap. This approach is quick, seamless, and minimizes the need for users to input additional information, making it a convenient choice for enhancing security without causing significant disruptions. Other options: One-time passwords (OTPs): These typically require users to enter a code received via SMS, email, or an authenticator app. While secure, they can be more disruptive than push notifications since users must manually enter the code each time they log in. Email tokens: Sending a token to a user's email for each login attempt can be secure but is often slower and more disruptive than push notifications. It also relies on users having immediate access to their email, which may not always be the case. Hardware authentication: While very secure, using hardware tokens (e.g., YubiKeys) can be disruptive, especially if users forget or lose their tokens. It also involves additional costs and logistical challenges in distributing and managing the hardware. Therefore, push notifications provide the best balance of security, convenience, and minimal disruption, making them the optimal choice for implementing MFA in a user-friendly manner.

Answer 301

d. The user’s IP address is changing between logins, but the application is not invalidating the token. Explanation: In the described scenario, the issue seems to be that users who are traveling internationally are able to log in without being prompted for MFA, even though they are accessing the application from different locations. The application's policy requires reauthentication when the user changes locations. The likely cause is that the application's session token is not being invalidated when the user's IP address changes, allowing users to bypass the reauthentication requirement. Detailed reasoning: SAML and session tokens: SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is used for single sign-on (SSO) and relies on tokens for authentication. When a user logs in, a token is generated and used for subsequent access without requiring reauthentication until the token expires. MFA requirement upon location change: The policy requires reauthentication (including MFA) when a user changes location, which would typically be detected by a change in the user's IP address. Token invalidation: If the application does not invalidate the session token when the IP address changes, the user can continue to access the application without reauthenticating, even from a new location. Therefore, the best explanation for the observed behavior is that the application is not invalidating the token when the user's IP address changes, allowing users to bypass the reauthentication process required by the MFA policy.

Answer 302

a. TPM (Trusted Platform Module) Explanation: TPM (Trusted Platform Module): TPM is a specialized hardware component designed to secure hardware by integrating cryptographic keys into devices. It is crucial for enabling Full Disk Encryption (FDE) because it securely stores the encryption keys used to encrypt and decrypt the disk. TPM enhances the security of the encryption process, ensuring that only authorized users can access the encrypted data. Detailed reasoning for other options: CA (Certificate Authority): A CA issues digital certificates that validate the ownership of encryption keys used in secure communications. While important for overall network security and authentication, a CA is not directly related to enabling built-in FDE on laptops. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language): SAML is a standard for Single Sign-On (SSO) and federated identity management. It allows secure transmission of authentication and authorization data. However, it is not related to enabling FDE on laptops. CRL (Certificate Revocation List): A CRL is a list of digital certificates that have been revoked by the CA before their expiration dates. While it plays a role in managing digital certificates, it is not directly related to FDE on laptops. Conclusion: To enable built-in Full Disk Encryption (FDE) on all laptops, the organization should ensure that a TPM (Trusted Platform Module) is installed on all laptops.

Answer 303

c. TACACS+ Explanation: TACACS+ (Terminal Access Controller Access-Control System Plus): TACACS+ is specifically designed for managing credentials and permissions for network devices. It provides centralized authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) services. TACACS+ supports per-command authorization, allowing granular control over what commands users can execute on network devices. It also logs all actions performed by network staff, ensuring comprehensive auditing. Importantly, TACACS+ uses TCP for communication between the authentication server and the network devices. Detailed reasoning for other options: Kerberos: Kerberos is primarily used for authentication in client-server applications, particularly within Active Directory environments. It does not provide per-command permissions or the same level of detailed logging specific to network device management as TACACS+. CHAP (Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol): CHAP is an authentication mechanism that uses a challenge-response system. It is typically used for PPP connections and does not provide centralized management, per-command permissions, or extensive logging capabilities. RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service): RADIUS is widely used for centralized authentication, authorization, and accounting. While RADIUS can log actions and use TCP (in addition to UDP), it does not natively support per-command authorization as effectively as TACACS+ does. TACACS+ is more suited for network device management with granular control over user actions. Conclusion: TACACS+ is the most appropriate choice for centrally managing credentials and permissions to the company’s network devices, meeting the requirements of logging all actions, supporting per-command permissions, and using TCP for communication.

Answer 304

a. The vulnerability scanner was not properly configured and generated a high number of false positives. Explanation: When a new vulnerability scanner is used for the first time, especially if it's not properly configured, it can produce a significant number of false positives. This means the scanner reports issues that aren't actually vulnerabilities, leading to an overwhelming number of findings that need to be addressed. Detailed reasoning for other options: Third-party libraries have been loaded into the repository and should be removed from the codebase: While third-party libraries can introduce vulnerabilities, it's less likely that they alone would account for such a high number of findings overnight, especially if these libraries were already being used without previous issues. The vulnerability scanner found several memory leaks during runtime, causing duplicate reports for the same issue: Memory leaks and similar runtime issues are typically identified during dynamic analysis (runtime analysis), not static code scans. Static code analysis, which is usually what's run on repositories nightly, would not report memory leaks in this manner. The vulnerability scanner was not loaded with the correct benchmarks and needs to be updated: While this could lead to inaccurate findings, it wouldn't necessarily result in a high number of findings. Incorrect benchmarks might lead to missed vulnerabilities rather than an excessive number of findings. Conclusion: The most likely cause for the high number of findings is that the vulnerability scanner was not properly configured and thus generated a high number of false positives. This is a common issue when a vulnerability scanner is used for the first time or not tuned to the specific codebase and its environment. Proper configuration and tuning are essential to reduce false positives and make the scan results manageable and actionable.

Answer 305

b. NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement) Explanation: An NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement) is a legal contract that protects confidential and proprietary information from being disclosed to unauthorized parties. It is commonly used to prevent intellectual property theft by employees, contractors, or other parties who have access to sensitive information during their tenure with the organization. Reasoning for other options: CBT (Computer-Based Training): While CBT can educate employees about policies and security practices, it does not directly prevent intellectual property theft after an employee leaves the organization. MOU (Memorandum of Understanding): MOUs are typically used to establish mutual understanding between parties in less formal agreements, often related to collaborations or partnerships. They are not typically used to prevent intellectual property theft. AUP (Acceptable Use Policy): AUPs outline acceptable behavior and usage of IT resources within an organization. While they may include clauses related to data protection and intellectual property, an NDA specifically addresses confidentiality and is more directly related to preventing intellectual property theft. Conclusion: To address concerns about intellectual property theft by departing employees, implementing an NDA is the most appropriate measure. It legally binds individuals to keep sensitive information confidential even after they are no longer employed by the organization.

Answer 306

d. XSS (Cross-Site Scripting) Explanation: The logs provided indicate attempts to exploit Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) vulnerabilities. XSS occurs when an attacker injects malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users. In the logs: First request: GET /profile.php?id=%3cscript%3ealert%28%271%27%29%3script%3e This request includes a script () as part of the id parameter in the URL. If this script is executed in another user's browser, it could perform actions unintended by the application. Second request: GET /profile.php?id=%3cscript%3ealert%28%27http%3a%2f%2fwww.evilsite.com%2fupdater.php%27%29%3script%3e This request attempts to inject a script that redirects users to http://www.evilsite.com/updater.php when the vulnerable page (profile.php) is accessed. Reasoning for other options: Token reuse: This involves reusing authentication tokens, which is not evident from the provided logs. SQLi (SQL Injection): There is no evidence of SQL queries being manipulated in the URL parameters provided. CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery): CSRF involves unauthorized commands being transmitted from a user that the web application trusts. The logs do not indicate CSRF attempts. Conclusion: The attacker is attempting to exploit XSS vulnerabilities in the profile.php page of the web server. This type of vulnerability allows attackers to inject malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users, potentially compromising their session or performing actions on their behalf.

Answer 307

b. remove the single point of failure. Explanation: Implementing a high availability pair for the firewall helps to remove the single point of failure in the data center. This means that if one firewall fails or needs maintenance, the other firewall in the pair can seamlessly take over its responsibilities, ensuring continuous operation and reducing the risk of downtime. This setup increases reliability and availability of the network services provided by the firewall, thereby mitigating the impact on business operations if one firewall goes offline.

Answer 308

b. Unmodified default settings OAuth applications accessing corporate data may have caused data leakage due to unmodified default settings. This could mean that the OAuth applications were granted excessive permissions or were not properly configured to restrict access to only necessary data. Often, default settings in OAuth applications might allow broader access than intended if not adjusted during the setup or configuration phase. This oversight can lead to unintended data exposure and leakage, which seems to be the issue reported after the infrastructure update.

Answer 309

a. Revoke the code signing certificate used by both programs. The unauthorized program utilizing the same code signing certificate as an approved application indicates a significant security risk. Code signing certificates are used to verify the authenticity and integrity of software. If an unauthorized program is using the same certificate, it could potentially impersonate the legitimate application, compromising the security and trustworthiness of the entire environment. By revoking the compromised code signing certificate, the security analyst can prevent further misuse of the certificate by unauthorized programs. This action ensures that only legitimate software signed with valid certificates can be trusted and executed on company servers, thereby mitigating the risk of unauthorized software installations and potential security breaches.

Answer 310

d. The scan reported a false negative for the vulnerability. In this scenario, the security analyst reviewed the latest vulnerability scan report, which showed no concerning findings. However, historical vulnerability scan reports indicate that the vulnerability used to exploit the server has been present before and that a patch is available for it. Despite this history, the current scan did not identify the vulnerability. A false negative occurs in vulnerability scanning when the scan fails to detect an actual vulnerability that exists in the system. This could happen due to various reasons, such as misconfiguration of the scanning tool, incomplete scan coverage, insufficient scanning credentials, or even limitations in the scanning methodology itself. In this case, the vulnerability that led to the exploit was not identified in the latest scan, resulting in the false impression that the server was secure. Therefore, the most likely cause in this situation is that the vulnerability scan reported a false negative for the vulnerability that was exploited.

Answer 311

d. Initiate the organization's incident response plan. The situation described involves multiple locations where users are unable to access core network services, prompting the network team to turn off the network switches remotely to address the issue. This action indicates a potential network-wide problem affecting multiple sites, which could be indicative of a broader incident. Given the severity and scope of the issue, the next step should be to initiate the organization's incident response plan (IRP). An incident response plan outlines the procedures and protocols to follow when responding to and mitigating security incidents or disruptions to normal operations. By following the IRP, the network team can systematically address the issue, coordinate responses across different locations, involve necessary stakeholders, and work towards restoring normal operations while ensuring the security and integrity of the network. Therefore, option d, initiating the organization's incident response plan, is the most appropriate next action in this scenario.

Answer 312

b. A watering-hole attack In a watering-hole attack, the attacker targets websites that are frequently visited by the intended victims. By compromising these websites with malware, the attacker aims to infect the visitors' systems when they access these legitimate sites. This type of attack leverages the trust victims have in the targeted websites, making it easier to distribute malware and gain unauthorized access to their systems. Therefore, given the scenario described where the attacker installs malware on a website visited by the target victims, the attack is most likely a watering-hole attack (option b).

Answer 313

b. EAP-FAST EAP-FAST (Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secure Tunneling) is designed to provide a secure authentication method that does not rely on client-side or server-side certificates. Instead, it uses a Protected Access Credential (PAC) to establish a secure tunnel for authentication. Additionally, EAP-FAST supports mechanisms for detecting rogue access points through the use of mutual authentication, where both the client and the server verify each other's credentials and identities. This helps prevent unauthorized access points from intercepting communications or posing as legitimate network infrastructure. a. PEAP (Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol): PEAP is an EAP type that encapsulates EAP methods within a TLS tunnel. It typically requires server-side certificates for TLS authentication, making it certificate-based. It does not inherently provide rogue access point detection. c. EAP-TLS (Extensible Authentication Protocol-Transport Layer Security): EAP-TLS requires both client-side and server-side certificates for mutual authentication. It's highly secure but relies on certificates, which the organization wants to move away from. It also does not include built-in mechanisms for detecting rogue access points. d. EAP-TTLS (Extensible Authentication Protocol-Tunneled Transport Layer Security): EAP-TTLS is similar to PEAP in that it uses a TLS tunnel for secure authentication. It supports a variety of authentication methods within the tunnel but still requires server-side certificates for TLS authentication. It does not specifically provide rogue access point detection. Among these options, EAP-FAST (option b) stands out because it provides a secure authentication method without the heavy reliance on certificates, using a PAC instead. It also includes mechanisms for detecting rogue access points, which aligns with the organization's requirements. Therefore, EAP-FAST remains the best fit for the organization's needs based on the information provided.

Answer 314

A security analyst receives a SIEM alert that someone logged in to the appadmin test account, which is only used for the early detection of attacks. The security analyst then reviews the following application log: [03/06/20xx:17:20:18] system 127.0.0.1 FindXPath=//User[Username/text()='foo' or 7=7 or 'o'='o' AND Password/text='bar'] [03/06/20xx:17:21:18] appadmin 194.28.114.102 action:login result:success [03/06/20xx:17:21:18] appadmin 194.28.114.102 action:open.account(12345) result:fail [03/06/20xx:17:21:18] appadmin 194.28.114.102 action:open.account(23456) result:fail [03/06/20xx:17:21:18] appadmin 194.28.114.102 action:open.account(34567) result:fail [03/06/20xx:17:21:18] appadmin 194.28.114.102 action:open.account(45678) result:fail Which of the following can the security analyst conclude? a. A replay attack is being conducted against the application. b. An injection attack is being conducted against a user authentication system. c. A service account password may have been changed, resulting in continuous failed logins within the application. d. A credentialed vulnerability scanner attack is testing several CVEs against the application.

Answer 315

b. Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA). Here’s why: NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement): This document ensures that the third-party vendor agrees to keep confidential any sensitive information they access or learn about during the penetration testing process. It prevents them from disclosing or using this information for any purpose other than what is agreed upon in the testing scope. SLA (Service Level Agreement): This document typically outlines the level of service the vendor will provide, including uptime guarantees and performance metrics. It is more relevant in contractual agreements for ongoing services rather than a one-time penetration test. MOU (Memorandum of Understanding): This document establishes a mutual understanding between parties regarding their roles, responsibilities, and expectations. It may be used in various contexts, but it does not specifically address confidentiality concerns as directly as an NDA. AUP (Acceptable Use Policy): This outlines acceptable use of the organization’s IT resources by employees or third parties. It is not directly related to the specific activities and confidentiality requirements of a penetration test. Therefore, to protect the proprietary information of the application and ensure confidentiality during the penetration testing process, the third-party vendor would typically be required to review and sign an NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement).

Answer 316

a. Security awareness training Here’s why: Security awareness training educates employees about safe computing practices, such as recognizing phishing emails, avoiding suspicious websites, and understanding the risks associated with downloading files or clicking on unknown links. By improving employee awareness of cybersecurity threats, organizations can significantly reduce the likelihood of malware being executed through human error or lack of awareness. Frequency of NIDS (Network Intrusion Detection System) updates (option b) is important for detecting and preventing network-based attacks but does not directly address the human factor that often leads to malware execution. Change control procedures (option c) are crucial for managing changes in the IT environment to prevent unintended consequences, but they focus more on system integrity and stability rather than directly reducing malware execution. EDR (Endpoint Detection and Response) reporting cycle (option d) refers to the frequency at which endpoint security events are reported and managed, which is important for incident response but does not prevent the initial execution of malware. Therefore, security awareness training is the administrative control that would best empower employees to recognize and mitigate the risks associated with malware execution, making it the most effective choice among the options provided.

Answer 317

c. smishing. Smishing is a form of phishing attack that uses SMS (Short Message Service) or text messages to deceive individuals into divulging sensitive information or clicking on malicious links. In this scenario: Phishing typically refers to similar attacks conducted via email. Vishing involves voice communication, such as phone calls, often impersonating legitimate entities to gather information. Spam refers to unsolicited bulk messages sent through various mediums, including email and SMS, but does not necessarily imply malicious intent. Therefore, smishing (option c) is the specific type of attack being used in this situation, where text messages with a password reset link are sent to employees in an attempt to deceive them.

Answer 318

d. SSL/TLS downgrade attack Explanation : SSL/TLS downgrade attack: In this type of attack, a malicious actor intercepts communication between a client (in this case, the attendee's device) and a server (the resource provided at the convention). The attacker then manipulates the traffic to force the use of less secure communication protocols, such as downgrading HTTPS (secure) connections to HTTP (unencrypted). This allows the attacker to potentially eavesdrop on or modify the data being transmitted. Here's why the other options are not correct: Birthday collision on the certificate key (option a): This is a theoretical issue related to cryptographic keys, not directly related to the symptoms described. DNS hijacking to reroute traffic (option b): While DNS hijacking can redirect traffic, it does not typically cause HTTPS to revert to HTTP. It might redirect users to malicious sites or intercept their traffic but doesn't directly cause protocol downgrades. Brute force to the access point (option c): Brute forcing an access point typically refers to attempting to crack the Wi-Fi password or authentication credentials. While this could lead to unauthorized access, it doesn't cause HTTPS to HTTP downgrade. Therefore, based on the symptoms described—delays in connection and HTTPS reverting to HTTP—the most likely scenario is a SSL/TLS downgrade attack where the attacker manipulates the traffic to undermine its security.

Answer 319

a. Something you know: This refers to the password that the user enters initially. b. Something you have: This refers to the authentication code, which is typically generated by a token, app, or sent to a device that the user possesses.

Answer 320

c. A supply-chain attack Here’s why: The company follows strict security measures, including hardening systems upon delivery, indicating a strong focus on initial security setup. Despite these measures, an incident occurred due to tampering or replacement of the SoC (System on Chip). Tampering or replacing the SoC typically involves unauthorized modification or substitution of hardware components. Supply-chain attacks involve compromising hardware or software during the manufacturing or distribution process, which can lead to security breaches after the product is deployed. Therefore, given the description, a supply-chain attack aligns most closely with the situation where tampering or replacement of the SoC has compromised the security of the company's systems.

Answer 321

b. Brute-force attack Here’s why: Multiple failed login attempts: Audit logs show that the administrative account has been locked out multiple times during the day. This suggests that someone or something is attempting to log in repeatedly with incorrect credentials. Engineer on vacation: Since the security engineer has been on vacation and is not actively using their account, legitimate login attempts from the engineer can be ruled out. Brute-force attack: This type of attack involves an automated process that attempts many combinations of usernames and passwords in order to gain unauthorized access to an account. The repeated failed login attempts trigger the account lockout mechanism as a security measure. Therefore, given the situation where the account lockout occurs while the account owner is away and there are multiple failed attempts, the most plausible cause is a brute-force attack targeting the administrative account.

Answer 322

b. CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery) Here's the reasoning: Pattern of requests: The requests are structured as HTTP GET requests to transfer funds (transfer.do) with different amounts specified in the amount parameter. Consistent target account: The acctnum parameter (087646958) remains the same across all requests. HTTP GET method: CSRF attacks typically use GET requests to initiate actions on behalf of the user without their explicit consent, often using their authenticated session. In CSRF attacks, an attacker tricks a logged-in user into unknowingly executing actions on a web application by leveraging the user's authenticated session. The requests observed in the log appear to be attempting to transfer various amounts of money from a specific account (087646958) without the user's knowledge or consent. Therefore, based on the nature of the requests and the target account, CSRF is the most likely type of attack being conducted in this scenario.

Answer 323

a. Supply chain attack Here's the reasoning: Patch installation: After installing a patch on a security appliance, which typically involves updating software or firmware, the organization experienced unexpected consequences. Massive data exfiltration: This suggests that the patch installation might have introduced a vulnerability or backdoor into the system, which was exploited by an attacker. Supply chain attack: In a supply chain attack, malicious actors exploit vulnerabilities or weaknesses in a third-party supplier or service provider to compromise the target organization's systems. Installing a compromised patch from a supplier or vendor can lead to unintended consequences such as unauthorized access or data exfiltration. Given the context of the incident—installation of a patch leading to data exfiltration—the scenario aligns closely with characteristics of a supply chain attack, where the security of the organization's systems was compromised through a third-party software or component. Therefore, supply chain attack is the most appropriate description of the incident.

Answer 324

a. LFI (Local File Inclusion) , b. Directory traversal a. LFI (Local File Inclusion) - The requests GET /show_file.php?file=%2e%2e%2f%2e%2e%2fetc%2fpasswd indicate attempts to include files from directories above the web root (../../etc/passwd). This is a classic example of a directory traversal attack, specifically targeting local files. b. Directory traversal - This is closely related to LFI but specifically refers to attempts to access files and directories that are outside the intended directory structure. The presence of %2e%2e%2f%2e%2e%2fetc%2fpasswd in the URL parameters (file) confirms that the attacker is trying to navigate up the directory structure to access sensitive files. Therefore, the correct answers are LFI and Directory traversal. These vulnerabilities involve manipulating file path references to access unauthorized files on the server. c. Pass the hash - This attack involves stealing hashed credentials and using them to authenticate without needing to decrypt the hashes. The logs do not show evidence of credential hashing or authentication attempts. d. XSS (Cross-Site Scripting) - XSS involves injecting malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users. The logs provided do not show any evidence of script injection or manipulation of client-side scripts. e. RFI (Remote File Inclusion) - RFI involves including remote files hosted on another server. The logs provided do not indicate requests to include files from a remote server. f. Race condition - A race condition occurs when two or more operations must be executed in the correct sequence, but the logs do not suggest any timing or sequencing issues. Based on the web server logs provided, the attacker exploited vulnerabilities related to LFI (Local File Inclusion) and Directory traversal by attempting to access sensitive files on the server using crafted file path parameters.

Answer 325

c. The organization is expecting to process credit card information. PCI DSS compliance is required for any organization that handles credit card information, regardless of size or number of transactions. It ensures that companies securely process, store, and transmit credit card information to prevent data breaches and theft. Completing a PCI DSS self-assessment helps organizations evaluate their adherence to these standards before they start processing credit card payments.

Answer 326

In the scenario described, the multiple layers of access points and controls are primarily aimed at preventing unauthorized physical access to the organization's servers in the data center. Each access point, from the lobby to the caged area, adds a layer of security that must be passed through to reach the servers. This setup aligns with preventive controls. Therefore, the correct answer is: c. Preventive Preventive controls are designed to deter incidents from occurring by implementing barriers and safeguards to prevent unauthorized access, such as physical barriers, access control systems, and authentication mechanisms. These controls aim to reduce the likelihood of unauthorized access by making it difficult for unauthorized individuals to physically reach sensitive areas or assets.

Answer 327

b. SSH was turned off instead of modifying the configuration file. Here's the reasoning: Disabling remote logins to the NAS typically involves configuring SSH (Secure Shell) settings. SCP (Secure Copy Protocol) relies on SSH for secure file transfers. If SSH was turned off instead of properly modifying the SSH configuration file to disable remote logins while still allowing SCP transfers, users would be unable to use SCP to transfer files to the NAS. Therefore, disabling SSH without correctly configuring the SSH configuration file to allow SCP could lead to the reported issue where users cannot use SCP for file transfers, even though they can still view data from their PCs. This aligns with the scenario described where remote logins were disabled but SCP functionality was inadvertently affected.

Answer 328

c. Gray-box testing. Here’s why: Black-box testing typically involves testing without any prior knowledge of the internal workings of the application or network. The tester starts with no information about the internal structure, code, or architecture. White-box testing involves testing where the tester has full knowledge of the internal workings, including access to source code, architecture diagrams, and documentation. Gray-box testing falls between black-box and white-box testing. In gray-box testing, the tester has partial knowledge of the internal workings of the application or network. In this scenario, the security firm has been provided with documentation available to customers of the applications. This partial knowledge allows the testers to conduct a more targeted and effective assessment, leveraging the information they have about the application's functionality, interfaces, and potentially some internal workings, while still simulating the perspective of an external attacker to some extent. Therefore, the BEST representation of the type of testing that will occur in this scenario is Gray-box testing.

Answer 329

c. Utilize an agentless monitor. Here's why this is the best choice: Agentless monitoring involves using monitoring tools that do not require the installation of agents or software on the monitored devices. This approach is generally preferred because it reduces the overhead associated with deploying and maintaining agents across numerous devices. Agentless monitoring can gather information through protocols like SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol), WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation), SSH (Secure Shell), and others, depending on the type of devices being monitored. It can provide comprehensive visibility into network performance, availability, and security posture without the need for agents. Let's briefly discuss why the other options are not as optimal: a. Disable Telnet and force SSH: This is a security recommendation rather than a method for monitoring network operations. While it enhances security by using SSH instead of Telnet for remote access, it doesn't directly relate to network monitoring. b. Establish a continuous ping: Continuous pinging can be useful for basic network connectivity testing, but it's not comprehensive enough for monitoring network operations in terms of performance, security, and other critical metrics. d. Enable SNMPv3 with passwords: SNMPv3 is a secure version of SNMP that provides authentication and encryption. While SNMP can be useful for monitoring network devices, it requires careful configuration of authentication and encryption parameters to ensure security. However, it still involves deploying agents (SNMP agents) on the network devices, which is not agentless.

Answer 330

d. CVSS (Common Vulnerability Scoring System) Here's why CVSS is the best choice: CVSS (Common Vulnerability Scoring System) is a standardized system for assessing and communicating the severity of vulnerabilities. It assigns a score to vulnerabilities based on metrics such as exploitability, impact, and complexity, providing a numerical representation of the severity level. CVSS scores range from 0 to 10, with higher scores indicating more severe vulnerabilities. This numerical scale helps leadership teams quickly understand the relative severity of vulnerabilities across the organization's systems and infrastructure. CVE (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures) is a dictionary of publicly known information security vulnerabilities and exposures but does not provide severity scoring directly. It lists vulnerabilities but does not quantify their severity in a standardized way. SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) and SOAR (Security Orchestration, Automation, and Response) are tools and platforms used for monitoring, managing security events, and automating responses. While they are valuable for operational security, they do not directly provide a standardized severity scoring for vulnerabilities. Therefore, CVSS is specifically designed to meet the need of communicating severity levels of vulnerabilities effectively to the leadership team, making it the most appropriate choice in this scenario.

Answer 331

d. VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure) Here’s why VDI is the most appropriate choice: VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure) allows employees to access a desktop environment hosted on a centralized server or cloud platform. This environment is managed by the company and provides a consistent desktop experience regardless of the device used by the employee. In the scenario described, employees are using their personal computers (BYOD - Bring Your Own Device) to access the company's cloud computing environment. With VDI, the company manages the operating system and desktop environment centrally, ensuring security and control over corporate data and applications. CYOD (Choose Your Own Device) typically involves employees selecting a device from a set of approved options provided by the company. This model does not align with employees using their personal computers. MDM (Mobile Device Management) and COPE (Corporate-Owned, Personally-Enabled) are more focused on managing mobile devices (MDM) or company-provided devices (COPE), rather than personal computers accessing cloud resources. Therefore, VDI is the deployment model implemented by the company in this scenario, allowing employees to securely access a managed desktop environment from their personal devices while keeping company data and applications centralized and controlled.

Answer 332

d. Network DLP (Data Loss Prevention) solution Here's why Network DLP is the most suitable choice: Network DLP solutions are specifically designed to monitor and inspect data transmitted over the network in real-time. They can detect sensitive information based on predefined rules and policies, including PII and credit card numbers. These solutions can analyze network traffic, including email, web traffic, file transfers, and other communications channels, to identify and prevent the unauthorized transmission of sensitive data. IDS (Intrusion Detection System), EDR (Endpoint Detection and Response), and HIPS (Host-based Intrusion Prevention System) are important security tools but are typically focused on different aspects of security monitoring and threat detection, such as endpoint behavior, network intrusion attempts, or host-based security. For the specific requirement of inspecting in-transit files for sensitive data across the enterprise network, a Network DLP solution is designed to provide the necessary visibility and control. Therefore, Network DLP solution is the best option for the security administrator to use in order to inspect in-transit files and detect sensitive data like PII and credit card information on the enterprise network.

Answer 333

a. SSO (Single Sign-On) Here's an explanation: SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is a protocol used for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, particularly between an identity provider (IdP) and a service provider (SP). It allows for the creation and management of federated identities. Single Sign-On (SSO) is a user authentication process that permits a user to enter one set of credentials (such as a username and password) to access multiple applications and services. SSO relies heavily on SAML to enable this seamless authentication across different systems and organizations. MFA (Multi-Factor Authentication) is a security system that requires more than one method of authentication from independent categories of credentials to verify the user's identity. While SAML can support MFA, federating identities specifically enables SSO. PKI (Public Key Infrastructure) is a framework for creating a secure method for exchanging information based on public key cryptography. It is not directly related to federating identities with SAML. DLP (Data Loss Prevention) refers to strategies and tools used to prevent sensitive data from being lost, misused, or accessed by unauthorized users. It is not directly related to federating identities with SAML. Therefore, federating user digital identities using SAML-based protocols primarily enables Single Sign-On (SSO).

Answer 334

c. Password history Explanation: Enforcing password history ensures that users cannot reuse previous passwords, thereby enhancing password security. f. Geofencing Explanation: Geofencing restricts access based on geographic locations, preventing logins from unauthorized or unexpected regions, such as hostile foreign nations where the employee has never traveled. These measures will address the problems of password reuse and unauthorized access from foreign locations.

Answer 335

(Community A : 81%, B : 19%) a. Segmentation Explanation: Network segmentation involves dividing the network into smaller, isolated segments to limit access and control traffic between different parts of the network. By segmenting the network, the security manager can ensure that the smart generator can still send alerts to third-party maintenance personnel while preventing it from communicating with internal file servers, thereby maintaining alerting capabilities and enhancing security.

Answer 336

d. Data loss prevention Explanation: Data loss prevention (DLP) technologies are designed to monitor, detect, and block the transmission of specific types of sensitive information across a network. DLP can be configured to look for and take action on particular file types being transmitted, ensuring that sensitive data does not leave the network without proper authorization.

Answer 337

c. HTTPS://*.app1.comptia.org, Valid from April 10 00:00:00 2021 - April 8 12:00:00 2022 Explanation: This certificate meets the requirement of rotating annually and contains a wildcard only at the secondary subdomain level (*.app1.comptia.org). The other options either do not have the correct wildcard level or do not adhere to the annual rotation requirement.

Answer 338

d. A business continuity plan Explanation: A business continuity plan (BCP) is designed to help organizations continue operating during and after a disruption, such as a global pandemic. It provides strategies for maintaining essential functions, managing reduced staffing, and making informed decisions on business operations. An incident response plan, communication plan, and disaster recovery plan are important but are more specific in scope and do not comprehensively address the wide-ranging impacts of a pandemic on business operations.

Answer 339

b. http://sample.url.com/someotherpageonsite/../../../etc/shadow Explanation: A directory traversal attack occurs when an attacker uses sequences like ../ to move up the directory hierarchy and access files outside of the web server's root directory. The URL http://sample.url.com/someotherpageonsite/../../../etc/shadow shows such a pattern, indicating an attempt to access the sensitive /etc/shadow file, which typically contains hashed passwords for users on Unix-based systems. This is a classic example of a directory traversal attack.

Answer 340

c. Typosquatting Explanation: Typosquatting is a type of cyber attack where an attacker registers domain names that are similar to legitimate ones, often exploiting common typing errors. In this case, the attacker registered http://comptiia.org, which closely resembles http://comptia.org, to deceive users into thinking they are visiting the legitimate site.

Answer 341

b. ACL Explanation: An Access Control List (ACL) is the best configuration for this requirement because it allows the company to specify which external service providers can access the internal website. ACLs can be configured to permit or deny traffic based on IP addresses, ensuring that only a limited number of specific, external service providers can reach the website in a secure manner

Answer 342

d. Offboarding Explanation: The issue of a departed executive's accounts still being accessible could have been addressed through a proper offboarding process. Offboarding includes revoking access to company systems and data, ensuring that former employees can no longer log in or access sensitive information after they leave the organization. This would prevent the departed executive from logging in and protect the company from potential data breaches.

Answer 343

b. The MRI vendor does not support newer versions of the OS. Explanation: The most likely reason preventing the IT manager from upgrading the specialized OS is that the MRI vendor does not support newer versions of the operating system. Many medical devices, like MRI scanners, use specialized software that is tightly integrated with specific OS versions. If the vendor does not provide support for newer OS versions, upgrading could lead to compatibility issues, loss of functionality, and lack of vendor support for troubleshooting and maintenance. This situation is common in the medical industry, where devices often rely on specific configurations approved by regulatory bodies and the device manufacturers.

Answer 344

b. GDPR Explanation: The "right to be forgotten" is a provision under the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which is a comprehensive data protection law in the European Union. GDPR gives individuals the right to request the deletion of their personal data from an organization's systems under certain conditions. This request is also known as the right to erasure. Organizations subject to GDPR are legally required to comply with such requests, provided that no overriding lawful reason for retaining the data exists.

Answer 345

b. Installing a managed PDU Explanation: A managed Power Distribution Unit (PDU) allows for better monitoring and control of power usage in a network rack. It provides detailed insights into power consumption at the outlet level, enabling the identification and prevention of unauthorized use of power outlets. This solution does not compromise the number of available outlets and helps to manage and balance the power load efficiently.

Answer 346

(Community B 69%, A 24%) CASBs primarily focus on securing and controlling the use of cloud services and data, while a Web Application Firewall (WAF) is specifically designed to protect web applications and inspect traffic to web servers for security threats. b. WAF (Web Application Firewall) Explanation: A Web Application Firewall (WAF) is specifically designed to protect web applications by filtering and monitoring HTTP traffic between a web application and the Internet. It can inspect incoming traffic to the web servers, detect and filter out malicious requests, and provide detailed logging and monitoring capabilities. This helps ensure the security and integrity of the web servers in the cloud environment.

Answer 347

(Braindump : d. Containerization, f. Remote control) Case for D & F : While Full Disk Encryption is a valuable security measure, it primarily protects data at rest and would not necessarily prevent data exfiltration if the device is unlocked1. Geofencing is a feature that triggers an action when a mobile device enters a set location, which can be useful for managing devices in specific locations but does not directly prevent data exfiltration3. In summary, while all these features contribute to the overall security of a device, the Remote Control feature of MDM is the most directly relevant to limiting data exfiltration in the event of a device being lost or stol (Community AD : 51%, DF 36%) ChatGPT : D & F d. Containerization f. Remote control Explanation: Containerization: Purpose: Containerization allows the separation of corporate data and personal data on BYOD devices. This ensures that company emails and other corporate data are stored in a secure, isolated environment. Benefit: This method protects corporate data and can enforce policies specifically for the container without affecting the personal data on the device. It also simplifies the process of wiping only the corporate data if the device is lost or stolen. Remote control: Purpose: Remote control allows the security team to manage and interact with the device remotely. Benefit: This capability is crucial for performing actions such as remote wipe or lock if a device is lost or stolen, thus preventing unauthorized access to company emails and other sensitive data. Additional Context: Full device encryption: While this helps protect data at rest, it does not specifically address the control over company emails or selective data exfiltration prevention. Network usage rules: These can help in managing data usage but do not specifically control email data or offer capabilities for lost/stolen device scenarios. Geofencing: This can be useful for restricting device usage based on location but does not directly address email control or data exfiltration. Application approve list: This can prevent the installation of unauthorized applications but does not specifically manage or protect company emails. Therefore, containerization and remote control are the best choices to meet the specified requirements.

Answer 348

(Community : AF 75%, AE 17%) a. IPSec (Internet Protocol Security): IPSec provides strong security features for IP communications by authenticating and encrypting each IP packet in a communication session. It ensures data integrity, confidentiality, and authenticity, making it a robust choice for securing remote access VPN connections. f. SSL VPN (Secure Sockets Layer Virtual Private Network): SSL VPNs use SSL/TLS protocols to provide secure remote access to internal network resources. They are designed to securely transport corporate data over the public internet by encrypting the entire communication session between the client and the VPN gateway. SSL VPNs are widely used for their ease of deployment and strong encryption capabilities. These two options, IPSec and SSL VPN, are widely recognized for their ability to provide secure remote access over the internet. They offer encryption, authentication, and integrity protection, making them suitable for ensuring the security of communications between geographically dispersed employees and the corporate network.

Answer 349

c. Dump A memory dump (often referred to as a memory image or core dump) is a snapshot of the contents of the server's volatile memory (RAM) at a specific point in time. It contains a copy of the active processes, data structures, and potentially other details like network connections, opened files, and other volatile system state information. Analyzing a memory dump can provide insights into the activities that occurred on the server, including details about the actions taken by the malicious actor. The other options are less likely to contain the detailed memory contents needed for forensic investigation: a. Security: Typically refers to security-related configurations, logs, or policies. b. Application: Contains information related to specific applications running on the server, but not necessarily memory contents. d. Syslog: Contains logs generated by the system and applications, which are valuable for understanding events and activities but do not provide direct memory contents. Therefore, the correct file to provide to the forensics firm for investigating what was in the memory on the compromised server is c. Dump (memory dump).

Answer 350

a. SaaS (Software as a Service) Here's why SaaS is the correct choice: SaaS delivers software applications over the internet, typically on a subscription basis. The applications are managed by a third-party provider (cloud service provider), which handles maintenance, updates, security, and infrastructure management. With SaaS, the company does not need to manage or control the underlying cloud infrastructure (servers, networking, storage) or the software application itself. The responsibility for infrastructure support, application maintenance, and security patches lies with the SaaS provider. This model is ideal for minimizing the company's technology footprint because it offloads almost all infrastructure and application support tasks to the SaaS provider. The company primarily focuses on using the application and managing user access and configurations rather than maintaining server hardware, operating systems, or application software. In contrast, let's briefly discuss the other options: b. IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service): Provides virtualized computing resources over the internet. The company manages applications, data, runtime, and middleware, but the cloud provider manages virtualization, servers, storage, and networking. c. PaaS (Platform as a Service): Provides a platform allowing customers to develop, run, and manage applications without the complexity of building and maintaining the infrastructure. The cloud provider manages the platform infrastructure and the company manages the applications and data. d. SDN (Software-Defined Networking): Refers to the virtualization of network services, which can optimize and manage network resources dynamically. It is not directly related to minimizing infrastructure or application support for CRM systems. Therefore, a. SaaS is the option that requires the least infrastructure and application support from the company when migrating a CRM system to the cloud.

Answer 351

(Community DF 90%) d. Time stamps f. Time offset d. Time stamps: Time stamps indicate when each log entry was recorded. By analyzing time stamps, the administrator can sequence the events in chronological order, which is crucial for understanding the timeline of events and identifying any anomalies or suspicious activities. f. Time offset: Time offset refers to the difference in time between different logs or systems. It's important to consider because servers within a farm may not all be synchronized perfectly. Understanding and adjusting for time offsets helps in accurately correlating events across different servers or logs within the farm. Here's a brief explanation of the other options: a. Chain of custody: Chain of custody refers to the chronological documentation or paper trail that records the sequence of custody, control, transfer, analysis, and disposition of physical or electronic evidence. While important in forensic investigations, it doesn't directly aid in determining the sequence of server logs. b. Tags: Tags can be metadata or labels associated with log entries, but they do not inherently determine the sequence of logs. They provide additional information for categorization and filtering. c. Reports: Reports are summaries or analyses derived from logs but do not directly determine the sequence of logs themselves. e. Hash values: Hash values are cryptographic representations of data for integrity verification but are not used to determine the sequence of logs. Therefore, the most relevant considerations for determining the sequence of a server farm's logs are d. Time stamps and f. Time offset. (Braindump : d. Time stamps, e. Hash values)

Answer 352

a. To provide data to quantify risk based on the organization's systems. Here’s why: Quantifying risk: Asset management policies help identify and catalog all hardware and software assets within the organization. This information is crucial for assessing the organization's overall security posture and identifying vulnerabilities that could be exploited. By understanding the scope and nature of its assets, an organization can effectively prioritize and allocate resources to manage and mitigate risks. Let's briefly evaluate the other options: b. To keep all software and hardware fully patched for known vulnerabilities: While this is important and often a part of asset management practices, it focuses more on operational security and vulnerability management rather than the comprehensive risk assessment provided by asset management. c. To only allow approved, organization-owned devices onto the business network: This relates more to network access control and device management policies rather than asset management, although asset management may support this effort by identifying unauthorized devices. d. To standardize by selecting one laptop model for all users in the organization: This aims for consistency and simplicity in management but does not directly address the broader security benefits of asset management, such as risk assessment and mitigation. Therefore, option a. To provide data to quantify risk based on the organization's systems is the best reason because it highlights how asset management policies contribute directly to understanding and managing security risks across the organization.

Answer 353

a. Mandatory Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is designed precisely for situations where strict access control is needed based on data sensitivity and security clearances. Here’s why it's suitable: Classification and granular planning: MAC enforces access control policies based on data classifications (e.g., top secret, secret, confidential) and security labels attached to subjects (users, processes) and objects (files, resources). This aligns perfectly with the requirement to secure top secret data through precise classification and planning. Need-to-know basis: MAC ensures that access is granted strictly on a need-to-know basis, meaning users can only access data if they have the necessary security clearance and explicit authorization, regardless of the discretion of data owners or administrators. In contrast, let's briefly clarify the other options: b. Rule-based: Rule-based access control (RBAC) defines access control rules based on policies but does not enforce the strict hierarchical control and labeling required for top secret data in government settings. c. Discretionary: Discretionary Access Control (DAC) grants access rights based on the discretion of the data owner or resource custodian. It does not provide the level of control needed for top secret data where access must be strictly controlled based on security clearances and classifications. d. Role-based: Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) assigns permissions to users based on their roles within an organization. While useful for managing permissions at a broader organizational level, it does not enforce the strict labeling and hierarchical access control needed for top secret data in government contexts. Therefore, a. Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is the most appropriate access control schema for the security administrator to consider in this scenario to ensure that top secret data is secured and access is granted on a need-to-know basis according to strict classification and planning principles.

Answer 354

b. Data controller Here's why: Data controller: The data controller is responsible for determining the purposes for which personal data is processed and the means by which it is processed. This role decides why certain data is collected, how it will be used, and the legal basis for its processing. The data controller ensures that processing activities comply with data protection regulations and organizational policies. In contrast, let's clarify the other options: a. Data custodian: The data custodian is responsible for the storage, maintenance, and protection of data according to the policies set by the data controller. They implement and manage the technical aspects of data management, but they do not determine the purposes or methods of data processing. c. Data protection officer: The Data Protection Officer (DPO) is responsible for overseeing data protection strategy and implementation to ensure compliance with data protection laws and regulations. They advise on data protection impact assessments (DPIAs) and monitor compliance, but they typically do not determine the purpose of data processing. d. Data processor: The data processor processes personal data on behalf of the data controller, following the controller's instructions. They do not determine the purposes or methods of processing unless instructed by the data controller. Therefore, b. Data controller is the role within an organization that determines the purpose of data and how to process it, making it essential in data stewardship roles and responsibilities.

Answer 355

b. SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) Here's why SIEM is the most suitable choice: Centralized monitoring: SIEM solutions aggregate and analyze log data from various sources across the network, including endpoints, firewalls, servers, and other network devices. This allows for comprehensive visibility into network activities, including beaconing activities to malicious domains. Correlation capabilities: SIEM systems are designed to correlate events and activities across different endpoints and network devices. They can detect patterns and anomalies that indicate coordinated or widespread malicious activities, such as multiple endpoints communicating with the same malicious domain. Alerting and reporting: SIEMs provide real-time monitoring, alerting, and reporting capabilities, which are crucial for identifying and responding to security incidents promptly. In the case of beaconing activities, SIEM can generate alerts based on predefined rules or anomaly detection algorithms. In contrast, let's briefly consider the other options: a. Firewall: While firewalls provide network security by monitoring and controlling incoming and outgoing traffic, they typically do not have the extensive logging, correlation, and analysis capabilities necessary to track and correlate activities across multiple endpoints. c. IPS (Intrusion Prevention System): IPS systems focus on identifying and blocking suspicious network traffic and activities. While they can detect some malicious activities, they do not provide the holistic endpoint visibility and correlation capabilities offered by SIEM. d. Protocol analyzer: Protocol analyzers (or packet analyzers) capture and analyze network traffic at a packet level, which can be useful for deep inspection of network communications. However, they lack the centralized logging and correlation features needed to effectively correlate activities across different endpoints in real-time. Therefore, b. SIEM is the best technology for correlating activities between different endpoints, especially in the scenario of observing multiple beaconing activities to a malicious domain hosting malware.

Answer 356

The type of control that a turnstile represents is: a. Physical Here's why: Physical controls are measures implemented physically to protect resources, personnel, and facilities. Turnstiles are physical barriers or access control devices that regulate or restrict entry to a specific area or facility. They physically prevent unauthorized individuals from passing through unless they have the appropriate authorization (e.g., a valid ticket, badge, or access card). In contrast, let's briefly define the other types of controls: Detective controls are designed to detect and identify security incidents or anomalies after they have occurred. Examples include log monitoring, security cameras, and intrusion detection systems (IDS). Corrective controls are implemented to mitigate the impact of security incidents and restore systems to normal operations. Examples include incident response procedures, backup and recovery plans, and system restoration processes. Technical controls encompass security measures that are implemented using technology. This includes firewalls, encryption, access control systems (like turnstiles), antivirus software, and authentication mechanisms. Therefore, the correct answer is a. Physical, as turnstiles are physical controls used for access regulation.

Answer 357

a. nmap nmap (Network Mapper) is a versatile network scanning tool that can be used to discover hosts and services on a computer network. In this context, it can help determine if the specific server is reachable from the internal workstation and if specific ports necessary for application access are open or blocked. Here's how nmap can assist: Port scanning: nmap can perform port scans to check which ports on the server are open and accessible from the workstation. If the firewall rule was intended to allow access to specific ports, nmap can verify if these ports are indeed reachable. Service detection: nmap can identify the services running on the server and their respective ports. This helps in troubleshooting whether the expected application service is accessible and responsive. In contrast, let's briefly discuss the other options: b. tracert (traceroute): Traceroute shows the path that packets take from the source to the destination, displaying each hop along the way. While useful for diagnosing routing issues, it doesn't directly verify if traffic is being blocked by a firewall. c. ping: Ping checks the basic connectivity between two devices by sending ICMP echo requests and receiving ICMP echo replies. While it confirms basic connectivity (as noted in the question), it doesn't provide information on whether specific ports are being blocked. d. ssh: Secure Shell (SSH) is a protocol used for securely accessing a remote server. It is not relevant in this context for diagnosing firewall blocking issues. Therefore, a. nmap is the appropriate tool for the security analyst to use to help identify if the traffic is being blocked by the firewall after the recent rule implementation.

Answer 358

c. Perform a quarterly audit of all user accounts that have been granted access and verify the exceptions with the management team. Here's why this option is the most suitable: Quarterly audits: Regular audits allow the security team to review all user accounts that have been granted exceptions to use USB storage devices. By doing so, they can verify the validity of each exception and ensure that access is still justified based on current needs. This helps in identifying instances where access should be revoked because it is no longer required. Verification with management: Auditing exceptions with the management team ensures that all access has appropriate supervisory approval and oversight. This step addresses the issue where some users were granted access without following the formal ticketing process but had supervisor approval. It also aligns with audit requirements to maintain proper documentation and oversight of access control decisions. Let's briefly review why the other options are less suitable: a. Create an automated, monthly attestation process that removes access if an employee’s supervisor denies the approval: While automation can streamline processes, it may not capture nuanced decisions or changes in access needs between monthly intervals, potentially disrupting legitimate access. b. Remove access for all employees and only allow new access to be granted if the employee’s supervisor approves the request: This approach is overly restrictive and could disrupt legitimate business needs, especially for ongoing projects or roles that require USB device usage. d. Implement a ticketing system that tracks each request and generates reports listing which employees actively use USB storage devices: While a ticketing system is useful for tracking requests, it doesn't directly address the need to periodically review and revoke unnecessary access that was previously granted. Therefore, c. Perform a quarterly audit of all user accounts that have been granted access and verify the exceptions with the management team is the most effective strategy to ensure appropriate access control without disrupting legitimate operations while also addressing the issue of unneeded access not being removed promptly.

Answer 359

c. Homomorphic encryption Here's why: Homomorphic encryption allows computations to be performed on encrypted data without decrypting it first. This means that authorized parties can perform operations (such as addition, multiplication, etc.) on the encrypted data, obtain results in encrypted form, and then decrypt the results to obtain the same outcome as if the operations had been performed on the plaintext data. For a financial institution storing sensitive customer data in the cloud, homomorphic encryption ensures that the data remains encrypted at all times, even during processing and manipulation. This prevents the cloud service provider (CSP) or any unauthorized parties from accessing or deciphering the sensitive data, thus preserving confidentiality. While homomorphic encryption can be computationally intensive and may introduce some latency due to its complex operations, these concerns are secondary according to the scenario where computational overheads and slow speeds are not critical issues. In contrast, let's briefly review the other options: a. Asymmetric encryption: In asymmetric encryption, different keys are used for encryption and decryption. It's not typically used for computations on encrypted data but rather for secure communication and digital signatures. b. Symmetric encryption: Symmetric encryption uses the same key for both encryption and decryption. While efficient for data storage and transmission, it doesn't support computation on encrypted data as required in the scenario. d. Ephemeral encryption: Ephemeral encryption refers to short-lived keys used for encryption and is not directly related to the ability to perform computations on encrypted data. Therefore, c. Homomorphic encryption is the most appropriate cryptographic technique to allow the financial institution to store and manipulate customer data in the cloud while maintaining strong security through encryption.

Answer 360

b. a PUP (Potentially Unwanted Program) Here’s why: Potentially Unwanted Program (PUP): Antivirus applications often flag software as PUPs if they exhibit behaviors or characteristics that are not inherently malicious but may be undesirable or unwanted. Cryptomining software, while not necessarily harmful in intent, can consume significant system resources (CPU, GPU) and may exhibit behavior patterns (like high resource usage) that antivirus software flags as potentially unwanted. Constant issues reported after antivirus deployment: If the antivirus application was causing issues only after the mining software was deployed to servers (which are typically more critical and sensitive systems than personal devices), it suggests that the antivirus was reacting to the mining software's behavior or characteristics as potentially unwanted. In contrast, let's briefly review the other options: a. a rootkit: Rootkits are malicious software designed to gain unauthorized access and hide the presence of other malicious software or activities. Cryptomining software, while intrusive in resource usage, typically does not operate as a rootkit. c. a backdoor: A backdoor is a type of malicious software that provides unauthorized access to a system. Cryptomining software, if not maliciously intended, would not function as a backdoor. d. ransomware: Ransomware encrypts data and demands payment for decryption. Cryptomining software is unrelated to ransomware behavior. e. a RAT (Remote Access Trojan): RATs are malicious programs that allow remote control of a compromised system. Cryptomining software does not fall into this category unless modified maliciously. Therefore, b. a PUP (Potentially Unwanted Program) is the most likely classification that the antivirus application applied to the mining software, leading to the reported issues and the decision to remove the mining software from the servers.

Answer 361

When faced with a situation where iptables rules are causing the network to become unresponsive by dropping all connections, the BEST option to remove those rules and restore normal network functionality is: b. # iptables -F Explanation: iptables -F: This command flushes (deletes) all the rules from the selected chain (by default, the filter table, which handles INPUT, OUTPUT, and FORWARD chains). Flushing the rules will effectively remove all firewall rules, including any that might be causing the network to drop all connections. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: a. # iptables -t mangle -X: This command deletes all the non-builtin chains in the mangle table. It's useful for removing user-defined chains in the mangle table, but it does not remove rules from the filter table which is typically used for network filtering. c. # iptables -Z: This command resets the packet and byte counters in all chains. It does not remove rules; it just clears the counters. d. # iptables -P INPUT -j DROP: This command sets the default policy for the INPUT chain to DROP, which means all incoming packets are dropped unless explicitly allowed by rules. This doesn't remove rules but changes the default action for incoming packets. Therefore, b. # iptables -F is the correct and most appropriate option to remove all rules and restore normal network connectivity when iptables rules are causing the network to become unresponsive.

Answer 362

a. Document the collection and require a sign-off when possession changes. Here's why this option is correct: Documenting the collection: This involves recording details such as the date, time, location, condition of the device, and the person who collected it. Documenting ensures a clear record of when and how the device was collected, which is essential for maintaining the chain of custody. Sign-off when possession changes: Requiring a sign-off ensures accountability and documentation of who has possession of the device at any given time. This helps prevent unauthorized access or tampering with the device during the investigation process. In contrast, let's briefly review why the other options are less appropriate: b. Lock the device in a safe or other secure location to prevent theft or alteration: While securing the device is important, chain of custody involves documenting every instance of possession change and maintaining a record, not just securing the physical location. c. Place the device in a Faraday cage to prevent corruption of the data: Faraday cages are used to block electromagnetic signals, which is typically done to prevent remote wiping or alteration of data, but it does not address the documentation and accountability aspects of chain of custody. d. Record the collection in a blockchain-protected public ledger: While blockchain technology can provide immutable records, it is not commonly used for everyday chain of custody purposes in incident response. Documentation and sign-offs are more practical and widely accepted methods. Therefore, a. Document the collection and require a sign-off when possession changes is the best practice for maintaining chain of custody when collecting a mobile device during an investigation.

Answer 363

c. Third-party applications are not being patched. Here’s why this option is likely: Third-party applications: While the company may have implemented a patch management policy for its own operating systems and software, third-party applications (such as software from other vendors or providers) often require separate patching processes. These applications can include plugins, libraries, middleware, and other software components that are critical but not directly controlled by the company's internal patch management policy. Vulnerability scanners: These scanners detect vulnerabilities not only in the company's core operating systems and applications but also in third-party software. If third-party applications are not included in the patch management process or if patches are not applied promptly, vulnerability scanners will continue to flag these hosts as vulnerable. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: a. The vendor firmware lacks support: While outdated vendor firmware can be a vulnerability issue, it typically affects specific hardware components and is less likely to be the sole reason for vulnerability scanner flags across multiple hosts. b. Zero-day vulnerabilities are being discovered: Zero-day vulnerabilities are newly discovered vulnerabilities for which no patch or mitigation is available. While serious, they are less likely to be the cause if the issue persists after the completion of a patch management process, as zero-day vulnerabilities are usually not addressed immediately by patches. d. Code development is being outsourced: Outsourced code development can introduce security risks, but it's not directly related to the ongoing vulnerability scanner flags unless specific vulnerabilities are introduced due to insecure coding practices. Therefore, c. Third-party applications are not being patched is the most likely cause of the vulnerability scanner flags continuing after the patch management process. Addressing third-party application patching alongside internal systems can help mitigate these ongoing vulnerabilities.

Answer 364

a. Access control vestibule Here's why: Access control vestibule: Also known as a mantrap or airlock, an access control vestibule is designed to allow only one person to pass through at a time. It typically consists of two sets of interlocking doors. The first set of doors must close and lock before the second set of doors can open, ensuring that only one person can enter or exit at a time. This effectively prevents unauthorized individuals from following closely behind an authorized person (tailgating) without proper authentication. In contrast, let's briefly review the other options: b. Closed-circuit television (CCTV): CCTV provides video surveillance but does not physically prevent tailgating. It can be used to monitor and record incidents of tailgating but does not directly stop unauthorized access. c. Proximity card reader: While proximity card readers authenticate individuals based on their proximity cards, they do not prevent tailgating by themselves. Tailgating can occur if an unauthorized person closely follows an authorized person through the door before it closes. d. Faraday cage: A Faraday cage is designed to block electromagnetic signals and is used primarily for preventing electronic eavesdropping or interference. It is not relevant for physical access control against tailgating. Therefore, a. Access control vestibule is the best control among the options listed to effectively prevent tailgating by enforcing a single-person entry and exit process through secured doors.

Answer 365

a. Privilege escalation Here's why: Cron job as root: The cron job is configured to execute a script (update.sh) located in a writable directory (/writable/) as the root user. This setup indicates that the script runs with elevated privileges, potentially allowing the penetration tester to execute commands as root. Objective: By identifying the cron job and its configuration, the penetration tester can now focus on exploiting potential vulnerabilities within the /writable/update.sh script or the writable directory itself to escalate privileges and gain root access. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: b. Memory leak: A memory leak refers to a situation where a program fails to release memory it has allocated but no longer needs. It is unrelated to the observed cron job configuration. c. Directory traversal: Directory traversal involves exploiting insufficient security validation in file path inputs to access files outside of the intended directory. It is not directly relevant to the cron job scenario described. d. Race condition: A race condition occurs when two or more operations are performed concurrently, leading to unexpected outcomes due to the sequence of execution. While it can be a security issue, it is not directly applicable to the cron job observation scenario. Therefore, a. Privilege escalation is the next logical action for the penetration tester after identifying the root-executed cron job, aiming to exploit it to gain escalated privileges on the Linux server.

Answer 366

a. A PowerShell code is performing a DLL injection. Here’s why this option is the best description: Script Analysis: The script uses PowerShell (powershell.exe) to download a file (04EB18.jpg) from the specified URI (https://somehost.com/). It saves the downloaded file as autoupdate.dll in the temporary directory ($env:TEMP). After downloading, it executes (Start-Process) rundl132.exe (which appears to be a typo for rundll32.exe, a legitimate Windows executable used for running DLLs as programs) with autoupdate.dll as the argument. DLL Injection: The script's behavior of downloading a file (autoupdate.dll) and then executing it with rundll32.exe suggests a typical method used in DLL injection attacks. DLL injection involves loading and executing malicious DLLs within the context of another process (in this case, rundll32.exe), potentially compromising system integrity and security. In contrast, let's briefly review the other options: b. A PowerShell code is displaying a picture: While the script mentions downloading a file (04EB18.jpg), it's actually saving it as a DLL (autoupdate.dll) and executing it, not displaying it as an image. c. A PowerShell code is configuring environmental variables: The script uses $env:TEMP to specify the temporary directory for saving the downloaded file, but it's not primarily focused on configuring environmental variables. d. A PowerShell code is changing Windows Update settings: There is no indication in the script that it is modifying Windows Update settings. Instead, it is downloading and executing a potentially malicious DLL. Therefore, a. A PowerShell code is performing a DLL injection accurately describes the actions and intent of the PowerShell script as observed by the security analyst.

Answer 367

a. Directory traversal Here’s why this option is the best description: Directory traversal: This attack attempts to access files or directories outside the web server's root directory by using relative path traversal sequences (..). In the provided URLs, the sequence ..2f represents the character sequence ../, which moves up one directory level in Unix-based systems (as %2f is the URL-encoded form of /). Attack Pattern: The repeated use of ..2f in the page parameter (index.php?page=..2f..2f..2f..2f..2f..2f..2f..2f..2f..2fetcefpasswd) suggests an attempt to navigate several directory levels above the web server's root directory (/etcefpasswd). The attacker aims to access sensitive files or directories that are not intended to be publicly accessible. In contrast, let's briefly review the other options for clarity: b. SQL injection: SQL injection involves manipulating SQL queries through input data, typically through forms or parameters, to execute unauthorized SQL commands. The provided URLs do not show typical SQL injection patterns. c. API: APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) allow applications to communicate and interact with each other. The attack described does not involve API-related activities. d. Request forgery: Request forgery involves tricking a user into performing actions without their knowledge or consent, often through maliciously crafted requests. This is not evident from the provided output, which focuses on repeated directory traversal attempts. Therefore, a. Directory traversal is the best description of the attack based on the provided information, where the attacker is trying to navigate through directories beyond the web server's intended access boundaries.

Answer 368

d. Data custodian Here’s why: Data custodian: A data custodian is responsible for the storage, maintenance, and protection of data assets within an organization. This role involves implementing technical controls, such as backup procedures and data encryption, to ensure data integrity, availability, and confidentiality. Ensuring backups are properly maintained falls directly within the purview of a data custodian's responsibilities. In contrast, let's briefly review the other options for clarity: a. Data protection officer: The Data Protection Officer (DPO) is typically responsible for overseeing an organization's data protection strategy and ensuring compliance with data protection regulations such as GDPR. While they have oversight, they may not directly implement technical controls like backups. b. Data owner: The data owner is responsible for the governance of specific data elements, making decisions regarding access, usage, and overall data strategy. They are typically not involved in technical implementation such as backup management. c. Backup administrator: While responsible for backups, a backup administrator's role is more focused on the operational aspects of backup systems and schedules rather than broader data protection and technical control implementation. e. Internal auditor: Internal auditors review and assess an organization's processes and controls for compliance and efficiency but do not typically have responsibility for implementing day-to-day technical controls like data backups. Therefore, d. Data custodian is the role that would typically encompass responsibilities for implementing technical controls to protect data and ensuring proper maintenance of backups within an organization.

Answer 369

a. White team ▪ Red Team - The hostile or attacking team in a penetration test or incident response exercise ▪ Blue Team - The defensive team in a penetration test or incident response exercise ▪ White Team - Staff administering, evaluating, and supervising a penetration test or incident response exercise

Answer 370

d. Missing patches for third-party software on Windows workstations and servers. Here’s why: Credentialed vs. uncredentialed scans: Credentialed scans have access to the credentials (such as usernames and passwords) of the systems being scanned. This allows the scanning tool to perform a more thorough inspection of the system, including checking for missing patches and updates on both operating system components and third-party software applications installed on the systems. Missing patches for third-party software: Uncredentialed scans typically only check the network-facing services and ports, identifying vulnerabilities based on responses to network probes. They may miss vulnerabilities related to third-party software applications installed on the systems because they do not have the necessary access to inspect these applications and their patch levels. In contrast, let's briefly review the other options for clarity: a. Vulnerabilities with a CVSS score greater than 6.9: Both credentialed and uncredentialed scans can detect vulnerabilities based on their CVSS scores, regardless of whether they exceed a specific threshold. However, the ability to detect specific missing patches for third-party software is more dependent on the credentials used in the scan. b. Critical infrastructure vulnerabilities on non-IP protocols: Credentialed scans primarily focus on system-level vulnerabilities and may not specifically target critical infrastructure or non-IP protocols unless those protocols are directly accessible and part of the scan scope. c. CVEs related to non-Microsoft systems such as printers and switches: Credentialed scans can detect CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures) related to non-Microsoft systems if those systems are included in the scan scope and credentials are provided. However, the focus of this question is more on the detection of missing patches for third-party software. Therefore, d. Missing patches for third-party software on Windows workstations and servers is the most likely scenario where a credentialed scan would provide more comprehensive results compared to an uncredentialed scan.

Answer 371

d. VPN (Virtual Private Network) Here’s why: VPN: A VPN allows remote users or devices to securely connect to the internal network over the internet. It establishes an encrypted tunnel between the user's device and the internal network, ensuring that data transmitted over the internet is secure and private. VPNs typically require authentication, such as username/password or certificate-based authentication, ensuring that only authorized users or devices can access the internal network. In contrast, let's briefly review the other options for clarity: a. MAC filtering: MAC filtering involves allowing or denying network access based on the MAC (Media Access Control) address of a device. While it can restrict access to some extent, MAC addresses can be spoofed, and it does not provide robust security against determined attackers or unauthorized users. b. Anti-malware: Anti-malware software protects devices from malicious software such as viruses, trojans, and worms. While important for endpoint security, it does not directly prevent unauthorized access to the internal network. c. Translation gateway: This term is less commonly used in standard network security contexts. If it refers to a specific type of network gateway, it would need more context, but typically, it doesn't directly prevent unauthorized access like a VPN does. Therefore, d. VPN is the most appropriate solution for ensuring secure and authenticated remote access to the internal network, preventing unauthorized access effectively.

Answer 372

a. The DNS logs DNS logs can show the domain names that Joe's computer resolved during his browsing session. This can help identify any suspicious or malicious domains that were accessed, which could have been the source of the malware. Here's why the other options are less relevant in this context: The web server logs: These logs are maintained by the web servers Joe visited and would not be available on Joe's machine or the organization's network logs. They also do not provide a comprehensive list of all sites visited by Joe. The SIP traffic logs: SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) traffic logs are related to VoIP (Voice over IP) and are not relevant to web browsing activity. The SNMP logs: SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) logs are used for network management and monitoring and do not provide information about web browsing activity. Therefore, the DNS logs would most likely show where the malware originated by identifying the domains Joe's computer accessed while browsing the internet.

Answer 373

d. .cer Here’s why: .cer (Certificate): A .cer file typically contains a public key and is often used for sharing certificates, including public keys issued by a Certificate Authority (CA). It can be shared securely as it only contains the public key information, which is intended to be publicly accessible. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: a. .pfx (Personal Information Exchange): A .pfx file contains both the public and private key pair along with any associated certificates. It is used for securely transferring certificates and private keys, but it includes sensitive information and is not suitable for sharing only the public key. b. .csr (Certificate Signing Request): A .csr file is used to request a certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) and contains information about the applicant and the public key. It is not used for sharing a public key directly. c. .pvk (Private Key): A .pvk file contains a private key and is used for securely storing and transferring private keys. It is not appropriate for sharing a public key as it contains sensitive information. Therefore, d. .cer is the correct file format to choose when sharing a public key for secure communication with a third party.

Answer 374

b. Salting Here’s why salting is the appropriate choice: Salting: Salting involves adding a unique, random value (salt) to each password before hashing it. This salt value ensures that even if two users have the same password, their hashed passwords will be different because of the unique salt. Salting prevents attackers from precomputing hashes (as in rainbow tables) for common passwords across all users, as each user's salt modifies the resulting hash uniquely. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: a. Hashing: Hashing converts plaintext passwords into a fixed-size string of characters using a cryptographic hash function. While hashing is essential for storing passwords securely, it alone does not prevent rainbow table attacks without the addition of unique salts. c. Lightweight cryptography: This term generally refers to cryptographic algorithms designed for resource-constrained environments. While important for efficiency in certain contexts, it does not specifically address rainbow table attacks on stored passwords. d. Steganography: Steganography involves hiding information within other non-secret data. It is not relevant for protecting passwords in a database against rainbow table attacks.

Answer 375

b. Wildcard certificate. Here’s why: Wildcard Certificate: A wildcard certificate is designed to secure a domain and all its subdomains. In this case, a wildcard certificate for *.company.com would secure www.company.com, contactus.company.com, quotes.company.com, and any future subdomains like store.company.com. This is particularly useful when you have multiple subdomains under the same domain (company.com in this case) and want a single certificate to cover them all. SAN (Subject Alternative Name) Certificate: While SAN certificates can also cover multiple domain names (including different domains altogether), they require listing each domain explicitly in the certificate. This can become cumbersome if many subdomains are involved, unlike a wildcard certificate which covers all subdomains automatically. Extended Validation (EV) Certificate: EV certificates provide higher validation standards but do not inherently cover multiple subdomains or wildcard domains. They focus more on verifying the legitimacy and identity of the organization behind the domain, rather than the number of subdomains covered. Self-signed Certificate: Self-signed certificates are not suitable for internet-facing websites as they are not trusted by default by browsers and would trigger security warnings for users. Therefore, for the company wanting to secure company.com and all its subdomains (current and future), a wildcard certificate (*.company.com) is the most appropriate choice among the options provided.

Answer 376

c. Tor. Tor (The Onion Router): Tor is a network protocol used for anonymous communication over the internet. It is commonly associated with accessing the dark web, which consists of websites and services not indexed by traditional search engines and often used for illicit purposes. Here’s why the other options are not correct: SFTP (Secure File Transfer Protocol): SFTP is a secure protocol used for transferring files securely over a network. It is not directly related to accessing the dark web. AIS (Automated Information System): AIS typically refers to systems that collect, process, store, display, and disseminate information in an automated manner. It does not relate to accessing the dark web. IoC (Indicators of Compromise): IoC refers to evidence that a system has been breached or compromised. It involves monitoring for signs of security breaches rather than specific network traffic related to accessing the dark web. Therefore, the correct network that the security analyst should monitor for concerns related to traffic initiated to the dark web from the corporate LAN is c. Tor. This involves identifying and potentially monitoring Tor network traffic to detect any unauthorized or suspicious activities related to accessing the dark web from within the corporate network.

Answer 377

c. A dictionary attack. Here’s why: Dictionary Attack: In a dictionary attack, the attacker uses a list of commonly used passwords or words from a dictionary to attempt to gain unauthorized access to a system. The log entries show multiple login attempts with variations of the password "sneak" (like "sneaked", "sneaker", "sneer", "sneeze", "sneezy"), indicating that the attacker is systematically trying different permutations of a known word or pattern. Rainbow Table Attack: A rainbow table attack involves precomputed hashes of commonly used passwords to quickly crack hashed passwords. It is not evident in the log entries provided, as the attempts are with different variations of a single word rather than hashed values. Password-Spraying Attack: Password-spraying involves attempting a few commonly used passwords against many accounts. It typically targets multiple usernames with a few common passwords rather than trying variations of a single password. Keylogger Attack: A keylogger attack involves malware or hardware that captures keystrokes entered by users, including passwords. There is no indication of keylogging in the log entries provided. Therefore, based on the pattern of login attempts with variations of the password "sneak", the activity described aligns with a dictionary attack where the attacker is systematically trying different variations of a word in an attempt to guess the correct password and gain unauthorized access.

Answer 378

d. Data collector. Here’s why: Data Collector: A data collector is an entity that collects personal data directly from individuals or through other sources. In this case, the company is launching a website in a different country to capture user information. Although the company itself will not be using the information, it is gathering (collecting) this data on behalf of a marketing business. The primary function here is to gather the data from users. Data Owner: The data owner is typically the individual or organization that has ultimate control over the data, including its use and disclosure. In this scenario, it's not explicitly stated that the company retains ownership or control over the data after collection. Data Processor: A data processor processes personal data on behalf of the data controller (owner) based on their instructions. Since the company is not processing the data for its own purposes but rather collecting it for another entity (the marketing business), it does not fit the definition of a data processor. Data Steward: A data steward is responsible for managing and maintaining the quality, security, and use of data within an organization. This role focuses more on governance and ensuring that data is handled correctly within the organization, which differs from the primary function of collecting data from external sources. Therefore, based on the description provided, the company assuming the role of gathering user information for a marketing business is acting as a data collector.

Answer 379

a. SLA (Service Level Agreement) Here’s why: SLA (Service Level Agreement): An SLA is a contract between a service provider (in this case, the cloud service provider) and the customer (the organization). It specifies the level of service that the provider agrees to offer, including metrics such as availability, performance, uptime guarantees, and response times. The SLA outlines what happens if the provider fails to meet these metrics, typically including remedies such as service credits or penalties. BPA (Business Partnership Agreement): A BPA typically outlines the broader terms and conditions of a business relationship but does not usually specify detailed service-level metrics like availability. NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement): An NDA is a legal contract that protects confidential information shared between parties and is not related to service-level requirements. MOU (Memorandum of Understanding): An MOU is a formal agreement between parties outlining their mutual intentions and expectations, but it does not typically include specific service-level metrics or remedies for non-compliance. Therefore, to understand the exact requirements for the cloud provider's advertised availability metrics and to remediate the risk associated with non-compliance, the organization should refer to the SLA (Service Level Agreement). This document will provide clarity on the agreed-upon service levels and the recourse available if those levels are not met.

Answer 380

d. Prevention of information exposure. Here’s why: Prevention of Information Exposure: This concept involves ensuring that sensitive information, such as verbose error messages that could potentially provide attackers with useful information about the application or its environment, is not exposed to users or unauthorized parties. By minimizing or controlling the amount of information exposed through error messages, developers can reduce the risk of attackers exploiting such information to launch targeted attacks. Let's briefly cover the other options to clarify: OWASP: OWASP (Open Web Application Security Project) is a nonprofit organization focused on improving software security. While OWASP provides guidelines and resources for secure application development, it is not specifically focused on blocking verbose error messages. Obfuscation/Camouflage: Obfuscation and camouflage techniques are used to make code or data difficult to understand or analyze, which can help in protecting against reverse engineering or unauthorized access to sensitive information. However, they do not directly address the issue of verbose error messages in user interfaces. Test Environment: A test environment is where developers test their applications before deployment to ensure functionality and security. It is not directly related to blocking verbose error messages in a user interface. Therefore, d. Prevention of information exposure is the concept that specifically addresses the secure development practice of ensuring that detailed error messages and other sensitive information are not exposed to users or attackers, thus minimizing security risks.

Answer 381

a. Perfect forward secrecy. Here’s why: Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS): PFS is a property of key-agreement protocols that ensures that session keys derived from a long-term key (such as a private key) are not compromised even if the long-term key is compromised at a later time. In other words, if a current private key is compromised and PFS is implemented, the compromise does not affect the confidentiality of past communications. Each session key is unique and not derived directly from the long-term private key, so compromising the long-term key does not compromise past session keys. Elliptic-curve Cryptography (ECC): ECC is an encryption method that uses elliptic curves to provide security. While it offers advantages such as smaller key sizes for equivalent security levels compared to RSA, it does not inherently prevent decryption of historical data if the private key is compromised. Key Stretching: Key stretching techniques (like PBKDF2, bcrypt, or scrypt) are used to make keys derived from passwords more resistant to brute-force attacks. They do not directly address the issue of protecting historical data if a private key is compromised. Homomorphic Encryption: Homomorphic encryption allows computations to be performed on encrypted data without decrypting it. It does not directly address the issue of preventing decryption of historical data if a private key is compromised. Therefore, a. Perfect forward secrecy is the concept that ensures a compromised current private key cannot be used to decrypt all historical data, making it a crucial feature in secure communications protocols, particularly in scenarios where long-term keys might be compromised.

Answer 382

c. Site-to-site VPN. Here’s why: Site-to-site VPN: This type of VPN establishes a secure connection between two or more physical locations (in this case, between the main office and the remote office). It allows all network traffic between the two sites to be encrypted and transmitted securely over the internet. Site-to-site VPNs are ideal for connecting entire networks, such as connecting the main office network to the network at the remote office with up to 50 employees. Always-on VPN: An always-on VPN is a type of VPN configuration where the VPN connection is automatically established whenever a device connects to the internet. It is suitable for individual devices rather than connecting entire office networks. Remote access VPN: A remote access VPN allows individual users to connect securely to a corporate network from remote locations. It is more suitable for mobile employees or individuals working from home rather than connecting an entire office. Full tunnel VPN: A full tunnel VPN directs all traffic from a client device through the VPN tunnel to the corporate network, regardless of whether the traffic is destined for resources on the corporate network or the internet. It is a configuration option rather than a type of VPN solution like site-to-site or remote access VPN. Therefore, c. Site-to-site VPN is the best choice for connecting the new remote office with up to 50 employees to the main office network securely and efficiently. It provides a seamless and secure connection between the two office locations, enabling access to shared resources and applications as if they were locally connected.

Answer 383

b. A security control objective cannot be met through a technical change, so the company implements a policy to train users on a more secure method of operation. Here’s why: Training Users on Secure Methods: This approach addresses the inability to meet a security control objective through technical means by focusing on human behavior and awareness. By educating users on more secure methods of operation, such as proper handling of data, recognizing phishing attempts, or following secure procedures, the organization reduces the likelihood of security incidents caused by human error or ignorance. Let's briefly cover the other options to clarify: Purchasing Insurance: While purchasing insurance can mitigate financial losses from data breaches, it does not directly reduce the risk associated with the security control objective itself. It is more of a risk transfer mechanism rather than a risk reduction technique. Performing Regular Audits: Audits help in detecting violations or non-compliance but do not actively reduce the risk associated with the security control objective. They are more about monitoring and ensuring adherence to policies rather than directly mitigating risks. Signing Off on the Risk: Signing off on the risk (option d) implies accepting the risk rather than actively reducing it. It does not involve implementing controls or measures to decrease the likelihood or impact of a security incident. Therefore, b. Implementing a policy to train users on a more secure method of operation is the option that represents a proactive risk reduction technique by addressing the human element and enhancing security awareness and practices within the organization.

Answer 384

a. Hoaxing. Here’s why: Hoaxing: Hoaxing involves spreading false information or rumors through various means, including emails, with the intent to deceive and mislead recipients. In the context of emails, hoax emails often encourage recipients to forward the message to others, typically by appealing to emotions, spreading false news, or promoting chain letters. Let's briefly cover the other options to clarify: Pharming: Pharming is a cyber attack where malicious code is used to redirect a website's traffic to a fake website without the user's knowledge. It typically involves DNS hijacking or malware and is not directly related to forwarding misleading emails. Watering-hole: A watering-hole attack involves compromising websites that a targeted group of individuals is likely to visit and injecting them with malware. It aims to infect visitors with malware rather than forwarding misleading emails. Phishing: Phishing is a social engineering attack where attackers send deceptive emails or messages pretending to be from a reputable source to trick recipients into revealing sensitive information or clicking on malicious links. While phishing emails can sometimes instruct recipients to forward the message, their primary goal is usually to deceive recipients into taking actions like clicking links or providing credentials. Therefore, a. Hoaxing is the social engineering attack that specifically involves emails intended to mislead recipients into forwarding the email to others, often perpetuating false information or initiating chain messages.

Answer 385

(Community : DE 100%) d. Access control vestibules e. Fencing Intruders can be detected by strong lightning, alarms, and sensors. However, these measures alone don't physically prevent intruders from bypassing security. Signage may discourage intruders but doesn't physically stop them. Access control vestibules and fences can physically prevent intruders from accessing valuable assets and restricted areas ChatGPT : DE d. Access control vestibules: Also known as mantraps, these are secure entryways that use two sets of interlocking doors to prevent unauthorized access. They provide a high level of security by ensuring that only authorized personnel can enter the premises. e. Fencing: Fencing acts as a physical barrier to entry, making it more difficult for intruders to gain access to the property. It can also be combined with other security measures like barbed wire, sensors, and cameras to enhance overall security. These two countermeasures provide substantial physical barriers and control mechanisms to effectively deter and stop intruders from gaining unauthorized access.

Answer 386

(Community : DE 49%, CD 49%) Choose CD. ChatGTP c. Network access control d. Access control vestibules Explanation: Network Access Control (NAC): Purpose: NAC systems enforce security policy on devices seeking to access network resources. They can block unauthorized devices, such as a rogue Kali Linux box, from gaining network access. Benefit: This helps prevent unauthorized devices from communicating over the network, thus mitigating the risk of data breaches and other security threats. Access Control Vestibules: Purpose: These are physical security measures that control and monitor the entry of personnel into a facility. Often referred to as "mantraps," these vestibules ensure that only authorized individuals gain access to secure areas. Benefit: This reduces the risk of unauthorized individuals physically entering the premises and deploying malicious devices. Why the other options are less suitable as first lines of defense: a. MAC filtering: While useful, MAC filtering can be bypassed by spoofing the MAC address. It is more of a secondary measure rather than a primary defense against physical intrusion and rogue devices. b. Zero trust segmentation: This is an excellent internal network security strategy but does not address the physical aspect of preventing unauthorized device access at the network level. e. Guards: While security guards are important, they are not as effective on their own as access control vestibules for systematically ensuring that unauthorized individuals do not gain access to secure areas. f. Bollards: Bollards are designed to prevent vehicular access and do not directly prevent individuals from physically entering a facility and deploying a rogue device. By focusing on network access control to block unauthorized devices and access control vestibules to prevent unauthorized physical access, the organization can effectively mitigate the risk of hackers deploying a remotely accessible Kali Linux box. (Braindump : A. Zero trust segmentation c. Network access control)

Answer 387

b. Bluejacking. Here’s why: Bluejacking: Bluejacking is a relatively harmless attack where an attacker sends unsolicited messages or contacts over Bluetooth to nearby Bluetooth-enabled devices. The goal is typically to send spam or messages rather than maliciously modify contacts, but in some cases, it could involve adding or modifying contacts if the device settings allow it. Let's briefly cover the other options to clarify: Jamming: Jamming involves intentionally disrupting wireless communication signals (such as Wi-Fi or Bluetooth) to prevent normal operation. It does not involve modifying contacts or inserting data into devices. Disassociation: Disassociation typically refers to the process of disconnecting a device from a wireless network. It is not related to inserting or modifying contacts on a mobile device. Evil twin: An evil twin attack involves creating a rogue wireless access point (Wi-Fi hotspot) that masquerades as a legitimate one to trick users into connecting. It does not directly involve inserting or modifying contacts on a mobile device. Therefore, b. Bluejacking is the attack method where the attacker could have sent or modified contacts on the corporate mobile device via Bluetooth without physically accessing the device, assuming the device was susceptible to such actions over Bluetooth connections.

Answer 388

d. Phishing campaign. Here’s why: Phishing Campaign: A phishing campaign involves sending simulated phishing emails to employees to test their awareness and ability to identify phishing attacks. These emails are designed to mimic real phishing attempts, but without malicious intent, aiming to educate users on how to recognize and respond to phishing emails correctly. Let's briefly cover the other options to clarify: Social Media Analysis: Social media analysis involves monitoring and analyzing social media platforms for security threats or information leakage related to an organization. It does not directly test a user's ability to recognize email-based attacks. Annual Information Security Training: While annual information security training is essential for educating employees on various security topics, including phishing, it does not specifically simulate real phishing attacks to test immediate recognition and response capabilities. Gamification: Gamification involves incorporating game-like elements (such as points, rewards, and competition) into training programs to engage and motivate participants. While it can enhance training effectiveness, it typically focuses on learning retention and engagement rather than testing specific skills like recognizing email attacks. Therefore, d. Phishing campaign is the most appropriate choice for actively testing and improving users' ability to identify and respond to phishing attacks via the organization’s email system. It provides a practical simulation of real-world threats to enhance awareness and readiness among employees.

Answer 389

a. Keylogger Here’s why: Keylogger: Keyloggers are malicious programs designed to record keystrokes made by a user on a computer. They capture all keystrokes entered, including text typed into documents, web forms, passwords, and other sensitive information. If the packet capture data includes large amounts of text from various sources (such as documents, emails, or chat messages), it suggests that a keylogger is actively capturing and transmitting this information. Spyware: Spyware is a broader category of malicious software that includes keyloggers but also encompasses other types of software designed to monitor and gather information about a user's activities without their knowledge. However, keyloggers specifically target and capture keystrokes, which aligns with the description provided in the scenario. Trojan: Trojans are malicious programs disguised as legitimate software. While Trojans can include keyloggers or spyware functionality, the focus on capturing and transmitting text data specifically points towards a keylogger rather than a Trojan in general. Ransomware: Ransomware encrypts files on a computer and demands payment for decryption. It typically does not involve capturing large amounts of text data but rather focuses on locking access to files or systems. Therefore, a. Keylogger is the most likely software installed on the compromised host based on the packet capture data showing large amounts of captured text.

Answer 390

(Community C 100%) C. A privileged access management system Privileged access management (PAM, sometimes called privileged account management) allows an organization to apply more stringent security controls over accounts with elevated privileges, such as administrator or root-level accounts. Some capabilities of PAM are: -Allow users to access the privileged account without knowing the password -Automatically change privileged account passwords periodically -Limit the time users can use the privileged account -Allow users to check out credentials -Log all access of credentials ChatGPT c. A privileged access management (PAM) system Here’s how a PAM system aligns with each requirement: Check-in/checkout of credentials: A PAM system provides a secure vault where privileged credentials (such as administrator/root credentials and service account passwords) are stored. Access to these credentials can be managed through check-in and checkout mechanisms, ensuring that credentials are only accessible when needed and are returned after use. The ability to use but not know the password: PAM systems typically provide mechanisms such as session management and password injection that allow users to access systems without revealing the actual passwords. Instead, credentials are managed and rotated automatically by the PAM system. Automated password changes: PAM systems can automate the rotation and changing of passwords according to policies and schedules defined by the organization. This ensures that passwords are regularly updated to enhance security. Logging of access to credentials: PAM systems maintain detailed audit logs of all access and actions performed using privileged credentials. This includes logging who accessed which credentials, when, and for what purpose, providing accountability and traceability. Let's briefly cover the other options to clarify why they are not as suitable: OAuth 2.0: OAuth 2.0 is an authorization framework that allows third-party applications to obtain limited access to an HTTP service. It is not designed for managing privileged credentials and does not provide the comprehensive controls and auditing capabilities required for administrator/root credentials and service accounts. Secure Enclave: A secure enclave is a hardware-based security feature that provides isolated execution environments for sensitive computations. While it enhances security for specific tasks, it does not directly address the management and control of privileged credentials as comprehensively as a PAM system. An OpenID Connect authentication system: OpenID Connect is an authentication protocol that allows for the authorization of clients to access protected resources. It focuses on user authentication and identity management, rather than managing privileged credentials and enforcing strict controls over administrator/root accounts and service accounts. Therefore, c. A privileged access management (PAM) system is the solution that best meets the requirements outlined for implementing stringent controls over administrator/root credentials and service accounts within the organization.

Answer 391

(Braindump : c. The provenance of the artifacts e. The date and time) The systems analyst should include the date and time and the provenance of the artifacts in the digital forensics chain-of-custody form. The date and time are important for tracking when the evidence was collected and when it was transferred between individuals or organizations. The provenance of the artifacts is also important for tracking the chain of custody and ensuring that the evidence has not been tampered with. The order of volatility is a concept used in digital forensics to determine the order in which volatile data should be collected. A forensics NDA is a non-disclosure agreement that is used to protect sensitive information during a digital forensics investigation. The vendor’s name is not typically included in a digital forensics chain-of-custody form. A warning banner is a message that is displayed to users before they log in to a system to warn them about the consequences of unauthorized access. a. The order of volatility The order of volatility refers to the sequence in which volatile data (data that is likely to change or be lost quickly) should be collected and preserved during the forensic investigation. This ensures that the most volatile data, which may provide crucial evidence, is collected first. c. The provenance of the artifacts Provenance refers to the origin or source of the artifacts collected during the investigation. It includes information such as where and how the artifacts were discovered, who collected them, and under what circumstances. Documenting provenance is critical for establishing the authenticity and reliability of the evidence in legal proceedings. Let's briefly cover the other options to clarify why they are not typically included in a digital forensics chain-of-custody form: b. A forensics NDA: While a Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) is important for protecting confidential information and ensuring confidentiality among parties involved in the investigation, it is not typically part of the chain-of-custody form itself. NDAs are separate legal agreements that may be signed between parties involved in the investigation. d. The vendor's name: Unless the investigation involves external vendors or service providers who are directly handling or assisting with the forensic process, the vendor's name is not typically relevant to include in the chain-of-custody form. e. The date and time: While the date and time are crucial for documenting when artifacts were collected or transferred, they are usually included as part of the chain-of-custody process itself rather than being explicitly listed in the form. f. A warning banner: A warning banner is a notification displayed on systems to inform users of the monitoring or security policies in place. While important for system usage and awareness, it is not directly related to documenting the chain-of-custody for forensic artifacts. Therefore, the systems analyst should focus on including a. The order of volatility and c. The provenance of the artifacts in the digital forensics chain-of-custody form to ensure comprehensive documentation and integrity of the forensic investigation process.

Answer 392

d. SQL Injection (SQLi) vulnerability. Here's why: SQL Injection (SQLi): SQL Injection involves inserting malicious SQL code into input fields (in this case, the userid parameter in the URL) that are directly used in SQL queries executed by the application's backend database. The attacker aims to manipulate the SQL query to extract sensitive information from the database. In the log entry: userid=1 UNION ALL SELECT user_login, user,_pass, user_email from wp_users: This part of the URL is attempting to perform a SQL UNION query to retrieve user login names (user_login), passwords (user,_pass), and email addresses (user_email) from the wp_users table in the WordPress database (wp_users). Let's briefly cover why the other options are not correct: a. SSRF (Server-Side Request Forgery): SSRF involves tricking the server into making requests on behalf of the attacker to internal or external systems that the server has access to. The provided log does not indicate any SSRF attempt. b. CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery): CSRF involves tricking a user into executing actions in an application without their knowledge or consent. It typically involves forging requests from the user's browser context, not directly through server logs as shown. c. XSS (Cross-Site Scripting): XSS involves injecting malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users. It does not involve manipulating SQL queries to extract data from databases as shown in the log. Therefore, the correct answer is d. SQLi, as the attacker is attempting to exploit a SQL Injection vulnerability by manipulating the SQL query through the userid parameter in the URL to extract sensitive information from the database.

Answer 393

(Community : C 83%) c. A denial-of-service attack by disassociation is occurring. Here’s why: The Wi-Fi log shows that the user’s device repeatedly connects to the network and then disconnects almost immediately. This pattern is indicative of a disassociation attack, a type of denial-of-service attack where an attacker sends disassociation frames to the victim’s device, causing it to disconnect from the network repeatedly. Let's briefly discuss why the other options are less likely: a. Another customer has configured a rogue access point: While a rogue access point can cause connectivity issues, it would typically result in the user connecting to the wrong network rather than frequent disconnections after connecting to the correct network. b. The coffee shop network is using multiple frequencies: The log shows connections on both 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz frequencies, but the disconnection issue is not due to the use of multiple frequencies. If it were simply a frequency issue, we would not expect the immediate disconnections after connecting. d. An evil twin access point is being utilized: An evil twin attack involves setting up a malicious access point that mimics the legitimate one to intercept data. This could cause connection issues, but it typically results in connections to the fake access point rather than frequent disconnections. Therefore, the log entries showing immediate disconnections after successful connections are most consistent with a denial-of-service attack by disassociation, where an attacker is deliberately causing the user’s device to disconnect from the network.

Answer 394

a. A biometric scanner Here’s why: Biometric Scanner: A biometric scanner uses unique physical characteristics of an individual, such as fingerprints, facial recognition, iris scans, or voice recognition, to verify their identity. This ensures that the person attempting to gain access is physically present and is the authorized individual, as these biometric traits are difficult to replicate or share. Let's briefly cover why the other options are less effective in ensuring the physical presence of the authorized user: Smart Card Reader: A smart card reader authenticates access based on a smart card that the user possesses. While it confirms the presence of the card, it does not verify that the person holding the card is the authorized user, as smart cards can be lost, stolen, or shared. PKI Token: A Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) token provides authentication through cryptographic keys. Similar to smart cards, it ensures the presence of the token but does not verify the identity of the person holding the token. PIN Pad: A PIN pad requires the user to enter a Personal Identification Number (PIN) to gain access. While it authenticates based on knowledge of the PIN, it does not confirm the physical presence of the authorized user, as PINs can be shared or guessed. Therefore, a. Biometric scanner is the best option for ensuring that only the authorized user is present when gaining access to a secured area, as it relies on unique, non-transferable physical characteristics.

Answer 395

b. Pass the hash Here’s why: Pass the Hash: The command crackmapexec smb 192.168.10.232 -u localadmin -H 0A3CE8D07A46E5C51070F03593E0A5E6 uses the crackmapexec tool to authenticate to an SMB (Server Message Block) service on the host 192.168.10.232 with the username localadmin and a hash (-H 0A3CE8D07A46E5C51070F03593E0A5E6). This indicates that the attacker is using the hash of the password rather than the password itself to authenticate. This technique is known as "Pass the Hash." Let's briefly cover why the other options are not applicable: Buffer Overflow: A buffer overflow attack involves exploiting a program by overrunning a buffer’s boundary and overwriting adjacent memory. The given command does not show any indication of trying to overflow a buffer or manipulate memory boundaries. SQL Injection: SQL injection involves injecting malicious SQL statements into an input field for execution by a database. The given command does not interact with a database or include any SQL code. Replay Attack: A replay attack involves capturing and retransmitting valid data transmissions to repeat or delay a valid transaction. The given command does not indicate retransmitting data but instead shows an attempt to authenticate using a hash. Therefore, b. Pass the hash is the correct answer, as the command shows the use of a hashed password to authenticate to a service.

Answer 396

d. Deploying an appropriately sized, network-connected UPS device Here’s why: Consistent power levels in case of brownouts or voltage spikes: A UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) device can provide consistent power by regulating voltage levels and protecting against brownouts and voltage spikes. A minimum of 30 minutes runtime following a power outage: A properly sized UPS can provide battery backup power for a specified period, such as 30 minutes, allowing systems to remain operational during short outages. Ability to trigger graceful shutdowns of critical systems: A network-connected UPS can communicate with servers and other critical systems to initiate a graceful shutdown process when the UPS battery reaches a certain threshold, ensuring data integrity and preventing damage. Let's briefly cover why the other options are not as suitable: a. Maintaining a standby, gas-powered generator: While a generator can provide power during an extended outage, it typically takes some time to start up, which may not cover the initial 30 minutes following a power outage. Additionally, it does not address voltage regulation or provide the capability to trigger graceful shutdowns. b. Using large surge suppressors on computer equipment: Surge suppressors can protect against voltage spikes but do not provide battery backup power during outages or brownouts. They also do not offer the ability to trigger graceful shutdowns. c. Configuring managed PDUs to monitor power levels: Managed Power Distribution Units (PDUs) can monitor and manage power distribution but do not provide battery backup power or protection against voltage fluctuations. They also do not have the capability to trigger graceful shutdowns on their own. Therefore, d. Deploying an appropriately sized, network-connected UPS device is the best solution to meet all the specified server room requirements.

Answer 397

c. Standard naming convention policy Here’s why: Standard Naming Convention Policy: This policy defines the rules and guidelines for naming network devices and other IT resources within an organization. It ensures consistency and clarity in the naming of devices, making it easier to manage and identify them within the network. The policy typically includes conventions for device types, locations, functions, and other relevant attributes that should be reflected in the names assigned to new devices. Let’s briefly cover why the other options are not suitable for providing guidelines on labeling new network devices: IP Schema: An IP schema defines the structure and allocation of IP addresses within the network but does not provide guidelines on naming or labeling devices. Application Baseline Configuration: This refers to the standard configuration settings for applications to ensure they operate correctly and securely but does not address the naming or labeling of network devices. Wireless LAN and Network Perimeter Diagram: This diagram visually represents the layout and structure of the wireless LAN and network perimeter but does not provide naming conventions or labeling guidelines for new network devices. Therefore, c. Standard naming convention policy is the correct answer as it directly addresses the need for guidelines on labeling new network devices as part of the initial configuration.

Answer 398

d. Memory contents, including fileless malware, are lost when the power is turned off. Here’s why: Memory contents, including fileless malware, are lost when the power is turned off: Disconnecting the network cable stops the data exfiltration without powering down the system. This preserves the volatile memory (RAM) contents, which might contain crucial evidence of the compromise, such as active processes, network connections, and potentially fileless malware. Fileless malware operates in memory and would be lost if the system were powered down, making it impossible to analyze the full extent of the compromise. Let’s briefly cover why the other options are less likely: a. The CSIRT thinks an insider threat is attacking the network: While this could be a concern, the primary goal in this situation is to preserve evidence and stop data exfiltration. Disconnecting the network cable addresses this immediate need without implying distrust of the systems engineer. b. Outages of business-critical systems cost too much money: Although this is a valid concern, the request to disconnect the network cable and avoid further actions is more likely focused on preserving forensic evidence rather than avoiding outages. c. The CSIRT does not consider the systems engineer to be trustworthy: This is less likely the reason for the specific instructions given. The request is standard procedure to ensure that evidence is preserved and the investigation can proceed effectively. Therefore, the correct answer is d. Memory contents, including fileless malware, are lost when the power is turned off, as this best explains the CSIRT’s request to disconnect the network cable while avoiding any actions that could lead to the loss of volatile memory data.

Answer 399

c. False rejection Here’s why: False Rejection (False Negative): This occurs when a legitimate user is incorrectly denied access by the biometric system. In this case, the employee has been properly onboarded and should have access, but the fingerprint reader is denying entry, which is a classic example of a false rejection. Let’s briefly cover why the other options are not suitable: Crossover Error Rate (CER): This is a metric used to evaluate the performance of a biometric system, representing the point at which the false acceptance rate (FAR) and false rejection rate (FRR) are equal. It does not specifically describe the situation of an individual being incorrectly denied access. False Match Rate (False Acceptance Rate, FAR): This occurs when the biometric system incorrectly grants access to an unauthorized person. It does not describe the situation where a legitimate user is denied access. False Positive: This is similar to a false match rate and occurs when the system incorrectly identifies an unauthorized user as authorized. It does not apply to the situation where an authorized user is denied access. Therefore, the correct answer is c. False rejection, as it accurately describes the scenario where a legitimate, onboarded employee is denied access by the fingerprint reader.

Answer 400

(Community : D 61%, A 31%) d. Outsourced code development Here’s why: Outsourced code development: When UI development or any part of a highly sensitive project is outsourced, there is a potential risk related to the security and integrity of the code. Outsourced developers may not adhere to the same security standards as internal teams, and there is a risk of introducing vulnerabilities, intentional or unintentional, into the codebase. Moreover, the confidentiality and control over sensitive information could be compromised when handled by third parties. Let’s briefly discuss why the other options are less critical in this specific context: Weak configurations: While weak configurations are a significant security concern, they are typically managed through proper configuration management and security policies. They are not inherently tied to UI developer agreements but rather to how the system is set up and maintained. Integration activities: Integration activities are crucial for ensuring that different parts of a system work together seamlessly. However, the primary concern in the context of UI developer agreements and highly sensitive projects is the security of the code itself and the practices of the developers. Unsecure user accounts: This concern relates to how user accounts are managed and protected, which is crucial for operational security. However, it is more about the implementation and maintenance of security practices rather than the development process and agreements. Therefore, d. Outsourced code development is the most relevant concern for customers considering the use of these products on highly sensitive projects, as it directly affects the security and integrity of the development process and the final product. (Braindump: a. Weak configurations)

Answer 401

b. RPO (Recovery Point Objective) Here’s why: Recovery Point Objective (RPO): RPO is the maximum acceptable amount of data loss measured in time. It defines the point in time to which data must be recovered after an outage. For example, if the RPO is 4 hours, the organization needs to ensure that it can recover data from backups that are no older than 4 hours. Let’s briefly cover what the other options mean and why they are not relevant to identifying the point in time for data recovery: ALE (Annualized Loss Expectancy): ALE is a risk management metric that represents the expected monetary loss for an asset due to a risk over a year. It is calculated by multiplying the Single Loss Expectancy (SLE) by the Annualized Rate of Occurrence (ARO). MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures): MTBF is a reliability metric that indicates the average time between failures for a system or component. It is used to predict the time between failures during normal operation. ARO (Annualized Rate of Occurrence): ARO represents the expected frequency with which a specific risk is likely to occur within a year. It is used in risk assessments to calculate the likelihood of an event happening annually. Therefore, b. RPO is the correct answer as it specifically refers to the point in time when data must be recovered in the event of an outage.

Answer 402

d. Community Here’s why: Community Cloud: A community cloud is a cloud infrastructure that is shared by several organizations with common concerns, such as security, compliance, or mission objectives. In this case, the police department and city officials are part of the same community (e.g., local government agencies) and share common interests and requirements for security, privacy, and data sharing. Let’s briefly explain why the other options are not suitable: Hybrid Cloud: A hybrid cloud is a combination of two or more cloud types (private, public, or community) that remain distinct entities but are bound together by standardized technology that enables data and application portability. This scenario specifically describes a shared environment rather than a hybrid setup. Private Cloud: A private cloud is dedicated to a single organization, offering greater control and security. However, this scenario involves multiple organizations (police department and city officials), making the private cloud model less appropriate. Public Cloud: A public cloud is owned and operated by a third-party cloud service provider and made available to the general public. This model is not typically used for sensitive government data sharing due to security and privacy concerns. Therefore, d. Community is the best answer as it accurately describes a shared cloud environment tailored for multiple government entities with common objectives and requirements.

Answer 403

b. SSL stripping Here’s why: SSL Stripping: In SSL stripping attacks, an attacker intercepts HTTP traffic between the user and the website, downgrading HTTPS connections to unencrypted HTTP connections. This makes it appear to the user that they are using a secure connection (HTTPS), but in reality, the connection is insecure (HTTP). As a result, the padlock symbol indicating a secure connection (HTTPS) does not appear in the browser. Let’s briefly cover why the other options are less likely: Memory leak: A memory leak occurs when a program allocates memory but fails to release it after use, leading to gradual depletion of available memory. It does not affect the display of the padlock symbol in the browser. API: An API (Application Programming Interface) facilitates communication between software components. It does not directly relate to the display of the padlock symbol or the security of a website connection. Pass the hash: Pass the hash is a technique used to authenticate to a remote system using the hash of the user's password instead of the plaintext password. It is not directly related to the display of the padlock symbol on a website. Therefore, b. SSL stripping is the correct answer as it aligns with the behavior where the user sees HTTP instead of HTTPS, indicating that the connection has been downgraded from a secure (HTTPS) to an insecure (HTTP) state by an attacker intercepting the traffic.

Answer 404

a. Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) with battery backup Reasoning: Immediate Power Stabilization: A UPS with battery backup can immediately provide stable power to critical systems during under-voltage events, ensuring continuous operation and preventing system downtime. Cost-Effectiveness: Compared to generators and dual power supplies, UPS systems are generally more cost-effective for handling short-term power fluctuations. Generators are more suited for longer-term outages and can be significantly more expensive. Scalability: UPS systems can be scaled to match the needs of the data center, providing flexibility as the data center grows. Ease of Implementation: Installing UPS units can be straightforward and quickly implemented compared to the complexities and time involved in setting up generators or reconfiguring power supplies. Generators and dual power supplies might be necessary for more severe power issues or long-term solutions, but for addressing frequent under-voltage events cost-effectively, a UPS with battery backup is the best option.

Answer 405

d. SSH key Here’s why: SSH Key: SSH keys provide a secure and passwordless authentication method for accessing Linux servers remotely. They eliminate the need for managing passwords and additional software installation, which aligns with the business partner's requirement to avoid these complexities. SSH keys use public-key cryptography, where the private key resides on the client side (business partner's computer) and the corresponding public key is added to the authorized_keys file on the Linux server for authentication. Let’s briefly discuss why the other options are less suitable: Soft Token: Soft tokens are typically used for two-factor authentication (2FA) and often require additional software installation and management. They also do not eliminate the need for passwords entirely. Smart Card: Smart cards also provide secure authentication, but they require physical cards and card readers, which may not align with the business partner's desire to avoid additional hardware and software management. CSR (Certificate Signing Request): A CSR is used in the context of obtaining an SSL/TLS certificate and is not directly related to authentication for accessing a Linux server remotely. Therefore, d. SSH key is the most appropriate recommendation as it meets the business partner's requirement for passwordless authentication and avoids the need for additional software installation.

Answer 406

b. Input validation Here’s why: Input Validation: Input validation is the process of ensuring that input data is clean, correct, and useful before it is used in the application. For SQL injection attacks, input validation involves validating and sanitizing user input to ensure that it does not contain malicious SQL commands. Proper input validation prevents attackers from injecting SQL code into input fields that could manipulate database queries. Let’s briefly discuss why the other options are not as effective or relevant for defending against SQL injection attacks: Tokenization: Tokenization is a technique used to protect sensitive data by replacing it with unique identification symbols (tokens). While tokenization is important for protecting data at rest or in transit, it does not directly address SQL injection vulnerabilities in code. Code Signing: Code signing ensures that code has not been altered or corrupted since it was signed by the developer. It helps in verifying the authenticity and integrity of code but does not specifically defend against SQL injection attacks. Secure Cookies: Secure cookies are used to enhance security by ensuring that cookies are only sent over HTTPS connections and are not accessible to JavaScript. While secure cookies are important for session management and preventing certain types of attacks, they do not directly mitigate SQL injection vulnerabilities. Therefore, b. Input validation is the first and most fundamental recommendation the security analyst should make to defend against SQL injection attacks. It helps ensure that user input is safe and does not pose a risk of SQL injection when processed by the application.

Answer 407

c. Resource policies Here’s why: Resource Policies: Resource policies in cloud environments allow you to define fine-grained permissions and access controls for specific resources. These policies are typically defined using JSON or YAML syntax and can specify who can access the resource, from where, and under what conditions. They are essential for managing access at the resource level and ensuring that access is granted according to security requirements. Let’s briefly discuss why the other options are less suitable in the context of ensuring proper access control: API Integrations: API integrations are important for connecting different services and applications within a cloud environment but do not directly ensure access control at the resource level. Auditing: Auditing is crucial for monitoring and logging access activities to identify security incidents and compliance issues. While auditing provides visibility into access events, it does not enforce access controls or permissions. Virtual Networks: Virtual networks (VPCs in AWS, VNets in Azure) provide isolated network environments within a cloud provider's infrastructure. They are important for network segmentation and isolation but do not directly manage or enforce access controls at the resource level. Therefore, c. Resource policies is the most appropriate cloud feature to ensure access is granted properly by allowing you to define and enforce specific access controls and permissions for individual resources within the cloud environment.

Answer 408

a. cat /var/messages | grep 10.1.1.1 Here’s why: cat /var/messages: This command displays the contents of the /var/messages log file. |: This symbol is the pipe operator, which redirects the output of one command (cat /var/messages) as input to another command (grep 10.1.1.1). grep 10.1.1.1: This command filters the input (which is the content of /var/messages from the previous cat command) and searches for lines that contain the IP address 10.1.1.1. Therefore, the command cat /var/messages | grep 10.1.1.1 effectively searches through the log file /var/messages for any events associated with the IP address 10.1.1.1 and displays those lines in the terminal.

Answer 409

b. User-agent spoofing Here’s the reasoning: User-Agent Spoofing: The User-Agent field in HTTP headers identifies the client making the request (e.g., browser, application). In the logs: Requests from the Penetration Testing consultants (IP address 10.35.45.53) using Postman as the User-Agent resulted in a 403 Forbidden response, indicating access was denied. However, requests from the Company's Mobile App (User-Agent: "CompanyMobileApp") to the same API endpoint (/api/client_id=1) resulted in a 302 Found and subsequently a 200 OK response, indicating successful access and data retrieval. This discrepancy suggests that the API was intended to be accessed only from the company's mobile application (CompanyMobileApp), as indicated by the User-Agent field. The successful responses to requests with the correct User-Agent indicate that the API was configured to allow access based on this header. Therefore, b. User-agent spoofing is the most likely cause of the security control bypass, where the penetration testing consultants were able to download sensitive data by spoofing the User-Agent header to match that of the legitimate company mobile application. This allowed them to bypass IP restrictions or other security controls that might have been in place.

Answer 410

a. Lessons learned Here’s why: Lessons Learned: This phase involves a comprehensive review and analysis of the incident response exercise, focusing on what worked well, what didn't, and areas for improvement. It includes gathering feedback from participants, documenting observations, and identifying actionable insights to enhance the incident response process in the future. By conducting a lessons learned session, organizations can refine their incident response procedures, update policies, improve coordination among teams, and address any gaps or weaknesses identified during the exercise. Let's briefly discuss why the other options are less suitable in this context: Identification: While identification is a crucial step in incident response (specifically in understanding the nature and scope of an incident), it does not directly address the post-exercise review and improvement process. Simulation: Simulation refers to the act of creating a realistic scenario to test incident response capabilities. While simulations are valuable for training and testing readiness, they are part of the exercise itself rather than the post-exercise improvement phase. Containment: Containment is an immediate action taken during incident response to prevent further spread or damage caused by the incident. It focuses on stopping the incident from escalating rather than on post-exercise improvements. Therefore, a. Lessons learned is the process that would most likely help an organization after conducting an incident response exercise to improve performance, refine procedures, and identify challenges for future incident response readiness.

Answer 411

c. Corrective Here’s why: Corrective Controls: These controls are designed to mitigate or remediate vulnerabilities or incidents that have been identified. Patch management falls under this category because it involves the process of identifying, acquiring, testing, and applying patches (software updates) to systems and applications to correct vulnerabilities and ensure they are up-to-date and secure. Deterrent Controls: These controls are aimed at discouraging potential attackers and preventing incidents from occurring. Physical Controls: These controls include physical security measures such as locks, fences, and security guards. Detective Controls: These controls are focused on detecting incidents or anomalies that have already occurred or are ongoing. Therefore, c. Corrective is the correct classification for patch management, as it addresses the correction of vulnerabilities through timely application of patches to software and systems.

Answer 412

b. Brute-force Here’s why: Brute-force Attack: In a brute-force attack, an attacker systematically tries all possible combinations of passwords or PINs until the correct one is found. In this case, the attacker is attempting to log in as the admin user by sequentially trying different PINs (0000, 0001, 0002, etc.) through repeated GET requests to the /login endpoint with different PIN values. Web Server Logs: The logs show multiple sequential requests with different PIN values (pin=0000, pin=0001, pin=0002, etc.) for the admin user. Each request results in a 200 OK response, indicating that the server is accepting these requests and responding with the login page. Other Options: Dictionary Attack: In a dictionary attack, the attacker uses a predefined list of common passwords or phrases, which is not evident from the logs as each PIN is sequentially attempted. Rainbow Table Attack: Rainbow tables are precomputed tables used for reversing cryptographic hash functions to crack passwords, which is not indicated by the direct sequential attempts in the logs. Spraying Attack: Password spraying involves trying a small number of commonly used passwords against many accounts, rather than trying many passwords against a single account. Therefore, based on the evidence provided in the logs, the attack is best described as a brute-force attack, where the attacker is systematically attempting different PINs to gain unauthorized access to the admin account of the web application.

Answer 413

b. Reputation damage Here’s why: Reputation Damage: Exposing customers' personal data can severely damage the company's reputation. Customers may lose trust in the company's ability to protect their sensitive information, leading to negative publicity, social media backlash, and a decline in customer confidence. This can impact customer retention and future customer acquisition efforts. While regulatory fines could also potentially apply depending on data protection laws violated and jurisdiction, and there might be some financial loss due to legal costs or compensation, reputation damage is typically the most immediate and significant consequence in such scenarios. It directly affects customer perception and trust in the company's brand. Therefore, b. Reputation damage is the best description of the consequence resulting from the data disclosure incident described.

Answer 414

a. Load balancing: Load balancing distributes incoming network traffic across multiple servers. This helps optimize resource utilization, maximize throughput, minimize response time, and ensure that no single server is overwhelmed. It improves fault tolerance by redirecting traffic away from servers that may be experiencing issues or high loads, thereby maintaining availability. d. RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks): RAID is a data storage virtualization technology that combines multiple physical disk drive components into one or more logical units for the purposes of data redundancy, performance improvement, or both. RAID levels like RAID 1 (mirroring) or RAID 5 (striping with parity) provide fault tolerance against disk failures, ensuring data availability even if one or more disks fail. Here’s why the other options are less suitable in this context: Incremental backups: While backups are important for data recovery, they do not directly address fault tolerance or availability during peak loads. UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) and Dual power supply: These address power availability and stability, which are important but do not directly improve fault tolerance or availability of point-of-sale systems under high consumer load. VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network): VLANs are used to logically segment a network, improving security and management, but they do not directly improve fault tolerance or availability of servers during peak loads. Therefore, a. Load balancing and d. RAID are the best options to accomplish the objective of improving server-data fault tolerance and site availability under high consumer load for the organization.

Answer 415

d. Packet capture Packet capture (option d) involves capturing and analyzing network traffic, which can help detect unauthorized activities such as data theft over port 80. Port 80 is commonly used for HTTP traffic, and by capturing packets, one can inspect the data being transmitted to identify suspicious patterns or anomalies indicative of a hacker stealing company data.

Answer 416

c. Screen lock timer Reasoning: Immediate Protection: A screen lock timer will ensure that the phone automatically locks itself after a short period of inactivity, reducing the window of opportunity for an unauthorized person to access the device. Complement Existing Controls: While biometrics, context-aware authentication, and full device encryption are excellent security measures, they rely on the device being locked to be effective. A screen lock timer ensures these controls are in play by locking the device when it's not in use. User-Friendly: This control can be implemented without significant inconvenience to users, making it a practical first step in enhancing security. Prevents Unauthorized Access: By locking the screen quickly when the phone is not actively used, it reduces the risk of someone picking up an unattended phone and gaining immediate access to corporate data. While options like remote wipe (b) and GPS tagging (a) are useful for other security scenarios, they are more reactive measures rather than preventive. SEAndroid (d) provides a secure environment but won't prevent access if the device is already unlocked. Therefore, implementing a screen lock timer is the most effective immediate step.

Answer 417

b. Load current baselines into the existing vulnerability scanner Loading current baselines into the existing vulnerability scanner (option b) is the best solution for quickly assessing how effectively the IT team has hardened new laptops. Here's why: Automated Assessment: Vulnerability scanners can quickly and automatically check the configuration of the laptops against the loaded baselines, providing a comprehensive and efficient assessment. Consistency: Using a baseline ensures that all laptops are evaluated against the same standards, providing consistent results. Speed: Automated scans are much faster than manual reviews, allowing for rapid assessment and identification of any deviations from the desired security posture. Now, let's examine the potential shortcomings of the other options: a. Install a SIEM tool and properly configure it to read the OS configuration files: Explanation: SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) tools aggregate and analyze security data from various sources to detect and respond to threats. Potential Shortcomings: While SIEM tools are powerful for monitoring and detecting security incidents, they are not specifically designed for assessing hardening configurations. Properly configuring a SIEM tool to read OS configuration files can be complex and time-consuming, making it less suitable for a quick assessment. c. Maintain a risk register with each security control marked as compliant or non-compliant: Explanation: A risk register is a document used to identify and assess risks, and track the status of security controls. Potential Shortcomings: Maintaining a risk register involves manual updates and does not provide an automated or rapid assessment of the current state of the laptops. It is more useful for ongoing risk management rather than immediate hardening assessments. d. Manually review the secure configuration guide checklists: Explanation: Manually reviewing checklists involves going through secure configuration guides to verify that each hardening step has been implemented. Potential Shortcomings: Manual reviews are time-consuming and prone to human error. They are not efficient for quickly assessing multiple laptops and may miss some configuration details. Therefore, option b (loading current baselines into the existing vulnerability scanner) is the most effective and efficient solution for quickly assessing the hardening of new laptops.

Answer 418

d. Modify the exception list on the DLP to allow the upload Modifying the exception list on the Data Loss Prevention (DLP) system to allow the upload (option d) is the appropriate step to take in this scenario. Here's why: Context-Specific Exception: DLP systems are designed to prevent sensitive information, such as Personally Identifiable Information (PII), from being transmitted inappropriately. In this case, the upload is a legitimate request from the corporate finance department, so making an exception for this specific context ensures that the necessary document can be uploaded while maintaining overall security. Granular Control: By modifying the exception list, the security analyst can allow the specific document or a specific type of document to be uploaded without broadly weakening security controls. Minimal Disruption: This approach addresses the immediate issue without making broader changes to network or security configurations that could have unintended consequences. Now, let's examine the potential shortcomings of the other options: a. Create a URL filter with an exception for the destination website: Explanation: A URL filter exception would allow access to a specific website. Potential Shortcomings: This does not address the underlying issue of the DLP system blocking the upload due to the presence of PII in the document. It might allow access to the website but would not permit the upload if the DLP is still in place. b. Add a firewall rule to the outbound proxy to allow file uploads: Explanation: A firewall rule could be added to allow file uploads to a specific destination. Potential Shortcomings: This might bypass some security controls but does not specifically address the DLP system's detection of PII. It could also open broader security risks by allowing other uploads that should be blocked. c. Issue a new device certificate to the user's workstation: Explanation: Issuing a new device certificate might be used for authentication or encryption purposes. Potential Shortcomings: This does not directly address the issue of the DLP system blocking the upload. Changing the device certificate is unlikely to resolve the problem of PII detection and would not affect the DLP policy. Therefore, the best approach to resolve the issue while maintaining security controls is to modify the exception list on the DLP system to allow the upload of the specific tax document requested by the corporate finance department.

Answer 419

(Community : B 100%) Key exchange is a concept in cryptography that involves the secure exchange of cryptographic keys between two parties to establish a secure communication channel. This process involves using a secure algorithm to exchange keys without exposing them to eavesdropping or interception. ChatGPT : b. Key exchange Key exchange (option b) is a fundamental concept in establishing a secure communication channel. It involves securely exchanging cryptographic keys between parties, allowing them to encrypt and decrypt messages. Here's why key exchange is essential in this context: Secure Communication: Key exchange ensures that both parties have the necessary keys to encrypt and decrypt communications, thereby maintaining confidentiality and integrity. Foundation for Encryption: Effective encryption relies on secure key exchange mechanisms, such as Diffie-Hellman or RSA, to securely share keys over an insecure channel. Let's review the potential shortcomings of the other options: a. Digital signatures: Explanation: Digital signatures provide a way to verify the authenticity and integrity of a message, ensuring that it has not been tampered with and that it was sent by a verified sender. Potential Shortcomings: While digital signatures are important for verifying authenticity and integrity, they do not establish the encryption keys necessary for secure communication. c. Salting: Explanation: Salting involves adding random data to inputs of hash functions, primarily used to securely store passwords and prevent dictionary attacks. Potential Shortcomings: Salting is not relevant to establishing secure communication channels, as it is primarily used for enhancing the security of stored passwords. d. PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol): Explanation: PPTP is a method for implementing virtual private networks (VPNs). Potential Shortcomings: While PPTP can create secure communication channels, it is considered outdated and has known vulnerabilities. More secure alternatives, such as OpenVPN or IPsec, are preferred for establishing secure connections. Therefore, key exchange (option b) is the most appropriate concept to help the analyst establish a secure communication channel between Company A and Company B.

Answer 420

a. Dump file Reviewing the dump file (option a) should be the first step for the analyst in this scenario. Here's why: Detailed Information: A dump file, often created when a system crashes, contains detailed information about the state of the system at the time of the crash. It includes memory contents, running processes, and other relevant data that can help identify the cause of the error and the nature of the malware. Crash Analysis: Since the computer displayed an error screen and then shut down, the dump file is likely to contain critical information about what happened immediately before and during the crash, which is essential for diagnosing the issue. Let's review the potential shortcomings of the other options: b. System log: Explanation: The system log contains records of system events and messages, such as system startup and shutdown, service failures, and hardware changes. Potential Shortcomings: While the system log can provide useful information about general system events, it may not have the detailed state information necessary to diagnose the cause of a crash resulting from malware. c. Web application log: Explanation: Web application logs record events related to web applications, such as user access, errors, and application-specific activities. Potential Shortcomings: Web application logs are unlikely to contain relevant information about the system crash or the malware infection unless the malware specifically targeted a web application. d. Security log: Explanation: Security logs contain records of security-related events, such as login attempts, access control changes, and other security-related activities. Potential Shortcomings: While security logs are important for understanding unauthorized access and other security incidents, they may not provide the detailed crash-related information available in the dump file. Therefore, the dump file (option a) is the most appropriate choice for the analyst to review first to determine more information about the malware infection and subsequent system crash.

Answer 421

d. PGP PGP (Pretty Good Privacy) is the most appropriate choice for the security architect in this scenario. Here's why: Encryption: PGP provides strong encryption for email content, ensuring that sensitive data is protected when sent via email. No Additional Infrastructure Needed: PGP can be implemented without the need for additional infrastructure. It is software-based and can be integrated with existing email systems. End-to-End Security: PGP offers end-to-end encryption, meaning that the data is encrypted on the sender's device and remains encrypted until it is decrypted by the intended recipient. Let's review the potential shortcomings of the other options: a. POP (Post Office Protocol): Explanation: POP is a protocol used to retrieve email from a mail server. Potential Shortcomings: POP does not provide encryption for email content. It is primarily concerned with downloading emails from a server to a client and does not address the need for secure transmission of sensitive data. b. IPSec (Internet Protocol Security): Explanation: IPSec is a suite of protocols used to secure Internet Protocol (IP) communications by authenticating and encrypting each IP packet in a communication session. Potential Shortcomings: While IPSec provides robust security for network traffic, it requires configuration and infrastructure support, such as VPNs. It is not specifically designed for securing email content and may involve additional complexity and cost. c. IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol): Explanation: IMAP is a protocol used to retrieve email messages from a mail server. Potential Shortcomings: Like POP, IMAP does not provide encryption for email content. It is designed for accessing and managing emails on a mail server, not for securing the transmission of sensitive data. Therefore, PGP (option d) is the best choice for sending sensitive data via email without requiring additional infrastructure and while providing strong encryption to ensure data security.

Answer 422

c. Trojan A Trojan is the most likely type of malware installed on the laptop based on the findings. Here’s why: Excessive Traffic: Trojans often communicate with external sites to exfiltrate data or receive commands from a remote attacker. Unknown Processes: Trojans typically run unknown or unauthorized processes as part of their malicious activities. RDP Connections: Trojans can be used to establish remote access to compromised devices, allowing attackers to move laterally within the network. High Bandwidth Utilization: This could indicate data exfiltration or other malicious activities orchestrated by the Trojan. Let’s review the potential shortcomings of the other options: a. Worm: Explanation: A worm is a type of malware that replicates itself to spread to other devices, often consuming network resources. Potential Shortcomings: While worms can cause high bandwidth utilization, they typically do not focus on unauthorized RDP connections or exfiltrating data to external sites. b. Keylogger: Explanation: A keylogger records keystrokes to capture sensitive information like passwords. Potential Shortcomings: Keyloggers do not usually generate excessive traffic, run unknown processes, or make RDP connections. Their primary function is to capture and report keystrokes. d. Logic Bomb: Explanation: A logic bomb is a piece of code intentionally inserted into software that triggers a malicious function when certain conditions are met. Potential Shortcomings: Logic bombs are generally designed to execute specific malicious actions under predefined conditions. They do not typically account for continuous unauthorized activity like excessive traffic or RDP connections. Therefore, a Trojan (option c) is the most plausible explanation for the observed behaviors on the compromised laptop.

Answer 423

b. Time-based one-time password e. Hardware token Both time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) and hardware tokens are examples of possession factors used in multi-factor authentication (MFA). Here's why these options are appropriate: Time-based one-time password (TOTP): TOTP generates a unique, temporary code that users must provide, typically through an app on a mobile device. This code changes every few seconds and can only be accessed by someone who possesses the device where the app is installed. Hardware token: A hardware token is a physical device that generates or stores authentication codes. Users must have the physical token to authenticate, which serves as the possession factor. Now, let's review why the other options are not suitable for the possession factor: a. Passphrase: Explanation: A passphrase is a knowledge factor (something the user knows), not a possession factor. Suitability: Does not meet the requirement for a possession factor in MFA. c. Facial recognition: Explanation: Facial recognition is a biometric factor (something the user is), not a possession factor. Suitability: Does not meet the requirement for a possession factor in MFA. d. Retina scan: Explanation: A retina scan is also a biometric factor. Suitability: Does not meet the requirement for a possession factor in MFA. f. Fingerprints: Explanation: Fingerprints are another form of biometric authentication. Suitability: Does not meet the requirement for a possession factor in MFA. Therefore, the systems administrator should choose time-based one-time password (TOTP) and hardware token to enforce MFA relying on the possession factor for corporate email account access.

Answer 424

d. Bug bounty A bug bounty program is a technique that compensates researchers (often referred to as ethical hackers or security researchers) for finding and reporting vulnerabilities in a company's software, systems, or applications. Here’s why: Incentive for Discovery: Bug bounty programs offer monetary rewards or other forms of compensation to researchers who responsibly disclose security flaws. Crowdsourced Security: By engaging a wide community of researchers, companies can leverage diverse skill sets and perspectives to identify vulnerabilities that might be missed by internal teams. Responsible Disclosure: These programs encourage researchers to report vulnerabilities directly to the company, allowing them to address the issues before they can be exploited maliciously. Let's review the other options: a. Penetration testing: Explanation: Penetration testing involves hiring security professionals to simulate attacks on a system to identify vulnerabilities. Compensation Aspect: While penetration testers are compensated, it is usually for their services rather than specific vulnerabilities they find. This is typically a contracted service, not an open incentive program. b. Code review: Explanation: Code review is the process of systematically examining source code to find and fix vulnerabilities. Compensation Aspect: Code reviews are often conducted by internal teams or hired consultants as part of the development process, not through an open incentive program for vulnerability discovery. c. Wardriving: Explanation: Wardriving involves searching for Wi-Fi networks, often for the purpose of identifying unsecured networks. Compensation Aspect: Wardriving is not a technique that involves compensating researchers for finding vulnerabilities. It is typically associated with network reconnaissance rather than a structured, compensatory vulnerability discovery program. Therefore, bug bounty (option d) best describes a technique that compensates researchers for finding vulnerabilities.

Answer 425

b. Retina Retina scanning is considered one of the most accurate biometric authentication methods. Here's why: High Precision: Retina scans analyze the unique pattern of blood vessels in the retina, which is highly specific to each individual. Low False Acceptance Rate (FAR): Retina scanning has a very low rate of false positives, meaning it is highly reliable in correctly identifying individuals. Security: Since the retina is located inside the eye and not easily visible or replicable, it is less susceptible to spoofing or other forms of biometric fraud. Let's review the other options and their relative accuracy: a. Gait: Explanation: Gait analysis involves identifying individuals based on their walking pattern. Accuracy: While unique to individuals, gait can be influenced by various factors such as footwear, injuries, and changes in walking surface, making it less accurate compared to retina scanning. c. Signature: Explanation: Signature recognition involves analyzing the way a person signs their name. Accuracy: Signatures can vary significantly even for the same person due to factors like speed, mood, and pressure, leading to lower accuracy compared to retina scanning. d. Voice: Explanation: Voice recognition analyzes vocal characteristics to identify individuals. Accuracy: Voice can be affected by illness, background noise, and intentional alteration, making it less reliable than retina scanning. Therefore, retina scanning (option b) is the most accurate biometric authentication method among the options listed.

Answer 426

c. SLA (Service Level Agreement) An SLA (Service Level Agreement) is the best document to define the requirements and stipulate how and when the outsourced functions will be performed by the third party. Here's why: Service Commitments: An SLA details the specific services to be provided, the standards and performance metrics that must be met, and the responsibilities of both parties. Audit Burden: SLAs can include provisions for audit requirements, ensuring that the third party adheres to regulatory and compliance standards. Attestations: SLAs can stipulate how often and in what manner attestations are to be performed. Reporting: SLAs typically include schedules for regular reporting, such as monthly reports, to ensure transparency and accountability. Let's review the potential shortcomings of the other options: a. MOU (Memorandum of Understanding): Explanation: An MOU is a non-binding agreement that outlines the intentions and terms of a mutual understanding between parties. Shortcomings: MOUs are generally not as detailed or enforceable as SLAs and may lack specific performance metrics and audit requirements. b. AUP (Acceptable Use Policy): Explanation: An AUP defines acceptable and unacceptable use of company resources and services. Shortcomings: An AUP is not used to define service levels or audit requirements. It is focused on user behavior and compliance with internal policies. d. MSA (Master Service Agreement): Explanation: An MSA is a contract that outlines the overall terms and conditions governing the relationship between two parties over multiple projects or services. Shortcomings: While an MSA provides a broad framework, it usually does not include the detailed performance metrics, audit schedules, and reporting requirements that are typically found in an SLA. Therefore, the SLA (Service Level Agreement) is the most appropriate document to define the specific requirements and stipulate how and when the outsourced functions will be performed by the third party.

Answer 427

(Community : BEF 100%) The following are the three actions that should be taken to prevent a ransomware attack from happening again: B. Use the latest version of software: Using the latest version of software will help to patch any vulnerabilities that may exist in older versions of the software. E. Implement a screened subnet for the web server: A screened subnet, or demilitarized zone (DMZ), can be used to isolate the web-facing server from the internal network and to restrict inbound and outbound traffic. F. Install an endpoint security solution: An endpoint security solution can help to protect workstations from malware and ransomware attacks ChatGPT : b. Use the latest version of software e. Implement a screened subnet for the web server f. Install an endpoint security solution B. Use the latest version of software: The company should upgrade to the latest version of the third-party software that is used to manage the website. Older versions of software often have known vulnerabilities that can be exploited by attackers. Upgrading to the latest version can help ensure that the company is using software that has the latest security patches and fixes. E. Implement a screened subnet for the web server: The company should implement a screened subnet, also known as a DMZ (demilitarized zone), to separate the web-facing server from the internal network. This will provide an additional layer of security by limiting the potential attack surface and reducing the risk of lateral movement by attackers. F. Install an endpoint security solution: An endpoint security solution should be installed on all workstations to protect against malware and ransomware. This can include anti-virus software, host-based firewalls, and other endpoint security controls.

Answer 428

b. A packet capture tool was used to steal the password Telnet is an unencrypted protocol that sends data, including login credentials, in clear text over the network. This means that anyone with access to the network traffic can use a packet capture tool to intercept and read the login credentials. In this case, an attacker could have used a packet capture tool to steal the server administrator’s password and then used it to log in and install the malicious software on the server.

Answer 429

b. Data owner The data owner (option b) would most likely have direct access to the senior management team. Here's why: Responsibility for Data: The data owner is responsible for making decisions about how data is used, protected, and accessed within an organization. Accountability: They often have authority over data management policies and practices, which can include reporting directly to senior management on data-related issues. Strategic Decisions: Access to senior management is crucial for data owners to communicate data strategy, compliance issues, and risk management related to data assets. Let's briefly explain why the other options are less likely to have direct access to senior management: a. Data custodian: Explanation: Data custodians are responsible for the storage, maintenance, and protection of data assets according to the policies set by the data owner and senior management. Access to Senior Management: While data custodians play a critical role in data management, their responsibilities typically do not include direct interaction with senior management on strategic decisions related to data. c. Data protection officer: Explanation: A Data Protection Officer (DPO) ensures an organization complies with data protection regulations, handles data privacy issues, and acts as a point of contact for data subjects and regulatory authorities. Access to Senior Management: DPOs may interact with senior management on compliance matters and data protection strategies, but their focus is more on regulatory compliance rather than direct data management decisions. d. Data controller: Explanation: Data controllers determine the purposes and means of processing personal data within an organization. Access to Senior Management: Like data owners, data controllers may have interactions with senior management, particularly regarding data processing activities and compliance with data protection regulations. However, their scope of responsibility is more focused on specific data processing functions rather than overarching data strategy. Therefore, the data owner (option b) is the role most likely to have direct access to the senior management team due to their responsibility for making decisions about data management and strategy within the organization.

Answer 430

a. Communication plan A communication plan (option a) is designed to ensure stakeholders are kept informed about incidents and receive timely updates on status changes as they occur. Here’s why: Stakeholder Communication: A communication plan specifies how information about incidents, their impact, and recovery efforts will be communicated to stakeholders. Timely Updates: It outlines the methods, channels, and frequency of communication to ensure stakeholders receive accurate and timely updates. Coordination: The plan ensures coordination among internal teams, external parties, and stakeholders during incident response and recovery phases. Let's briefly explain why the other options are less likely to fulfill the specific requirement of keeping stakeholders informed about incidents and status updates: b. Disaster recovery plan: Explanation: A disaster recovery plan focuses on restoring IT systems and infrastructure after a disruptive event. While communication is a component of disaster recovery, its primary focus is on technical recovery rather than stakeholder communication. c. Business continuity plan: Explanation: A business continuity plan outlines procedures to ensure critical business functions continue during and after a disaster or disruption. It includes communication elements but is broader in scope than incident-specific communication to stakeholders. d. Risk plan: Explanation: A risk management plan identifies, assesses, and mitigates risks within an organization. While risk plans include communication strategies for risk-related information, they do not specifically address incident-specific communication to stakeholders. Therefore, a communication plan (option a) is specifically tailored to fulfill the requirement of keeping stakeholders aware of incidents and providing them with updates on status changes as they occur.

Answer 431

b. Something you are This scenario where an employee uses a fingerprint to unlock a mobile device is an example of "something you are" (option b) in terms of authentication factors. Here's why: Biometric Authentication: A fingerprint is a biometric characteristic unique to the individual user. Identification Factor: Biometrics, such as fingerprints, iris scans, or facial recognition, are classified as "something you are" because they identify individuals based on their physical characteristics. Authentication Factor: In multi-factor authentication (MFA), biometrics serve as a strong authentication factor, providing a high level of security based on the uniqueness and difficulty of replication of these physical traits. Let's briefly explain why the other options are not applicable in this context: a. Something you know: Explanation: This refers to authentication factors based on knowledge, such as passwords or PINs. Not Applicable: While the device may also require a PIN or password as an additional factor, the use of a fingerprint specifically falls under "something you are." c. Something you have: Explanation: This refers to authentication factors based on possession, such as smart cards, tokens, or mobile devices themselves. Not Applicable: While the mobile device itself is something the user has, the fingerprint used for unlocking the device is not considered as "something you have." d. Somewhere you are: Explanation: This refers to authentication factors based on location or context, such as GPS or IP geolocation. Not Applicable: The use of a fingerprint for device unlock does not relate to the user's physical location or environment. Therefore, using a fingerprint to unlock a mobile device is an example of "something you are" (option b) in the context of authentication factors.

Answer 432

c. Access control vestibules Access control vestibules (option c) can be used to prevent multiple people from using a unique card swipe and being admitted to a secure entrance. Here's how they work: Purpose: Access control vestibules, also known as mantraps or airlocks, are designed to control entry into secure areas. Operation: They consist of two sets of doors that cannot be opened simultaneously. An individual must use their access card to enter the first door, which then closes behind them before they can use the card again to open the second door. Preventing Tailgating: This design prevents unauthorized individuals from following someone through a door before it closes, ensuring that only one person can pass through per valid access card swipe. Let's briefly review why the other options are not suitable for preventing multiple people from using a single access card: a. Visitor logs: Explanation: Visitor logs track the entry and exit of individuals into a facility but do not prevent multiple people from entering simultaneously with one access card. b. Faraday cages: Explanation: Faraday cages are enclosures designed to block electromagnetic signals, often used to protect electronic equipment from electromagnetic interference (EMI) or to isolate sensitive information from external electromagnetic signals. They do not relate to preventing multiple people from using a single access card. d. Motion detection sensors: Explanation: Motion detection sensors are used to detect movement in specific areas but do not directly prevent multiple people from using a single access card to gain entry. Therefore, access control vestibules (option c) are specifically designed to prevent unauthorized multiple entries with a single access card and are an effective security control for this purpose.

Answer 433

a. NAC (Network Access Control) Network Access Control (NAC) (option a) would be the best technical control to implement to prevent unauthorized devices from accessing the internal network. Here's why: Purpose: NAC enforces security policies on devices seeking to access the network. It ensures that only authorized and compliant devices can connect to the network. Controlled Access: NAC can authenticate devices based on their identity, compliance status (such as up-to-date antivirus software), and user credentials before allowing access to the network. Segregation: It can segment devices into different network zones based on their compliance level, ensuring that unauthorized or non-compliant devices are restricted to isolated network segments. Let's briefly review why the other options are not the best choices for preventing unauthorized devices from accessing the network in this scenario: b. DLP (Data Loss Prevention): Explanation: DLP solutions focus on preventing unauthorized data exfiltration rather than controlling access to the network based on device compliance. Not Applicable: While DLP is important for protecting data, it does not address the issue of unauthorized devices connecting to the network. c. IDS (Intrusion Detection System): Explanation: IDS monitors network traffic for suspicious activity or known threats but does not directly prevent unauthorized devices from connecting to the network. Not Applicable: IDS is more reactive in nature and does not provide the proactive control over network access that NAC does. d. MFA (Multi-Factor Authentication): Explanation: MFA adds an additional layer of security by requiring multiple factors for user authentication, such as a password and a token or biometric verification. Not Applicable: While MFA is important for user authentication, it does not address the issue of unauthorized devices physically connecting to the network through Ethernet ports. Therefore, Network Access Control (NAC) (option a) is the most appropriate technical control to implement to prevent unauthorized devices from accessing the internal network via Ethernet ports in conference rooms.

Answer 434

b. SWG (Secure Web Gateway) A Secure Web Gateway (SWG) (option b) would be the best solution for the Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) to implement in order to protect against certain categories of websites whether the employee is in the office or away. Here's why: Web Filtering: SWGs are designed to enforce company policies on web usage by filtering and monitoring web access based on predefined categories (such as adult content, gambling, social media, etc.). Protection Anywhere: SWGs can apply these policies regardless of whether the employee is accessing the internet from the office network or remotely, such as from home or a public Wi-Fi hotspot. Security and Compliance: They provide protection against web-based threats, enforce compliance with corporate internet usage policies, and ensure consistent security across all network access points. Let's briefly review why the other options are less suitable for this specific requirement: a. WAF (Web Application Firewall): Explanation: WAFs protect web applications by filtering and monitoring HTTP traffic between a web application and the internet. Not Applicable: While WAFs are important for protecting web applications, they do not filter or control user access to websites based on categories. c. VPN (Virtual Private Network): Explanation: VPNs create encrypted tunnels for secure remote access to the corporate network, but they do not filter or control web browsing based on website categories. Not Applicable: VPNs provide secure access to internal resources but do not specifically address the filtering of website categories. d. HIDS (Host-based Intrusion Detection System): Explanation: HIDS monitor the internals of a computing system against malicious activities or policy violations. Not Applicable: HIDS focus on monitoring and detecting suspicious activities within a host system, not on controlling web access based on website categories. Therefore, a Secure Web Gateway (SWG) (option b) is the most suitable solution for implementing web filtering and enforcing policies against certain categories of websites regardless of the employee's location.

Answer 435

a. theHarvester The best application for a security analyst to use for gathering information through OSINT (Open Source Intelligence) to verify whether company data is available publicly is theHarvester (option a). Here's why: Purpose: theHarvester is specifically designed for gathering email addresses, subdomains, hosts, employee names, open ports, and banners from different public sources like search engines and PGP key servers. OSINT Focus: It is widely used for reconnaissance and information gathering during security assessments to identify what information about a company or its employees is publicly accessible. Output: theHarvester aggregates data from various sources into a structured format, facilitating further analysis and assessment of potential security risks related to exposed information. Let's briefly review why the other options are less suitable for this specific task: b. Cuckoo: Explanation: Cuckoo is a malware analysis sandbox platform used for analyzing suspicious files and URLs to detect malware behavior. Not Applicable: Cuckoo is not used for OSINT activities like gathering publicly available company data. c. Nmap: Explanation: Nmap is a network scanning tool used for discovering hosts and services on a computer network, auditing network security, and managing service upgrade schedules. Not Applicable: While Nmap can reveal information about network hosts and services, it is not specifically designed for gathering publicly available information about a company from external sources. d. Nessus: Explanation: Nessus is a vulnerability scanning tool used for identifying vulnerabilities, configuration issues, and malware on network devices, servers, and applications. Not Applicable: Nessus focuses on vulnerability assessment and does not perform OSINT tasks like gathering publicly available information about a company. Therefore, theHarvester (option a) is the most appropriate application for a security analyst to use when conducting OSINT to verify whether company data is publicly available.

Answer 436

a. MAC flooding The output from the show mac address-table command indicates that there are multiple MAC addresses associated with the same port (Fa0/1 in this case). This situation is indicative of a MAC flooding attack. Here's why: MAC Address Table: The MAC address table (CAM table) maps MAC addresses to corresponding switch ports. Normally, each MAC address should map to a unique port to avoid confusion in directing traffic. Duplicate MACs: Seeing multiple MAC addresses associated with the same port (Fa0/1) suggests that the switch is overwhelmed with MAC addresses, exceeding its capacity to manage MAC-to-port mappings efficiently. Attack Description: MAC flooding is a type of attack where an attacker floods the switch with a large number of fake MAC addresses. This can cause the switch to enter a state known as "failopen," where it begins to behave like a hub and broadcasts traffic to all ports, rather than just the intended destination port. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be the correct answer: b. Evil twin: Explanation: An evil twin attack involves setting up a rogue Wi-Fi access point to mimic a legitimate one, tricking users into connecting to it instead. This is not relevant to the scenario described with a network switch and MAC addresses. c. ARP poisoning: Explanation: ARP poisoning (or ARP spoofing) involves manipulating ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) messages to associate a different MAC address with an IP address. While ARP poisoning can lead to network issues, the symptoms described (multiple MAC addresses on the same switch port) are not characteristic of ARP poisoning. d. DHCP spoofing: Explanation: DHCP spoofing involves a malicious device impersonating a legitimate DHCP server to distribute incorrect IP addresses or other configuration information. This does not directly relate to the symptoms described with MAC addresses on a switch port. Therefore, based on the information provided, the most likely attack in progress is MAC flooding (option a), which is causing the speed and latency issues experienced by the LAN-connected devices.

Answer 437

a. Multipath Multipath (option a) is the best choice to achieve fault tolerance and load balancing for the connection from the file server to the backup storage. Here's why: Fault Tolerance: Multipath technology allows for redundant paths between devices, ensuring that if one path fails or experiences issues, traffic can automatically failover to another available path. This enhances fault tolerance by providing redundancy. Load Balancing: Multipath also supports load balancing by distributing data traffic across multiple paths. This optimizes performance and utilization of network resources, ensuring efficient use of available bandwidth. Application: In the context of connecting a file server to backup storage, multipath can ensure continuous access to data (fault tolerance) and distribute data transfer across multiple links (load balancing), improving overall reliability and performance of the backup process. Let's briefly review why the other options are less suitable for achieving fault tolerance and load balancing in this scenario: b. RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks): Explanation: RAID is used to combine multiple physical disk drives into a single logical unit to improve performance, data redundancy, or both. However, RAID operates at the disk level and does not provide fault tolerance or load balancing for network connections. c. Segmentation: Explanation: Segmentation typically refers to dividing a network into segments or subnets for organizational or security purposes. It does not provide fault tolerance or load balancing for network connections. d. 802.11: Explanation: 802.11 refers to the IEEE standard for wireless local area networks (Wi-Fi). It is not applicable to wired connections between a file server and backup storage, nor does it provide fault tolerance or load balancing for such connections. Therefore, Multipath (option a) is the most appropriate choice to achieve fault tolerance and load balancing for the connection from the file server to the backup storage, ensuring reliability and optimal performance of data transfers.

Answer 438

a. Containment Explanation: Identification: In this phase, the security team identifies that an incident has occurred based on the detected IoCs or other suspicious activities. Containment: Once the incident is identified, containment involves taking actions to prevent further damage or spread of the incident within the environment. This could include isolating affected systems, disabling compromised accounts, or blocking malicious traffic. Preparation: This phase involves preparing the incident response team, resources, and tools necessary to effectively respond to and mitigate the incident. Recovery: After containing the incident and mitigating its impact, recovery focuses on restoring affected systems and services to normal operations. Importance of IoCs and Chain of Custody: IoCs: These are crucial digital artifacts that provide evidence of malicious activities or compromises. Collecting and analyzing IoCs helps in understanding the scope and nature of the incident. Chain of Custody: Establishing a chain of custody ensures that all evidence collected during the incident response process is properly documented and preserved. This documentation is essential for maintaining the integrity and admissibility of evidence in legal proceedings or internal investigations. Therefore, collecting IoCs and establishing a chain of custody typically occurs during the Identification phase, as these actions are essential for guiding subsequent containment efforts and ensuring the integrity of evidence throughout the incident response process.

Answer 439

b. MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) measures the average time that equipment will operate before it breaks. Here’s a brief explanation of MTBF and why it fits the description: MTBF: It is a reliability metric that quantifies the expected lifetime of a device or equipment by calculating the average time it is expected to function before experiencing a failure. Usage: MTBF is commonly used in various industries to assess the reliability and durability of hardware components, systems, or entire products. Calculation: MTBF is typically calculated as the total operational time divided by the number of failures observed within that time period, providing an average estimation of reliability. Let's briefly review why the other options are not correct: a. SLE (Single Loss Expectancy): Explanation: SLE estimates the cost or impact of a single security incident or loss. Not Applicable: SLE is used in risk assessment and management contexts, not to measure equipment operational reliability. c. RTO (Recovery Time Objective): Explanation: RTO defines the maximum acceptable downtime for restoring a system, service, or application after an incident or disaster. Not Applicable: RTO is a measure of how quickly a system needs to be recovered after a failure, not the average operational time before failure. d. ARO (Annualized Rate of Occurrence): Explanation: ARO estimates the frequency or likelihood of a specific type of incident occurring within a given time frame, typically annually. Not Applicable: ARO quantifies the probability of occurrence of incidents, such as security breaches or natural disasters, and is not related to measuring equipment operational time before failure. Therefore, b. MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) is the measure that specifically quantifies the average time that equipment will operate before it breaks down.

Answer 440

b. MAC flooding on Fa0/2 port Based on the ARP table output, it appears that there are multiple MAC addresses associated with port Fa0/2, which suggests that MAC flooding may be occurring on this port. Therefore, the correct answer is B. MAC flooding on Fa0/2 port. ARP poisoning is a type of attack where the attacker sends fake ARP messages to associate their own MAC address with the IP address of another device on the network. However, there is no evidence of this type of attack in the ARP table output provided. DDoS and DNS poisoning attacks are not related to the information provided in the ARP table output, so options A and D are incorrect.

Answer 441

(Community C 88%) c. Disaster recovery plan The document that specifies what to do in the event of catastrophic loss of a physical or virtual system is the Disaster Recovery Plan (DRP). Here's a brief explanation of why DRP is the correct answer: Disaster Recovery Plan: A DRP outlines the procedures and processes to recover and restore IT infrastructure, systems, and data after a catastrophic event such as a natural disaster, cyberattack, or hardware failure. Focus: The primary focus of a DRP is on ensuring business continuity and minimizing downtime by defining recovery strategies, roles and responsibilities, backup and recovery procedures, and the sequence of steps to be followed during and after a disaster. Scope: A DRP covers various scenarios including data loss, infrastructure damage, and system outages, providing a structured approach to restore operations quickly and effectively. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Data retention plan: Explanation: A data retention plan specifies policies and procedures for retaining and disposing of data based on regulatory requirements and business needs. Not Applicable: While important for managing data lifecycle, a data retention plan does not specifically address catastrophic loss or disaster recovery. b. Incident response plan: Explanation: An incident response plan outlines steps to detect, respond to, and recover from cybersecurity incidents or breaches. Not Applicable: While related to handling incidents, it focuses more on cybersecurity events rather than comprehensive recovery from catastrophic system loss. d. Communication plan: Explanation: A communication plan defines how information is shared internally and externally during and after a crisis or incident. Not Applicable: While critical for managing communication during disasters, it does not specifically address the technical recovery aspects of systems and data after catastrophic loss. Therefore, the document that specifically addresses what to do in the event of catastrophic loss of a physical or virtual system is the Disaster Recovery Plan (c).

Answer 442

b. Data owner The role responsible for defining the protection type and classification type for a given set of files is the Data owner. Here's why: Data Owner: The data owner is typically a business or functional manager who has the responsibility and authority to determine the classification and protection requirements for specific sets of data or files. Responsibilities: Among the responsibilities of a data owner are defining the sensitivity level (classification) of data based on its importance and regulatory requirements, and specifying the appropriate security controls and protections needed to safeguard that data. Influence: Data owners work closely with security professionals and other stakeholders to ensure that data handling practices align with organizational policies and legal requirements. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. General counsel: Explanation: General counsel typically provides legal advice and guidance on legal matters, including data protection and compliance. Not Applicable: While general counsel may advise on data protection policies, they typically do not directly define the protection type and classification for specific sets of files. c. Risk manager: Explanation: Risk managers assess and mitigate risks within an organization, including risks related to data security and compliance. Not Applicable: Risk managers focus on overall risk management strategies and may provide input on data classification and protection, but they do not define these specifics for individual files. d. Chief Information Officer (CIO): Explanation: The CIO oversees the organization's information technology strategy and operations. Not Applicable: While the CIO plays a role in setting IT policies and strategies, defining the protection type and classification type for specific files is typically the responsibility of data owners who are closer to the specific data and its business context. Therefore, b. Data owner is the role responsible for defining the protection type and classification type for a given set of files within an organization.

Answer 443

b. a password phone call -> something you have push notif -> something you have SMS mess -> something you have auth app -> something you have password -> something you know

Answer 444

a. Devices with cellular communication capabilities bypass traditional network security controls Here's the reasoning: ICS Devices: Industrial Control Systems (ICS) devices are critical to industrial operations and are increasingly integrated into corporate networks. Cellular Communication: Newer ICS devices often come equipped with cellular communication capabilities to facilitate remote monitoring and management. Security Implication: Cellular communication allows these devices to bypass traditional network security controls such as firewalls and intrusion detection systems (IDS). This creates potential security vulnerabilities as these devices may not be as tightly controlled or monitored as devices directly connected to corporate networks. Risk: Cellular connections may expose ICS devices to attacks or unauthorized access from external networks, increasing the risk of compromise and potential impact on industrial operations. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: b. Many devices do not support elliptic-curve encryption algorithms due to the overhead they require: Explanation: While encryption algorithm support is important for security, it is not specifically tied to the integration of newer ICS devices into corporate networks. c. These devices often lack privacy controls and do not meet newer compliance regulations: Explanation: Compliance and privacy controls are important considerations, but they are not directly tied to the security implications of cellular communication capabilities in ICS devices. d. Unauthorized voice and audio recording can cause loss of intellectual property: Explanation: Unauthorized voice and audio recording is a specific security concern but is not directly related to the integration of ICS devices with cellular communication capabilities. Therefore, a. Devices with cellular communication capabilities bypass traditional network security controls is the security implication commonly associated with newer ICS devices becoming more common in corporations.

Answer 445

c. TLS inspection To effectively inspect HTTPS traffic using an Intrusion Detection System (IDS) and a Web Application Firewall (WAF), TLS inspection is required. Here's why TLS inspection (also known as SSL inspection or HTTPS inspection) is necessary: HTTPS Encryption: HTTPS encrypts traffic between clients and servers using Transport Layer Security (TLS) or its predecessor, Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). This encryption prevents visibility into the actual content of the traffic by intermediaries, including security devices like IDS and WAF. TLS Inspection: TLS inspection involves decrypting and inspecting the contents of HTTPS traffic. This allows security devices such as IDS and WAF to analyze the decrypted traffic for potential threats, attacks, or policy violations. Effectiveness: Without TLS inspection, IDS and WAF can only inspect the metadata (such as IP addresses, ports, and header information) of HTTPS packets, but not the actual payload contents, which limits their effectiveness in detecting and blocking sophisticated attacks embedded within encrypted traffic. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Hashing: Explanation: Hashing is a cryptographic technique used for data integrity and authenticity, but it does not provide the ability to inspect or decrypt HTTPS traffic for security analysis. b. DNS sinkhole: Explanation: DNS sinkholing is a technique used to redirect malicious domain names to a benign IP address, primarily for blocking malicious content. It is not directly related to inspecting or decrypting HTTPS traffic. d. Data masking: Explanation: Data masking is used to obfuscate or hide sensitive data, typically for privacy or compliance purposes. It does not involve decrypting or inspecting HTTPS traffic for security analysis. Therefore, c. TLS inspection is necessary for IDS and WAF to effectively analyze and protect against threats within HTTPS traffic by decrypting and inspecting the encrypted payload.

Answer 446

b. SLA (Service Level Agreement) The company policy requiring third-party suppliers to self-report data breaches within a specific time frame aligns with the concept of a Service Level Agreement (SLA). Here's why: Service Level Agreement (SLA): An SLA is a contract between a service provider (in this case, third-party suppliers) and their customer (the company). It defines the level of service expected from the supplier, including performance metrics, responsibilities, and guarantees. Compliance: SLAs often include clauses related to security, data protection, and incident response. Requiring suppliers to self-report data breaches within a specific time frame is a measure to ensure compliance with agreed-upon security and incident response protocols outlined in the SLA. Risk Management: Third-party risk management involves assessing, monitoring, and mitigating risks associated with outsourcing services to suppliers. A well-defined SLA helps manage these risks by setting expectations and responsibilities related to data security incidents. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. MOU (Memorandum of Understanding): Explanation: An MOU is a non-binding agreement that outlines the terms and details of a partnership or agreement between parties. It typically does not include specific contractual obligations related to incident reporting. c. EOL (End of Life): Explanation: EOL refers to the end of a product's or service's life cycle, indicating it is no longer supported or maintained. It is not directly related to third-party risk management or incident reporting requirements. d. NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement): Explanation: An NDA is a legal contract that establishes confidentiality obligations between parties, preventing the disclosure of confidential information. While important for protecting sensitive information, it does not specify incident reporting requirements. Therefore, the company's policy of requiring third-party suppliers to self-report data breaches within a specific time frame is most closely aligned with b. SLA (Service Level Agreement), which sets forth the contractual obligations and expectations related to incident reporting and data security.

Answer 447

c. Configuring a service account to run the processes Here's why configuring a service account is the best solution: Service Account: A service account is specifically designed for running automated processes and services within an IT environment. Unlike regular user accounts, service accounts are typically configured with non-expiring passwords and are exempt from password complexity requirements. Security Best Practice: It's a best practice to use dedicated service accounts for automated processes to ensure continuity and security. These accounts are configured with appropriate permissions and settings for the specific tasks they perform. Mitigation: By configuring a service account, you ensure that automated processes continue to run smoothly without being affected by password complexity requirements or other user account policies. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Using an administrator account to run the processes and disabling the account when it is not in use: Explanation: Using an administrator account for automated processes can introduce security risks due to elevated privileges. Additionally, disabling and enabling accounts manually is not practical for automated processes. b. Implementing a shared account the team can use to run automated processes: Explanation: Shared accounts are generally discouraged for security reasons, as they make it difficult to trace activities to specific individuals or processes. They also do not address the issue of password complexity requirements for automated processes. d. Removing the password complexity requirements for the user account: Explanation: Removing password complexity requirements compromises security best practices and exposes the account to potential vulnerabilities. It's important to maintain strong password policies across all accounts for security reasons. Therefore, c. Configuring a service account to run the processes is the best solution to securely prevent future issues with automated processes on the mission-critical server.

Answer 448

c. OWASP The OWASP (Open Web Application Security Project) framework is specifically focused on web application security testing and provides guidelines and resources for testing various vulnerabilities such as SQL injection, CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery), and XML injection. Here's why OWASP is the appropriate framework for the security analyst: OWASP: OWASP is a community-driven organization that provides freely available articles, methodologies, documentation, tools, and technologies in the field of web application security. It maintains a widely recognized list of the top web application security risks, including vulnerabilities like SQL injection, CSRF, and XML injection. Assessment Focus: When assessing a new web application, security analysts often refer to OWASP's resources to understand common vulnerabilities and how to test for them effectively. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. ISO (International Organization for Standardization): Explanation: ISO standards cover a broad range of topics, including security standards, but they are not specifically focused on web application security testing methodologies like OWASP. b. MITRE ATT&CK: Explanation: MITRE ATT&CK (Adversarial Tactics, Techniques, and Common Knowledge) is a framework focused on understanding and categorizing adversary behaviors in cybersecurity. It does not specifically address web application vulnerabilities or testing methodologies. d. NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology): Explanation: NIST provides cybersecurity and information security standards and guidelines, but like ISO, it does not specifically focus on web application security testing methodologies as OWASP does. Therefore, c. OWASP is the framework that the security analyst should consider when assessing the new web application for vulnerabilities like SQL injection, CSRF, and XML injection.

Answer 449

Braindump : d. Evil twin The user is most likely experiencing an Evil Twin attack. In this type of attack, an attacker creates a fake access point with the same name as the legitimate access point to which the user is trying to connect. The attacker can then intercept and eavesdrop on the user's network traffic, potentially stealing sensitive information. The user's laptop may be disconnecting and reconnecting to the fake access point, causing the inability to access shared folders or other network resources.

Answer 450

b. Lessons learned After identifying the root cause of a security incident, the next step to help avoid future incidents from occurring is typically to conduct lessons learned. Here's why: Lessons Learned: Lessons learned involve analyzing the incident, understanding what went wrong, identifying gaps or weaknesses in existing security measures or practices, and deriving actionable insights. This process helps organizations improve their security posture by implementing corrective actions, updating policies or procedures, enhancing training, or making technological improvements. Purpose: The primary goal of lessons learned is to turn the incident into a learning opportunity. It enables organizations to strengthen their defenses against similar incidents in the future by addressing root causes and improving incident response processes. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Walk-throughs: Explanation: Walk-throughs typically refer to rehearsals or simulations of incident response plans. While useful for preparedness and training, they are not specifically focused on addressing root causes identified after an incident. c. Attack framework alignment: Explanation: Attack framework alignment involves mapping incident details to known attack frameworks (such as MITRE ATT&CK) to understand the tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTPs) used by attackers. While this can provide valuable insights, it is more focused on understanding the incident rather than preventing future incidents directly. d. Containment: Explanation: Containment refers to the immediate actions taken during the incident response process to limit the impact and scope of the incident. Once containment is achieved and the root cause is identified, the focus shifts to implementing lessons learned and preventing future incidents. Therefore, b. Lessons learned is the procedure typically performed after identifying the root cause of a security incident to help avoid future incidents from occurring by improving overall security practices and defenses.

Answer 451

c. Jump server A jump server (also known as a bastion host) is the best option among the choices provided to allow users to access legacy devices without compromising the security of the entire network. Here’s why: Jump Server: A jump server is a hardened system that acts as an intermediary or gateway through which users can access specific devices or segments of a network. It is typically configured with stringent security controls, such as multi-factor authentication (MFA), strong password policies, and access logging. Benefits: By using a jump server, users can securely connect to the segment containing legacy devices without directly exposing those devices to the broader network. This setup adds an additional layer of security because access to the legacy devices is controlled and monitored through a single entry point (the jump server). Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. NIDS (Network Intrusion Detection System): Explanation: A NIDS monitors network traffic for suspicious activity or known threats. While important for detecting threats, it does not specifically address how to securely access legacy devices without compromising the network. b. MAC filtering: Explanation: MAC filtering restricts network access based on the MAC addresses of devices. However, MAC addresses can be spoofed, and this method does not provide sufficient security controls or isolation for accessing legacy devices. d. IPSec (Internet Protocol Security): Explanation: IPSec provides secure communication over IP networks by encrypting and authenticating IP packets. While it enhances security for data in transit, it does not specifically address secure access to legacy devices or segmenting network access. e. NAT gateway (Network Address Translation gateway): Explanation: A NAT gateway translates private IP addresses to public IP addresses and vice versa, providing a form of network address translation. It does not provide the necessary isolation and access control mechanisms required for securely accessing legacy devices. Therefore, c. Jump server is the most appropriate solution for allowing users to access legacy devices while mitigating the security risks associated with integrating them into a single network segment.

Answer 452

d. Threat feeds Threat feeds would be used by a security analyst to determine if other companies in the same sector have seen similar malicious activity against their systems. Here's why: Threat Feeds: Threat feeds provide up-to-date information about known threats, attack patterns, and malicious activities observed globally or within specific sectors. Security analysts use threat feeds to gather intelligence on emerging threats and to understand if similar incidents have been reported by other organizations in the same sector. Purpose: By monitoring threat feeds, analysts can gain insights into the tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTPs) used by threat actors targeting similar industries. This information helps organizations proactively defend against potential attacks by implementing appropriate security measures and defenses. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Vulnerability Scanner: Explanation: A vulnerability scanner is used to identify weaknesses in systems, applications, or networks by scanning for known vulnerabilities. It does not provide information about malicious activities observed by other companies in the sector. b. Open-source Intelligence (OSINT): Explanation: OSINT involves gathering information from publicly available sources to understand potential threats and vulnerabilities. While useful for broad intelligence gathering, it may not specifically provide information about sector-specific malicious activities. c. Packet Capture: Explanation: Packet capture involves capturing and analyzing network traffic to understand communication patterns and detect anomalies. It is useful for network troubleshooting and forensics but does not provide sector-wide intelligence on malicious activities. Therefore, d. Threat feeds is the most appropriate tool for a security analyst to use when determining if other companies in the same sector have experienced similar malicious activity against their systems. (Braindump : b. Open-source intelligence)

Answer 453

c. Tabletop A tabletop exercise is a type of disaster recovery plan exercise that requires the least interruption to IT operations. Here's why: Tabletop Exercise: In a tabletop exercise, participants gather together in a conference room or virtual setting to discuss and simulate a hypothetical disaster scenario. They walk through the steps they would take, discuss roles and responsibilities, and evaluate the effectiveness of their disaster recovery plan (DRP) without actually executing any IT operations. Minimal Interruption: Unlike other types of exercises, such as full-scale exercises or simulations, a tabletop exercise does not involve live IT systems or actual disruption of IT operations. It focuses more on testing and refining the disaster recovery procedures, communication protocols, and decision-making processes among key stakeholders. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Parallel Exercise: Explanation: In a parallel exercise, a duplicate IT environment is set up and run simultaneously with the production environment to test the effectiveness of the DRP. This can potentially impact IT operations due to the resources required to maintain the parallel environment. b. Full-scale Exercise: Explanation: A full-scale exercise involves testing the entire disaster recovery plan in a real-world scenario, often with actual execution of IT operations in a controlled environment. This type of exercise can cause significant interruption to IT operations. d. Simulation: Explanation: A simulation involves creating a scenario that closely mimics a real disaster to test the response capabilities of the organization. While it may not involve actual IT operations, it often requires extensive planning and coordination, potentially interrupting normal business activities. Therefore, c. Tabletop is the type of disaster recovery plan exercise that requires the least interruption to IT operations, making it valuable for training and assessing preparedness without impacting day-to-day business activities.

Answer 454

b. Cold site A cold site is the most cost-effective disaster recovery site to operate among the options provided. Here’s why: Cold Site: A cold site is a facility that provides only the basic infrastructure (such as power and HVAC systems) for IT operations. It does not have active computer systems or pre-installed software. In the event of a disaster, organizations need to install and configure their equipment and software, which can take time but is less costly than maintaining active systems. Cost Consideration: Cold sites are less expensive because they do not require the ongoing maintenance, power consumption, and licensing fees associated with active IT systems (as seen in hot and warm sites). Organizations save on operational costs by paying for the infrastructure only when it is needed during a disaster recovery event. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Warm Site: Explanation: A warm site is a facility that has some pre-installed IT equipment, such as servers and network connections. However, it may lack current data or configurations. Warm sites are more expensive than cold sites because they require ongoing maintenance and operational readiness to quickly deploy IT systems during a disaster. c. Hot Site: Explanation: A hot site is a fully operational facility with active IT systems, real-time data replication, and all necessary infrastructure. Hot sites are the most expensive option because they require continuous operational expenses, including power, cooling, staffing, and licensing fees. d. Hybrid Site: Explanation: A hybrid site combines elements of different types of disaster recovery sites, such as integrating cloud-based services with on-premises infrastructure. Hybrid sites are typically tailored to specific organizational needs and may vary widely in cost depending on the configuration. Therefore, b. Cold site is considered the most cost-effective disaster recovery site to operate due to its minimal ongoing operational costs and infrastructure maintenance requirements until it is needed for disaster recovery purposes.

Answer 455

c. Cuckoo Cuckoo is a suitable solution for the security operations center (SOC) to implement in this scenario. Here's why: Cuckoo: Cuckoo Sandbox is an open-source automated malware analysis system. It allows files to be executed in a controlled environment to observe their behavior and interactions with the operating system. Cuckoo analyzes files and provides detailed reports on their activities, helping SOC analysts identify potential malicious behavior based on known threats and behavioral patterns. Functionality: With Cuckoo, SOC teams can submit files for analysis, monitor their execution in a sandboxed environment, and receive comprehensive reports that detail the files' activities, network communications, and any potential indicators of compromise (IOCs). Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. theHarvester: Explanation: theHarvester is a tool used for gathering email addresses, user names, and other information from publicly available sources. It is not designed for executing files and analyzing their behavior for malicious activity. b. Nessus: Explanation: Nessus is a vulnerability scanner that identifies vulnerabilities in systems and networks by scanning for known security issues. It does not execute files or analyze their behavior against known threats. d. Sn1per: Explanation: Sn1per is a penetration testing tool used for scanning and testing network security. It focuses on finding vulnerabilities and performing security assessments, rather than executing and analyzing files for malicious activity. Therefore, c. Cuckoo is the appropriate solution for the SOC to implement when they need to execute files to test for malicious activity and receive detailed reports on the files' behavior against known threats.

Answer 456

a. Provisioning Provisioning is the concept the security administrator should utilize to ensure all cloud servers have software preinstalled for facilitating vulnerability scanning and continuous monitoring. Here's why: Provisioning: In the context of IT and cloud computing, provisioning refers to the process of setting up and preparing IT resources, such as servers, networks, or software applications, to be ready for use. It involves installing necessary software, configuring settings, and ensuring that all components are operational and accessible. Role in Security: For security purposes, provisioning ensures that security tools, such as vulnerability scanning software and continuous monitoring agents, are installed and configured on cloud servers before they are put into production. This proactive approach helps to maintain security posture by continuously monitoring and scanning for vulnerabilities and threats. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: b. Staging: Explanation: Staging involves preparing and testing IT systems or applications in a controlled environment before they are deployed into production. It focuses more on testing functionality and performance rather than ensuring security tools are preinstalled. c. Staging (duplicate option): d. Quality assurance: Explanation: Quality assurance (QA) involves processes and activities that ensure products or services meet specified requirements and quality standards. While important for overall system integrity, QA does not specifically address the preinstallation of security tools for vulnerability scanning and continuous monitoring. Therefore, a. Provisioning is the correct concept for the security administrator to use when ensuring that all cloud servers have software preinstalled for facilitating vulnerability scanning and continuous monitoring.

Answer 457

c. NIC teaming NIC (Network Interface Card) teaming, also known as NIC bonding or link aggregation, is the solution the network architect should implement on the server to ensure network availability even if one of the network switches it is connected to goes down. Here's why: NIC Teaming: NIC teaming combines multiple network interfaces into a single logical interface. By configuring NIC teaming on the server, it can maintain network connectivity even if one of the physical switches fails. The server can continue to communicate through the other NICs that are still connected to operational switches, thereby ensuring network availability and redundancy. Fault Tolerance: NIC teaming provides fault tolerance by enabling failover mechanisms. If one NIC or switch fails, traffic can automatically fail over to the remaining NICs that are still functional, minimizing downtime and maintaining network connectivity. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks): Explanation: RAID is a storage technology that combines multiple physical disks into a single logical unit for data redundancy and performance improvement. While RAID enhances data availability and fault tolerance for storage, it does not directly address network availability or switch failures. b. UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply): Explanation: A UPS provides backup power to devices during power outages, ensuring they remain operational. It protects against power-related interruptions but does not directly address network switch failures. d. Load Balancing: Explanation: Load balancing distributes incoming network traffic across multiple servers or network paths to optimize resource utilization, maximize throughput, and minimize response time. It does not inherently provide redundancy in case of network switch failures. Therefore, c. NIC teaming is the appropriate solution for the network architect to implement on the server to retain network availability even if one of the network switches it is connected to goes down.

Answer 458

b. Bluesnarfing Bluesnarfing best describes the scenario where an employee receives messages instructing them to pair their mobile device with an unknown device. Here's why: Bluesnarfing: Bluesnarfing is a type of attack where unauthorized access is gained to information on a wireless device through a Bluetooth connection. Malicious actors exploit vulnerabilities in Bluetooth security to access data such as contact lists, emails, text messages, and even calendar information without the user's knowledge or consent. They can initiate the pairing process remotely and gain access to sensitive data stored on the device. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Jamming: Explanation: Jamming refers to the interference of wireless signals, disrupting communication between devices. It does not involve initiating Bluetooth pairing or accessing device data. c. Evil twin attack: Explanation: An evil twin attack involves setting up a rogue Wi-Fi access point with a similar name to a legitimate access point to trick users into connecting to it. It does not directly involve Bluetooth pairing or accessing data on mobile devices. d. Rogue access point: Explanation: A rogue access point is an unauthorized wireless access point that has been installed on a network without the knowledge of the network administrator. It typically targets Wi-Fi networks rather than Bluetooth connections. Therefore, b. Bluesnarfing is the most appropriate description of what a malicious person might be doing to cause the issue where an employee receives messages instructing them to pair their mobile device with an unknown device.

Answer 459

b. Round-robin Round-robin is the algorithm the administrator should use to split the number of connections evenly between the two web servers. Here's why: Round-robin: In a round-robin load balancing algorithm, each server in the pool is assigned connections in a sequential order. When a new connection request comes in, it is directed to the next server in the list. This method distributes incoming connections evenly among all servers, ensuring that each server handles an equal number of connections over time. Suitability: For the scenario where the administrator wants to split the number of connections in half between two servers, round-robin is straightforward and effective. It does not take into account server load or capacity but simply distributes connections in a cyclic manner. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Weighted response: Explanation: Weighted response is not a standard load balancing algorithm. It may refer to a method where server responses are weighted based on certain factors, but it does not describe a load distribution algorithm like round-robin. c. Least connection: Explanation: The least connection algorithm directs new connections to the server with the fewest active connections at the time of the request. It does not necessarily split connections evenly between servers but rather routes traffic to the server with the least load. d. Weighted least connection: Explanation: Weighted least connection is a load balancing algorithm that considers both the number of active connections and the server's capacity or weight. It adjusts the distribution of connections based on server load metrics, which is more complex than evenly splitting connections between two servers. Therefore, b. Round-robin is the most suitable algorithm for the security administrator to use to split the number of connections evenly between the two newly installed web servers.

Answer 460

b. Bandwidth monitors Bandwidth monitors would be the most appropriate tool for investigating the issue of network flooding with malicious packets at specific times of the day. Here's why: Bandwidth Monitors: Bandwidth monitoring tools track and analyze the amount of network traffic passing through a specific point in the network. They can provide detailed statistics about the volume and type of traffic, including spikes in traffic that could indicate malicious activities such as flooding with malicious packets. Use Case: In this scenario, bandwidth monitors can help security analysts pinpoint the exact times when the network experiences a surge in traffic associated with malicious packets. This information is crucial for understanding the scope of the issue, identifying patterns or trends in the attack, and potentially correlating it with other security events. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: a. Web metadata: Explanation: Web metadata typically refers to information related to web traffic, such as HTTP headers or logs. It is not directly related to monitoring network traffic for malicious packets. c. System files: Explanation: System files on individual devices may contain logs or information related to local system events or activities. They are not typically used to monitor or analyze network-wide traffic patterns. d. Correlation dashboards: Explanation: Correlation dashboards aggregate and visualize data from multiple sources to identify relationships or patterns. While useful for correlating security events and identifying trends, they rely on data from various sources rather than directly monitoring network traffic. Therefore, b. Bandwidth monitors is the tool that security analysts should use to investigate the issue of network flooding with malicious packets at specific times of the day.

Answer 461

d. Data processor Here's why: Data Processor: A data processor is an entity that processes data on behalf of a data controller. In this scenario, the security administrator is actively involved in processing data (performing vulnerability scans) related to the cloud assets owned by the organization. The vulnerability scans generate reports that provide insights into the security posture of the cloud assets. Continuous Deployment and Continuous Integration: These terms refer to software development practices rather than security assessment activities. Continuous deployment involves automatically deploying code changes into production, while continuous integration involves frequently integrating code changes into a shared repository. Data Owners: Data owners are typically responsible for overseeing the governance and management of specific data within an organization. They define how data should be used and protected, but they are not directly involved in vulnerability scanning activities. Therefore, the most appropriate term describing the security administrator's role in this context is: d. Data processor

Answer 462

a. Watering-hole attack In a watering-hole attack, attackers target websites that are frequently visited by their intended victims. They compromise these websites with malware, exploiting the trust that users have in them to infect the users' devices. Here's why this fits the scenario described: Watering-hole attack: This technique involves identifying websites that are regularly visited by the target organization or individuals. The attacker then compromises these legitimate websites, injecting them with malicious code. When employees or users visit these infected websites, their devices can become infected with malware, which can lead to further compromise of the organization's network or sensitive information. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: b. Pretexting: Explanation: Pretexting involves creating a fabricated scenario or pretext to deceive individuals into providing sensitive information or performing certain actions. It does not involve infecting websites with malware to target users. c. Typosquatting: Explanation: Typosquatting refers to registering domain names that are similar to legitimate domains, often with typographical errors, to deceive users who mistype URLs. It is not directly related to infecting websites with malware. d. Impersonation: Explanation: Impersonation involves pretending to be someone else or a legitimate entity to deceive individuals. It does not necessarily involve infecting websites with malware but rather focuses on deception or fraud through impersonation. Therefore, based on the scenario described, a. Watering-hole attack is the technique the attacker is using by infecting a frequently visited website to target the company's employees.

Answer 463

c. Image volatile memory Here's why this technique is suitable: Image volatile memory: This involves creating a forensic copy (image) of the system's volatile memory (RAM). Malware that is running in memory, such as in this scenario, may leave traces that can be captured in the memory image. Forensic tools are used to extract relevant portions of memory, including the malware code, for analysis and investigation purposes. Let's briefly review why the other options are less suitable: a. pcap reassembly: Explanation: pcap reassembly involves reconstructing network traffic from captured packets. It focuses on capturing and reconstructing network communications rather than extracting malware binaries from memory. b. SSD snapshot: Explanation: Taking an SSD snapshot captures the current state of the storage device. However, since the malware is only in memory and not on disk, this method would not capture the malware binary. d. Extract from checksums: Explanation: Extracting from checksums typically involves verifying data integrity using checksum values. It does not apply to extracting malware binaries from volatile memory. Therefore, c. Image volatile memory is the correct technique for the digital forensics team to use in this scenario to obtain a sample of the malware binary that was downloaded over an HTTPS connection and is running in memory.

Answer 464

a. Input validation Input validation is the security measure most likely used for ensuring that a website visitor provides properly formatted information in a specific field on a website form. Here’s why: Input validation: This process involves checking user input against specified criteria (such as format, length, type, and range) to ensure that it meets expected requirements before processing it further. For example, if a website form requires a phone number in a specific format (e.g., XXX-XXX-XXXX), input validation would check that the entered value matches this format to prevent errors or malicious input. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be correct: b. Code signing: Explanation: Code signing is used to verify the authenticity and integrity of software code, typically through digital signatures, to ensure it has not been tampered with. It is not directly related to ensuring properly formatted information in a website form. c. SQL injection: Explanation: SQL injection is a type of attack where malicious SQL statements are inserted into an entry field for execution. It is a vulnerability rather than a security measure, and it exploits improper input handling rather than enforcing proper formatting. d. Form submission: Explanation: Form submission refers to the process of sending data entered into a web form to a server for processing. It is an action rather than a security measure for validating input. Therefore, a. Input validation is the security measure most likely used to mandate properly formatted information in a specific field on a website form.

Answer 465

d. Ensuring that port 53 has been explicitly allowed in the rule set. Here's why this is the correct choice: Port 53: Port 53 is used for DNS (Domain Name System) traffic. DNS is crucial for resolving domain names (like www.example.com) to IP addresses (like 192.0.2.1) that computers can use to communicate over the internet. If DNS traffic (UDP and TCP on port 53) is blocked by the firewall, users will not be able to resolve domain names to access websites, resulting in errors stating that the website could not be located. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to correct the issue: a. Setting an explicit deny to all traffic using port 80 instead of 443: This option would affect HTTP (port 80) and HTTPS (port 443) traffic differently. However, the issue described doesn't specify a problem with HTTPS traffic (port 443), so blocking port 80 explicitly would not necessarily resolve DNS resolution issues. b. Moving the implicit deny from the bottom of the rule set to the top: The implicit deny at the bottom of the rule set typically blocks traffic that does not match any explicitly allowed rules. Moving it to the top would invert the firewall's behavior but wouldn't directly address the DNS issue. c. Configuring the first line in the rule set to allow all traffic: Allowing all traffic indiscriminately is not a recommended security practice. It exposes the network to unnecessary risks and doesn't specifically address the DNS resolution issue. Therefore, d. Ensuring that port 53 has been explicitly allowed in the rule set is the correct approach to ensure that DNS traffic is permitted through the firewall, allowing users to resolve domain names and access websites successfully.

Answer 466

c. Sensitive Here’s why: Sensitive data: This classification is used for information that, if disclosed, could result in harm to individuals or the organization. Patient data includes personal and health-related information that is considered sensitive and requires protection under privacy laws and regulations such as HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act) in the United States. Let's briefly review why the other options are less appropriate for securing patient data: a. Private: While patient data is private, the term "private" is more commonly used to describe personal or confidential information that is not intended for public access. It may not fully encompass the regulatory and security requirements specific to healthcare data. b. Critical: This classification often refers to data or systems that are essential for the operation of an organization. While patient data is critical to the healthcare provider's operations, "critical" does not inherently specify the level of sensitivity or privacy associated with healthcare information. d. Public: This classification applies to information that is intentionally made available to the general public. Patient data is not public and should be protected from unauthorized access and disclosure. Therefore, c. Sensitive is the most appropriate data classification for securing patient data in a hospital setting. (Braindump : a. Private)

Answer 467

a. patch availability : a. Patch availability: End-of-life operating systems no longer receive security patches and updates from the vendor. This leaves the kiosks vulnerable to known and future security vulnerabilities that could be exploited by attackers. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely to be the primary security implication: b. Product software compatibility: While this could be an issue with upgrading or replacing the operating system, the primary concern from a security standpoint is the lack of security patches rather than software compatibility. c. Ease of recovery: This typically refers to the ability to recover from a system failure or disaster, which is important but not directly related to the ongoing security risks posed by using an end-of-life operating system. d. Cost of replacement: While the cost of replacing the kiosks or upgrading their operating systems is a concern for the business, it is not the primary security implication. The focus is on mitigating the security risks associated with running outdated and unsupported software. Therefore, a. Patch availability is the security implication that the security team would likely document regarding the use of end-of-life operating systems on the kiosks.

Answer 468

b. access-list inbound deny ip source 10.1.4.9/32 destination 0.0.0.0/0 Here's why: The deny statement is used to block traffic from the specified source IP address (10.1.4.9). /32 denotes a single IP address in CIDR notation. destination 0.0.0.0/0 specifies that the denial applies to all destinations (anywhere on the network). Let's briefly review why the other options are incorrect: a. access-list inbound deny ip source 0.0.0.0/0 destination 10.1.4.9/32 This rule denies all traffic from any source (0.0.0.0/0) to the specific destination IP (10.1.4.9). It does not target traffic from the specific malicious IP (10.1.4.9) towards any destination, which is the requirement. c. access-list inbound permit ip source 10.1.4.9/32 destination 0.0.0.0/0 This rule permits traffic from the specific source IP (10.1.4.9) to any destination. The requirement is to block, not permit, traffic from this IP address. d. access-list inbound permit ip source 0.0.0.0/0 destination 10.1.4.9/32 This rule permits traffic from any source to the specific destination IP (10.1.4.9). It does not block traffic from the specific malicious IP (10.1.4.9). Therefore, option b. access-list inbound deny ip source 10.1.4.9/32 destination 0.0.0.0/0 is the correct choice to block the IP address 10.1.4.9 from accessing the organization's network.

Answer 469

a. Preparation During the preparation phase of incident response, roles and responsibilities are typically defined and documented. This includes identifying team members, their responsibilities during an incident, and the escalation paths. This preparation ensures that when an incident occurs, the team knows who is responsible for what actions and can respond effectively. To summarize: Preparation: Involves preparing the incident response plan, defining roles and responsibilities, and ensuring the team is ready to respond to incidents. Recovery: Focuses on restoring systems and services to normal operation after an incident has been contained. Lessons learned: Takes place after the incident has been resolved, where the team reviews what happened, identifies improvements, and updates the incident response plan. Analysis: Involves investigating the incident, determining the root cause, and understanding the impact and extent of the incident. Therefore, a. Preparation is the phase where roles and responsibilities are reviewed and established in the incident response process.

Answer 470

a. brute-force attack. Brute-force attack (option a): This involves an attacker attempting multiple login combinations systematically to gain unauthorized access to a system or account. The series of consecutive failed logon attempts seen in the log (each attempt occurring every 2 seconds) suggests an automated or manual brute-force attack where the attacker is trying different username/password combinations rapidly. Privilege escalation (option b): This refers to the process of gaining higher levels of access within a system or network after initially gaining access. It doesn't typically involve repeated failed logon attempts like those seen in the log. Failed password audit (option c): While there are failed logon attempts, the term "password audit" typically refers to a deliberate review of password strength or compliance rather than the automated or malicious attempts seen in the log. Forgotten password by the user (option d): This does not fit the scenario because it would not result in repeated failed logon attempts every 2 seconds. Therefore, the most appropriate description of the action captured in the log file is a. Brute-force attack.

Answer 471

a. Honeypot Explanation: Honeypot: A honeypot is a decoy system or server intentionally exposed to attract attackers. Its purpose is to detect, deflect, or study attempts at unauthorized use of information systems. By observing interactions with the honeypot, security teams can identify potential attacker activities without risking or affecting production servers. Video surveillance: While video surveillance can be used for physical security monitoring, it does not directly help in identifying potential attacker activities on servers or networks. Zero trust: Zero trust is a security concept and architectural approach that assumes breach and denies trust by default, regardless of whether the user is inside or outside the network perimeter. It focuses on authenticating and authorizing every request before granting access. Geofencing: Geofencing is a technology that uses GPS or RFID to define geographical boundaries, and it can be used in security contexts to control access based on the geographic location of devices or users. Therefore, among the options provided, a. Honeypot is specifically designed to identify potential attacker activities without affecting production servers.

Answer 472

a. Internet proxy Explanation: Internet proxy: An internet proxy server acts as an intermediary between users and the internet. It can be configured to restrict access to certain websites based on policies defined by the company. Additionally, it allows monitoring of the websites visited by employees, providing visibility into their web browsing activities. VPN (Virtual Private Network): A VPN is used to create a secure and encrypted connection to a private network over the public internet. While it secures communications, it does not inherently restrict or monitor web access unless specific controls are implemented within the VPN solution. WAF (Web Application Firewall): A WAF is designed to protect web applications from various attacks and vulnerabilities, such as SQL injection and cross-site scripting (XSS). It does not directly restrict or monitor web access for employees. Firewall: A firewall controls incoming and outgoing network traffic based on predetermined security rules. While it can be configured to block access to certain websites, it does not provide granular monitoring capabilities of web browsing activities. Therefore, a. Internet proxy is the best option for the company to restrict web access and monitor the websites that employees visit.

Answer 473

a. DDoS (Distributed Denial of Service) Explanation: DDoS (Distributed Denial of Service): In a DDoS attack, multiple compromised systems (often thousands or more) are used to flood the target system or network with a large volume of traffic. These attacks typically overwhelm the target's resources, causing it to become slow or completely unavailable to legitimate users. Even if one source IP address is blocked, the attack continues because it originates from many different IP addresses, making it difficult to mitigate. Privilege escalation: This refers to the unauthorized elevation of privileges within a system or network, typically after an attacker has gained initial access. DNS poisoning: DNS poisoning involves altering DNS records to redirect traffic to malicious sites. Buffer overflow: A buffer overflow occurs when a program or process tries to store more data in a buffer (temporary storage) than it was intended to hold, leading to unintended behavior or system crashes. In the scenario described, where blocking a single IP address does not stop the attack due to traffic coming from various sources, it aligns with the characteristics of a DDoS attack. Therefore, option a. DDoS is the correct answer.

Answer 474

a. Security information and event management (SIEM) Explanation: Security information and event management (SIEM): SIEM systems collect, aggregate, and analyze log data from various sources across an organization's IT infrastructure. They provide centralized visibility into security events, allowing for real-time monitoring, correlation of events, and generation of alerts. SIEM systems are essential for creating baselines, detecting anomalies, and responding to security incidents effectively. Web application firewall: A WAF protects web applications by filtering and monitoring HTTP traffic between a web application and the internet. Vulnerability scanner: Vulnerability scanners identify security vulnerabilities in systems and applications by scanning them for known weaknesses. Next-generation firewall: NGFWs integrate traditional firewall capabilities with additional features such as intrusion prevention, application awareness, and advanced threat protection. Given the company's need to centralize logs for baseline creation and security event visibility, SIEM is the most appropriate technology as it specializes in log aggregation, analysis, and monitoring across the network.

Answer 475

(community : A 68%, B 16%, C 16%) a. Pseudo-anonymization Pseudo-anonymization replaces PII while maintaining financial information for comparison purposes. Data masking replaces financial information with fictitious data, making it unmeaningful for pay scale comparisons between the two organizations. Tokenization replaces financial information with tokens, making it unreadable unless a tokenization system reverses it. Pseudo-anonymization specifically replaces PII, but keeps everything else the same, so comparisons can be made on the real data that matters. Tokenization replaces the data with random strings, so no comparisons can be done. Data masking makes the values fictitious, so the comparisons would be inaccurate. Developers just need data, fictitious or not, so masking works for them. ChatGPT & Braindump : b. Tokenization Explanation: Tokenization involves replacing sensitive data (such as payroll information) with unique identification symbols (tokens) that retain essential information about the data without compromising its security. The original data is stored securely in a tokenization system, while only the tokens are shared between the organizations. This approach ensures that sensitive information like payroll data remains protected from unauthorized access during transmission and storage. Let's briefly look at the other options for clarity: Pseudo-anonymization: This technique replaces identifiable information with pseudonyms, but it might still be reversible and therefore not as secure as tokenization. Data masking: Involves hiding original data with a modified version to protect its confidentiality, but it can sometimes be reversible or still provide clues to the original data. Encryption: While encrypting data is secure, it requires managing encryption keys and may not be as practical for direct data sharing scenarios due to the need for decryption at the receiving end. Therefore, tokenization is specifically designed to enable secure data sharing while protecting sensitive information like payroll data, making it the best choice for this scenario.

Answer 476

c. Reputation damage Explanation: While the breach did not directly result in fines or loss of intellectual property/customer information, the loss of revenue indicates a broader impact related to reputation damage. Customers may lose trust in the store's ability to protect their data, which could lead to reduced patronage and, consequently, revenue loss. Reputation damage is a common consequence of security breaches and can significantly impact a company's bottom line even when direct financial losses are not incurred.

Answer 477

B. Tainted training data Explanation: The inconsistencies in the expected progress of the AI learning are likely due to tainted training data from a recent attack on one of the suppliers. When the training data used to train AI systems is compromised or manipulated (often inadvertently through attacks like data breaches or supply chain attacks), it can lead to inaccurate AI model outputs and behaviors. Therefore, in this scenario, the most likely reason for the inaccuracies in the AI defense system is the tainted training data resulting from the attack on the supplier.

Answer 478

A. Someone near the building is jamming the signal. Explanation: The symptoms described — users near a specific area (building near the parking lot) unable to connect to the wireless network while the access points (APs) appear operational — suggest that the wireless signal in that area is being jammed. Jamming refers to intentional interference with wireless signals, which can disrupt or block connectivity. Here's why the other options are less likely: B. A user has set up a rogue access point near the building: While possible, rogue access points usually affect connectivity differently, often by causing conflicts or interference due to overlapping signals. They do not necessarily cause complete outages unless they are disrupting the network significantly. C. Someone set up an evil twin access point in the affected area: An evil twin AP mimics a legitimate AP to trick users into connecting to it, but it typically does not cause a complete outage unless users connect to it and are subjected to some form of attack or redirection. D. The APs in the affected area have been unplugged from the network: If APs were unplugged, they would not be operational at all, and users would not detect them as available networks. Therefore, given the symptoms described (partial outage in a specific area despite APs being up), the most likely cause is deliberate signal jamming affecting the wireless network in that area.

Answer 479

D. Application allow list Explanation: Application allow list: This security measure restricts the applications that can be installed and run on a system to a predefined list of approved applications. By doing so, it prevents employees from inadvertently installing malware or unauthorized software, as only the applications on the allow list can be executed. Host-based firewall: While useful for controlling network traffic to and from the host, a firewall does not prevent the installation of malware. It can block malicious traffic but doesn't address the issue of unauthorized software installation. System isolation: This involves separating systems or segments of a network to limit the spread of malware. While helpful for containing an infection, it does not prevent the initial installation of malware. Least privilege: This principle involves giving users the minimum level of access necessary to perform their job functions. While it reduces the risk of malware installation by limiting what users can do, it is not as direct or effective as an application allow list in preventing the installation of unauthorized software. Therefore, an application allow list provides the most direct and effective protection against the inadvertent installation of malware by employees.

Answer 480

B. PCIDSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard): PCIDSS is essential for any organization handling credit card transactions, ensuring secure handling of cardholder information. D. GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation): GDPR is crucial for compliance with data protection and privacy regulations in the European Union, especially since the company has established an office in Europe. Explanation: PCIDSS: Since the company deals with credit card transactions, compliance with PCIDSS is mandatory to secure cardholder data and ensure secure payment processing. GDPR: With the new office in Europe, compliance with GDPR is necessary to protect personal data and ensure privacy rights of individuals within the EU. These frameworks address specific regulatory requirements related to data protection, privacy, and secure payment processing, which are critical for the company's operations in Europe.

Answer 481

E. Password spraying. Here's why: Password Reuse: The manager used the same password across multiple external websites and the corporate account. This practice is risky because if one site is compromised, attackers can use the same credentials to access other accounts. Data Breach: One of the external websites the manager used recently experienced a data breach. This means that the manager's credentials used on that site could have been exposed. Successful Access from Foreign IP: The manager's corporate email account was accessed successfully from an IP address located in a foreign country. This suggests unauthorized access likely gained through compromised credentials. Password Spraying involves using a single password across multiple accounts or services, rather than attempting to brute-force a single account. Attackers try common or previously exposed passwords against multiple accounts, leveraging the likelihood that users reuse passwords across different services. In this scenario, the compromised credentials from the breached external website were likely used in a password spraying attack against the corporate email account, resulting in unauthorized access. Therefore, the most likely attack used to compromise the manager's corporate account, given the details provided, is E. Password spraying. Let's review why the other answers are not as suitable as Password spraying for describing the attack that compromised the manager's corporate account: Remote access Trojan (A): A Remote Access Trojan (RAT) is malicious software that allows an attacker to control a system remotely. While RATs can be used to gain unauthorized access to systems, they are typically not directly linked to the compromise of a corporate account through password reuse or exposure in a data breach. Brute-force (B): Brute-force attacks involve systematically trying all possible combinations of passwords until the correct one is found. This method is less likely in this scenario because the attack did not involve trying many different passwords against a single account, but rather using a known compromised password across multiple accounts. Dictionary (C): Dictionary attacks involve using a list of commonly used passwords or words from a dictionary to attempt to gain unauthorized access. This approach is similar to brute-force attacks but focuses on commonly used or easily guessable passwords. It does not directly fit the scenario where a specific compromised password is reused across accounts. Credential stuffing (D): Credential stuffing involves using large sets of known username and password pairs to gain unauthorized access to accounts. It is typically used against a specific service or website, leveraging credentials obtained from previous data breaches. While similar in concept to password spraying, credential stuffing usually involves automated attempts against a single service, not multiple services. In contrast, Password spraying specifically fits the scenario where the manager reused the same password across multiple accounts, including an external website that was breached. Attackers took advantage of this password reuse to gain unauthorized access to the manager's corporate account, which aligns with the details provided in the scenario. Therefore, E. Password spraying remains the most appropriate answer given the context provided in the question.

Answer 482

A. The business continuity plan Business continuity plans (BCP) are designed to ensure that critical business functions can continue during and after a disaster or disruption. They typically include strategies for relocating operations to alternative facilities, maintaining essential services, and recovering from the disruption. Given that the organization needs to resume its operations in a temporary workspace after the destruction of its corporate offices, consulting the business continuity plan will provide guidance on how to maintain continuity and minimize the impact of the disaster on business operations. The other options: B. The risk management plan: While important for assessing and mitigating risks, it doesn't directly address the immediate need to resume operations after a disaster. C. The communication plan: Important for internal and external communications during incidents, but doesn't address the overall operational recovery. D. The incident response plan: Focuses on responding to and managing specific incidents as they occur, rather than on long-term operational continuity after a major disaster. Therefore, A. The business continuity plan is the most appropriate plan for the organization to consult in this situation.

Answer 483

(Braindump : C. An attacker used a pass-the-hash attack to gain access.) Based on the provided information: A user (smithJA) logged into the system while they were confirmed to be on vacation, indicating a potential unauthorized access. The login credentials shown in the packet capture log (username and hashed password) suggest that the account may have been compromised. Given these points, the most likely scenario is: B. The user's account was compromised, and an attacker changed the login credentials. This aligns with the suspicious login activity during the user's absence and the presence of login credentials in the packet capture log that do not match what the legitimate user typically uses.

Answer 484

A. MITRE ATT&CK MITRE ATT&CK (Adversarial Tactics, Techniques, and Common Knowledge) is a knowledge base of adversary tactics and techniques based on real-world observations. It categorizes and describes various techniques used by threat actors during cyber attacks. Security analysts often use MITRE ATT&CK to understand and classify these tactics, which helps in improving incident response strategies and defenses.

Answer 485

C. Password, authentication token, thumbprint Explanation: Password: Something you know. Authentication token: Something you have. Thumbprint: This could refer to biometric data like a fingerprint, which could be considered as part of "somewhere you are" if it implies physical presence (though this interpretation may vary). Option C covers two out of the three factors explicitly mentioned (something you know and something you have). For the "somewhere you are" factor, typically GeoIP lookup or GPS location would be used, but it's not directly covered in the provided options.

Answer 486

A. A right-to-audit clause allowing for annual security audits Explanation: A "right-to-audit" clause in a contract allows the company to conduct regular security audits of the vendor's systems and processes. This helps the company monitor the ongoing security maturity of the vendor by assessing their adherence to security policies, procedures, and controls. It ensures transparency and accountability in the vendor's security practices, which is crucial for maintaining trust and ensuring compliance with security standards. Options B, C, and D are not directly related to monitoring the ongoing security maturity of the vendor. While they are important considerations for security in general, they do not specifically address the need to continuously assess and improve the vendor's security posture over time.

Answer 487

C. IaaS Explanation: IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service) provides clients with virtualized computing resources over the internet. This includes servers, storage, and networking infrastructure, allowing clients to run their own applications, operating systems, and software. With IaaS, clients are responsible for managing applications, data, runtime, middleware, and operating systems. The cloud provider manages the infrastructure components such as virtualization, servers, storage, and networking. This model gives clients flexibility and control over their IT resources without the burden of managing physical hardware.

Answer 488

D. Acceptable use policy Explanation: An Acceptable Use Policy (AUP) outlines what is considered acceptable behavior by users of a company's IT resources, including computers, networks, and the internet. AUPs typically define which applications and websites employees are allowed to access while using company-owned devices and networks. Reviewing the AUP will help determine whether accessing social media applications on a company device is permitted or prohibited.

Answer 489

C. Legal hold Explanation: Legal hold is a process in which an organization is instructed to preserve all relevant electronic and paper documents related to a legal matter or investigation. This process ensures that potentially relevant information is not destroyed or altered, which could be critical in legal proceedings. It is common for law enforcement or legal authorities to issue a legal hold notice to ensure preservation of evidence or information pertinent to an ongoing investigation or legal case. Legal hold and chain of custody are both important concepts in the context of legal proceedings and investigations, but they serve different purposes: Legal Hold: Purpose: Legal hold (also known as litigation hold or preservation order) is a directive issued to an organization to preserve all relevant documents and information related to a legal matter. Scope: It applies broadly to all potentially relevant electronic and paper documents, data, and information. Timing: It is typically issued at the onset of legal proceedings or when a legal matter is anticipated, requiring immediate action to prevent spoliation (destruction or alteration) of evidence. Chain of Custody: Purpose: Chain of custody refers to the chronological documentation or paper trail that records the handling, transfer, and location of physical evidence or digital data during an investigation or legal proceeding. Scope: It specifically tracks the movement and possession of evidence from the moment it is collected until it is presented in court. Documentation: It includes detailed records of who had custody of the evidence, when and where it was transferred, and any actions taken while in possession. Key Differences: Focus: Legal hold focuses on the preservation of information and documents that might be relevant to a legal matter, ensuring they are not destroyed. Documentation: Chain of custody focuses on documenting the handling and movement of physical evidence or digital data to maintain its integrity and admissibility in court. Legal Implications: Legal hold is about compliance with legal directives to preserve information, while chain of custody ensures the integrity and reliability of evidence for legal proceedings. In summary, legal hold ensures preservation of information, while chain of custody ensures the integrity and reliability of evidence used in legal proceedings. Both are crucial in different stages of handling legal matters and investigations.

Answer 490

B. Honeypots Explanation: Honeypots are decoy systems or resources intentionally deployed within a network to attract and deceive attackers. They appear to be legitimate systems but are isolated and monitored separately from production systems. The goal of honeypots is to gather information about attackers' methods, tools, and motives without exposing critical infrastructure or data. This information can then be used to enhance threat intelligence and improve overall security posture by understanding potential attack vectors and vulnerabilities. Therefore, deploying honeypots aligns with the company's objective to learn more about attackers while protecting their production systems.

Answer 491

D. The GPO blocking the flash drives is being bypassed by a malicious flash drive that is attempting to harvest plaintext credentials from memory. Explanation: Mimikatz is a tool commonly used to extract plaintext passwords from memory. If users received new flash drives that are potentially malicious (not from the company or tampered with), they could be attempting to bypass Group Policy Object (GPO) restrictions and exploit vulnerabilities to gather sensitive information like plaintext credentials. This scenario aligns with the AV alerts indicating Mimikatz activity, suggesting a potential security breach involving unauthorized or compromised flash drives attempting to bypass security controls.

Answer 492

C. Tailgating Explanation: Tailgating refers to the practice of unauthorized individuals following closely behind an authorized person to gain entry into a restricted area. In this scenario, despite badge readers being in place for building access, unauthorized individuals are able to enter the premises by closely following behind authorized personnel as they pass through controlled entry points. This is a common physical security issue where the effectiveness of access controls like badge readers is undermined by individuals not properly verifying their own access.

Answer 493

C. Encrypted VPN traffic will not be inspected when entering or leaving the network. Explanation: In the given network design, the weakest element is that encrypted VPN traffic bypasses inspection by the DLP (Data Loss Prevention) appliance. VPNs typically encrypt traffic to secure it from eavesdropping and tampering, which is a security benefit. However, this encryption also prevents deep packet inspection (DPI) by devices like DLP appliances unless they are specifically configured to decrypt and inspect traffic, which can be complex and resource-intensive. This lack of inspection for encrypted VPN traffic means that potential data leaks or policy violations within the encrypted traffic may go undetected, weakening the overall security posture of the network.

Answer 494

B. Digital certificate Non-repudiation ensures that a party cannot deny the authenticity or integrity of a message or transaction that they have sent or received. Digital certificates play a crucial role in achieving non-repudiation by providing a trusted means to verify the identity of the sender or recipient in electronic communications. When digital signatures are used, which rely on digital certificates, they provide strong evidence of who sent a message and that the message content has not been altered since it was signed. This helps to ensure non-repudiation in digital transactions.

Answer 495

B. Using a scan-patch-scan process Using a scan-patch-scan process is the most effective method for reducing vulnerabilities among the options provided. Here's why: Scan: Conducting regular vulnerability scans helps identify vulnerabilities in systems and applications. Patch: Applying patches promptly to fix known vulnerabilities is crucial to prevent exploitation by attackers. Scan again: After patching, conducting another scan ensures that the vulnerabilities have been effectively mitigated and no new issues have been introduced. This process ensures a systematic approach to vulnerability management, reducing the window of opportunity for attackers to exploit known vulnerabilities. It is a proactive approach that focuses on maintaining the security posture of systems and networks.

Answer 496

(Community A 93%) A. Deploying a SASE (Secure Access Service Edge) solution to remote employees A SASE solution is designed to address the exact needs described in the scenario: Reducing VPN and internet circuit traffic: SASE solutions can optimize traffic by routing it through the closest point of presence (PoP), reducing the load on the VPN concentrator and internet circuit. Providing encrypted tunnel access: SASE solutions include built-in encryption and secure tunnels to ensure data remains protected during transit between remote employees and the data center. Monitoring remote employee internet traffic: SASE solutions often include comprehensive visibility and monitoring capabilities, allowing organizations to monitor and manage internet traffic from remote employees effectively. Therefore, deploying a SASE solution aligns well with the organization's objectives of reducing VPN and internet circuit traffic while maintaining secure and monitored access for remote employees.

Answer 497

A. Regulatory requirement In a banking environment, completing an audit is often driven by regulatory requirements. Banks are heavily regulated to ensure financial stability, protect customer data, and maintain compliance with industry standards and laws. Regulatory audits help ensure that banks adhere to these requirements, assess their internal controls, and verify the accuracy and integrity of financial reporting. Therefore, a regulatory requirement is typically the primary reason for conducting audits in banking environments.

Answer 498

B. Detective In this scenario, the administrator reviewed log files after the ransomware attack. Detective controls are designed to detect and respond to security incidents and events as they occur. Reviewing log files after an attack falls under detective controls because it involves monitoring and analyzing system logs to identify signs of unauthorized access or malicious activities.

Answer 499

C. Create a change control request. Before applying a high-priority patch to a production system, it is crucial to follow change management processes. Creating a change control request ensures that the patch deployment is documented, approved, and tracked according to organizational policies and procedures. This helps to mitigate risks associated with the patching process and ensures that appropriate stakeholders are informed and involved in the change management process. Therefore, creating a change control request is the first step that should be taken in this scenario.

Answer 500

(Community : A 100%) A. Evil twin In this scenario, the presence of WAPs (Wireless Access Points) with the same SSID (Service Set Identifier) but with non-standard DHCP configurations and an overlapping channel suggests the possibility of an evil twin attack. An evil twin attack involves setting up a rogue wireless access point that mimics a legitimate network to trick users into connecting to it. Once connected, the attacker can intercept traffic, capture credentials, and perform other malicious activities, including unauthorized data transfers. The impossible travel times during login attempts further indicate potential credential harvesting or unauthorized access, which aligns with the tactics used in an evil twin attack to steal credentials and access sensitive data. Therefore, based on the information provided, the attack being conducted is most likely an evil twin attack.

Answer 501

C. Corporate PCs have been turned into a botnet. Based on the metrics provided: Normal CPU Utilization: Shows the typical CPU usage percentage. Current CPU Utilization: Shows the current (potentially abnormal) CPU usage percentage. Normal network connections: Shows the typical number of network connections. Current network connections: Shows the current (potentially abnormal) number of network connections. The IT-PC stands out with significantly higher current CPU utilization (98% compared to a normal of 78%) and a much higher number of current network connections (92 compared to a normal of 25). These metrics suggest that the IT-PC is exhibiting behavior indicative of being compromised or potentially participating in malicious activities, such as being part of a botnet. Therefore, the most likely result of the security analyst's review is: C. Corporate PCs have been turned into a botnet. This conclusion is drawn based on the abnormal metrics of the IT-PC, which indicate it may be under the control of malicious actors or compromised in some way, potentially being used as part of a botnet to conduct unauthorized activities.

Answer 502

D. FIM (File Integrity Monitoring) File Integrity Monitoring (FIM) tools are designed to monitor and detect changes to files and directories. They maintain a record of file attributes and alert administrators to unauthorized modifications, ensuring the integrity of critical system and data files. This helps in identifying any tampering or unauthorized changes to files within the enterprise environment. Let's break down the other options in the context of identifying and preventing data tampering: A. Antivirus (AV): Antivirus software is primarily designed to detect and remove malicious software (malware) such as viruses, worms, and Trojans. While it can prevent certain types of data tampering by detecting malware that modifies files, its primary focus is on detecting and mitigating malware threats rather than detecting unauthorized changes to data itself. B. IPS (Intrusion Prevention System): An IPS is designed to monitor network traffic and detect/prevent potential intrusions or attacks based on predefined signatures or behavior anomalies. While it can help prevent unauthorized access and protect against some types of network-based attacks, its role is more focused on network security rather than detecting data tampering specifically. C. FTP (File Transfer Protocol): FTP is a protocol used for transferring files over a network. While it facilitates data transfer, it does not inherently provide mechanisms for detecting or preventing data tampering. FTP itself is a method of data exchange rather than a security measure designed to protect against tampering. Therefore, among the options provided, FIM (File Integrity Monitoring) remains the most appropriate choice specifically for identifying and preventing data tampering within the enterprise environment.

Answer 503

B. Access control list Explanation: Access control lists (ACLs) are used to enforce network segmentation by placing devices in physically or logically separated networks (segments or VLANs) and controlling the types of communications allowed between them. ACLs are typically configured on routers, switches, or firewalls and specify which IP addresses, protocols, and ports are permitted or denied to pass through a network interface. This helps limit the scope of communications and restrict unauthorized access between different segments of the network, thereby enhancing network security. let's review the other choices: A. Host-based firewalls: Host-based firewalls operate at the individual device level, not at the network level. They control incoming and outgoing traffic to and from the device they are installed on, based on predefined rules. While they can provide some level of isolation and protection for the device they are installed on, they do not directly address network segmentation. C. Port security: Port security refers to measures taken to limit and control access to network switch ports. It involves configuring switches to allow only specific MAC addresses to access the network through certain ports. Port security focuses on preventing unauthorized devices from connecting to the network via physical switch ports, but it does not inherently provide network segmentation or control over communications between logically separated networks. D. Least privilege: Least privilege principle refers to granting users or processes only the minimum privileges necessary to perform their tasks. While it is a fundamental security principle for access control, it pertains more to user and process permissions rather than network segmentation or controlling communications between networks. (Braindump: A. Host-based firewalls)

Answer 504

B. A jump server Explanation: Jump Server: A jump server (or jump box) is a dedicated device through which access to the secure VLAN is funneled. Analysts must first connect to the jump server, which then provides controlled and logged access to the critical server VLAN. This ensures that all access comes from a single, controlled point, enhancing security and providing better monitoring and auditing capabilities. Why Not the Other Options? A. Forward Proxy Server: A forward proxy server is typically used to forward client requests to the internet or external networks and often for purposes like caching, content filtering, and anonymity. It is not designed to control access to a specific internal network segment. C. Reverse Proxy Server: A reverse proxy server sits in front of web servers to intercept requests from clients and forward them to the appropriate backend server. It helps with load balancing, security, and caching for web applications, but it is not suited for controlling access from internal workstations to a secure VLAN. D. Stateful Firewall Server: A stateful firewall server can control access based on IP addresses, ports, and protocols and keep track of the state of active connections. While it enhances security, it does not enforce access from a single location. It is more about controlling types of traffic and monitoring connections rather than ensuring a single point of entry. In summary, a jump server is specifically designed to act as a single access point for connecting to more secure or restricted network segments, making it the best choice for this scenario.

Answer 505

B. Removing unneeded applications reduces the system's attack surface Explanation: Reducing Attack Surface: When a company erases a newly purchased device and installs its own image, the primary goal is often to ensure that only the necessary applications and configurations are present. This process eliminates pre-installed software (often called bloatware) and other unnecessary applications that could introduce vulnerabilities or be exploited by attackers. By minimizing the number of applications and services running on the device, the overall attack surface is reduced, enhancing security. Why Not the Other Options? A. Installing a new operating system thoroughly tests the equipment: While installing a new operating system might help test the equipment to some extent, it is not the primary reason for erasing and reimaging a device. The main goal is to ensure security and consistency. C. Reimaging a system creates an updated baseline of the computer image: Although reimaging can help establish a consistent and updated baseline, the primary reason is still to remove unnecessary applications and potential security risks, thereby reducing the attack surface. D. Wiping the device allows the company to evaluate its performance: Evaluating performance is not typically the main reason for reimaging a device. The focus is on security, control, and ensuring the device conforms to the company’s standards and policies. In summary, the best reason a company would erase a newly purchased device and install its own image is to reduce the system's attack surface by removing unneeded applications.

Answer 506

A. Enforce the use of a controlled trusted source of container images. Explanation: Controlled Trusted Source: By enforcing the use of a controlled and trusted source of container images, the organization can ensure that all container images are vetted and verified before they are used in the production environment. This significantly reduces the risk of introducing zero-day vulnerabilities or malicious backdoors that might be present in images from untrusted public registries. Why Not the Other Options? B. Deploy an IPS solution capable of detecting signatures of attacks targeting containers: While deploying an Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) can help detect and prevent known attacks, it may not be effective against zero-day vulnerabilities for which signatures do not yet exist. Additionally, it does not address the root cause of the issue—using untrusted container images. C. Define a vulnerability scan to assess container images before being introduced on the environment: Defining and running vulnerability scans on container images is an important step, but it may not catch all zero-day vulnerabilities, as these are unknown at the time of scanning. While useful, this approach alone is insufficient without ensuring the images come from a trusted source. D. Create a dedicated VPC for the containerized environment: Creating a dedicated Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) can help isolate the containerized environment and improve security, but it does not prevent the introduction of vulnerabilities through untrusted container images. It is more of a network segmentation strategy rather than a solution to the root cause. In summary, enforcing the use of a controlled trusted source of container images is the best solution to prevent the introduction of zero-day vulnerabilities from untrusted public registries, addressing the root cause of the problem.

Answer 507

C. Check the SIEM to review the correlated logs. Explanation: Security Information and Event Management (SIEM): A SIEM system collects, correlates, and analyzes logs from various sources across the network. This provides a comprehensive view of the activities and events that occurred during the breach. By reviewing the correlated logs, the investigator can trace the attacker's steps, identify patterns, and understand how the breach propagated through the network. This holistic view is crucial for understanding the full scope of the breach and identifying the affected assets. Why Not the Other Options? A. Perform a vulnerability scan to identify the weak spots: While a vulnerability scan can identify potential weaknesses in the network, it does not provide the historical data needed to investigate how the breach occurred or trace the attacker's movements. B. Use a packet analyzer to investigate the NetFlow traffic: A packet analyzer can provide detailed information about network traffic, but it may be overwhelming to analyze large volumes of traffic data without the context provided by correlated logs. It is more useful for specific traffic analysis rather than understanding the overall breach. D. Require access to the routers to view current sessions: Viewing current sessions on routers can provide information about ongoing connections, but it does not help in understanding the historical context of the breach. It also does not provide a comprehensive view of the attacker's activities throughout the network. In summary, checking the SIEM to review the correlated logs is the best approach for a comprehensive investigation of the data breach, as it provides a detailed and correlated view of the attacker's activities across the network.

Answer 508

B. GDPR Explanation: General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR): GDPR is a comprehensive data protection regulation enacted by the European Union that sets standards for data privacy and protection for individuals within the EU. It also addresses the export of personal data outside the EU. Given its international impact and stringent requirements for data privacy and sharing, it is crucial for the CISO to understand GDPR when creating policies that meet international standards for data privacy. Why Not the Other Options? A. PCI DSS: The Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) is focused on securing credit card transactions and protecting cardholder data. While important for financial data security, it is not as broad in scope as GDPR regarding overall data privacy and sharing. C. NIST: The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) provides a cybersecurity framework and guidelines primarily used within the United States. While useful for developing cybersecurity policies, it does not specifically address international data privacy laws like GDPR. D. ISO 31000: ISO 31000 is a standard for risk management and provides guidelines for risk management processes. It is not specifically focused on data privacy and protection standards. In summary, understanding GDPR is essential for the CISO to create a policy set that aligns with international standards for data privacy and sharing.

Answer 509

C. Configure SNMPv3. Explanation: SNMPv3 (Simple Network Management Protocol version 3): SNMPv3 provides enhanced security features, including encryption and authentication, to protect data being transmitted and to ensure that only authorized users can access the SNMP data. By configuring SNMPv3, the security analyst can secure the device against cleartext authentication and ensure that default credentials are no longer a security risk. Why Not the Other Options? A. Configure SNMPv1: SNMPv1 does not support encryption or authentication, and all data, including credentials, is transmitted in cleartext. This does not address the security issues identified. B. Configure SNMPv2c: SNMPv2c offers some improvements over SNMPv1 but still lacks robust security features like encryption and proper authentication. It also transmits data, including credentials, in cleartext. D. Configure the default community string: Changing the default community string can help improve security but does not address the issue of cleartext authentication. It is a partial measure and not as secure as implementing SNMPv3. In summary, configuring SNMPv3 is the best recommendation to secure the device as it provides encryption and authentication features that protect against cleartext authentication and the use of default credentials.

Answer 510

D. Continuous integration Explanation: Continuous Integration (CI): CI is a software development practice where developers frequently integrate their code changes into a shared repository. Each integration is automatically verified by building the application and running tests to detect errors as quickly as possible. This practice aims to improve software quality and reduce the time taken to deliver new software updates. Why Not the Other Options? A. Functional testing: Functional testing involves testing the functionality of the software to ensure it behaves as expected. While functional tests may be part of the CI process, they do not encompass the entire concept of continuously integrating code. B. Stored procedures: Stored procedures are precompiled collections of SQL statements stored in a database. They are used for database operations but are not related to the practice of integrating and testing code frequently. C. Elasticity: Elasticity refers to the ability of a system to dynamically adjust its resources to handle varying loads, often in the context of cloud computing. It is not related to the practice of continuous integration in software development. In summary, the practice of developers writing code and merging it into shared repositories several times a day, where it is tested automatically, best represents continuous integration.

Answer 511

D. A RAT Explanation: Remote Access Trojan (RAT): A RAT is a type of malware that gives the attacker full control over the infected computer. It often remains undetected and can perform a variety of tasks, such as stealing information, installing other malware, and controlling the system remotely. In this scenario, the attacker gaining administrative access, taking command and control of the systems, and obtaining sensitive information fits the behavior of a RAT. Why Not the Other Options? A. A bot: A bot is typically part of a botnet and is used for tasks like DDoS attacks, spamming, or mining cryptocurrencies. While a bot can perform some malicious activities, it doesn't fully explain the detailed control and information theft described in the scenario. B. A fileless virus: A fileless virus operates in memory and doesn't leave traditional footprints on the file system, making it hard to detect. While it could have been used to gain initial access, the detailed and prolonged control over systems described in the scenario is more characteristic of a RAT. C. A logic bomb: A logic bomb is a piece of code intentionally inserted into a software system that will set off a malicious function when certain conditions are met. Logic bombs are typically used for specific timed attacks or when certain conditions are met, but they do not provide ongoing control over a system. In summary, the prolonged, detailed control over the systems and the ability to steal sensitive information as described in the scenario are most characteristic of a Remote Access Trojan (RAT).

Answer 512

A. Facial recognition Explanation: Facial recognition: This is a biometric authentication method that relies on something you are (your face) rather than something you know (like a PIN) or something you have (like a smart card or PKI certificate). It fits the requirement for a two-factor authentication method that is neither something you know nor something you have. Why Not the Other Options? B. Six-digit PIN: A PIN is something you know, which does not meet the requirement. C. PKI certificate: A PKI certificate is something you have, which does not meet the requirement. D. Smart card: A smart card is also something you have, which does not meet the requirement. In summary, facial recognition is the only option that fits the requirement for a two-factor authentication method that is neither something you know nor something you have, as it relies on biometric data (something you are).

Answer 513

D. RAID 6 Explanation: RAID 6 is designed to provide redundancy that can withstand the failure of up to two disk drives simultaneously. In RAID 6, data is striped across multiple drives, and parity information is distributed across all drives. This allows for recovery from the failure of any two drives without data loss. RAID 6 requires a minimum of four drives and uses two parity blocks per stripe. Why Not the Other Options? RAID 0+1 (RAID 10): RAID 0+1 combines features of RAID 0 (striping) and RAID 1 (mirroring). It can handle the failure of a single drive in each mirrored pair but not two simultaneous failures in different pairs. RAID 2: RAID 2 uses Hamming code for error correction but is rarely used due to its complexity and lack of practical application in modern systems. RAID 5: RAID 5 stripes data across multiple drives and uses parity to provide fault tolerance. It can handle the failure of one drive without data loss but is vulnerable to data loss if two drives fail simultaneously during rebuild. Therefore, RAID 6 is the appropriate choice when the requirement is to achieve parity and handle two simultaneous disk failures with redundancy and data protection.

Answer 514

C. Encryption Encryption is the process of encoding data in such a way that only authorized parties can access it. It is commonly used to ensure that sensitive data at rest (stored data) remains unreadable to unauthorized users or attackers who might gain access to the storage medium. Here’s why encryption fits the requirement: Encryption transforms plaintext (readable data) into ciphertext (unreadable data) using an algorithm and a cryptographic key. Authorized users with the correct decryption key can reverse the encryption process to access the original plaintext data. It provides strong protection against unauthorized access, ensuring that even if data storage is compromised, the encrypted data remains secure. Why Not the Other Options? Hashing (Option A): Hashing is a one-way process that generates a fixed-size string (hash value) from input data. It is used primarily for data integrity verification and does not provide a way to reverse the process to retrieve the original data. Therefore, it does not render data unreadable but rather validates data integrity. Tokenization (Option B): Tokenization substitutes sensitive data with a non-sensitive placeholder (token). Tokens are typically mapped to sensitive data stored in a secure vault or database. While it enhances security by reducing exposure of sensitive data, it is not primarily used to render data unreadable in storage but rather during transmission or processing. Segmentation (Option D): Segmentation refers to dividing a network into smaller segments to reduce traffic congestion and improve security management. It does not directly apply to rendering data at rest unreadable. Therefore, encryption is the method most suitable for ensuring that sensitive data at rest remains unreadable to unauthorized individuals or entities.

Answer 515

D. Unavailable patch The reason the findings cannot be remediated in this scenario is due to the unavailability of patches. Since the company that developed the embedded systems is no longer in business: Patches are updates or fixes provided by software vendors to address security vulnerabilities or bugs in their products. Without the original vendor's support or availability, there will be no new patches or updates released for the embedded systems. As a result, any security vulnerabilities identified in these systems that require patches to fix cannot be addressed, leaving them exposed to potential exploitation. Why Not the Other Options? Inability to authenticate (Option A): This typically refers to issues related to verifying the identity of users or systems. While authentication may be a concern, it does not directly prevent the application of security patches. Implied trust (Option B): Implied trust relates to assumptions made about the trustworthiness of systems or entities. It does not directly relate to the inability to apply patches due to vendor unavailability. Lack of computing power (Option C): This constraint refers to insufficient hardware resources to perform certain tasks. While it can be a limitation, it does not prevent the installation of patches if they were available. Therefore, unavailable patch (Option D) is the most relevant constraint in this scenario, as it directly addresses the inability to remediate security vulnerabilities in the embedded systems due to the absence of support from the original vendor.

Answer 516

A. EDR (Endpoint Detection and Response) EDR (Endpoint Detection and Response) solutions are designed to provide continuous monitoring, analysis, and response capabilities on endpoints. They go beyond traditional antivirus solutions that rely on known-bad signatures by offering: Behavioral analysis: EDR solutions monitor endpoint behavior in real-time to detect suspicious activities and anomalies. Endpoint visibility: They provide detailed visibility into endpoint activities, processes, and network connections. Threat hunting: EDR allows security teams to proactively search for indicators of compromise (IOCs) and potential threats across endpoints. Response capabilities: EDR platforms often include response features such as quarantine, containment, and automated response actions to mitigate threats. In contrast to solutions like DLP (Data Loss Prevention), NGFW (Next-Generation Firewall), and HIPS (Host-based Intrusion Prevention System), EDR is specifically tailored to monitor and respond to endpoint security incidents based on behavior and context rather than relying solely on predefined signatures of known threats. Therefore, for the described use case where the security engineer wants a solution that tracks, analyzes, and monitors devices without relying solely on known-bad signatures, EDR would be the most suitable choice.

Answer 517

A. Cross-site scripting (XSS) Here's why: Cross-site scripting (XSS) involves injecting malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users. One common form of XSS is when an attacker injects scripts into a legitimate website, which then prompts users to enter their credentials into a fake pop-up window. In this scenario, the user was prompted to input credentials into a pop-up window, but the legitimate website does not use such pop-ups for credential input. This indicates that an attacker likely injected a malicious script (via XSS) into the website to trick users into disclosing their login credentials. SQL injection (B) involves inserting SQL code into a form field to manipulate the database. It doesn't directly involve prompting users with fake login prompts. DNS poisoning (C) involves corrupting the DNS cache to redirect domain name queries to malicious sites, not directly related to the description. Certificate forgery (D) involves creating fake digital certificates to impersonate a legitimate website, not directly related to the described scenario. Therefore, based on the given details, Cross-site scripting (XSS) is the most appropriate answer.

Answer 518

C. SaaS (Software as a Service) Explanation: SaaS (Software as a Service) provides software applications delivered over the internet, usually on a subscription basis. In this case, the organization can subscribe to a cloud-based email service where the email application is hosted and managed by the service provider. SaaS eliminates the need for the organization to manage and maintain email servers, reducing costs associated with hardware, software licenses, and IT staff overhead. With SaaS, the organization can access the email service from anywhere via the internet, benefiting from scalability, reliability, and typically lower upfront costs compared to on-premises solutions. Other options: MaaS (Monitoring as a Service) typically refers to cloud-based monitoring services, not relevant for email services. IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service) provides virtualized computing resources over the internet, such as virtual machines and storage. It does not focus on delivering software applications like email services. PaaS (Platform as a Service) provides a platform allowing customers to develop, run, and manage applications without the complexity of building and maintaining the underlying infrastructure. While it could potentially host custom applications including email services, it's not specifically tailored for standalone email solutions like SaaS. Therefore, SaaS is the most appropriate choice for the organization's need to migrate to a cloud-based email solution while reducing costs and overhead.

Answer 519

B. Performing code signing on company-developed software Here's why: Code Signing: Code signing involves digitally signing software to confirm its authenticity and integrity. It provides a way for users and systems to verify that the software they are installing or executing comes from a trusted source and has not been tampered with since it was signed. Authenticity Assurance: By using code signing, the software development manager can ensure that the code produced by the company is authenticated. This helps in building trust with users and customers who rely on the software. Security and Integrity: Code signing helps in verifying that the code has not been altered or compromised during distribution or deployment. This is crucial for maintaining the integrity of the software and protecting against unauthorized modifications. While options like testing input validation (A), performing static code analysis (C), and ensuring secure cookies (D) are important security practices, they do not directly address the issue of code authenticity as effectively as code signing (option B) does.

Answer 520

C. Utilize a SIEM to centralize logs and dashboards. Here's why: SIEM (Security Information and Event Management): A SIEM system is designed to centralize the collection, normalization, correlation, and analysis of security-related data from various sources. It aggregates logs and events from disparate systems into a single platform, providing a unified view of the organization's security posture. Correlation and Analysis: SIEM systems use correlation rules and algorithms to detect patterns and anomalies across different logs and events. This enables security teams to identify potential security incidents or threats that may span multiple systems. Centralized Management: By using a SIEM, organizations can streamline their incident detection and response processes. Security analysts can investigate incidents more efficiently with centralized dashboards and tools for monitoring and managing security events. Option A (removing expensive systems that generate few alerts) and option B (modifying systems to alert only on critical issues) may not be ideal because they could overlook important security events that don't meet the predefined criteria. Option D (implementing a new syslog/NetFlow appliance) addresses part of the issue by improving log collection, but it doesn't provide the advanced correlation and analysis capabilities offered by a SIEM. Therefore, option C (utilizing a SIEM to centralize logs and dashboards) is the most effective solution for improving the correlation of events across multiple security systems in the organization.

Answer 521

D. Reflected denial of service Here’s why: Reflected Denial of Service (DDoS): This occurs when an attacker sends requests to a server with a spoofed source IP address, making it appear that the requests are coming from the victim's IP address. The server then responds to these requests, sending large amounts of data to the victim's IP address, overwhelming their network connection. Symptoms Matching: In this scenario, the DNS server is experiencing inbound traffic flooding its network interface, despite minimal DNS queries being sent to it. This mismatch indicates that the server is likely being used as an amplifier in a DDoS attack. The server is responding to spoofed requests that appear to originate from the victim's network, thereby flooding the victim's network interface with unwanted traffic. Other Options Considered: Concurrent session usage (option A) typically refers to the number of active sessions or connections, which doesn't fit the described scenario. Secure DNS cryptographic downgrade (option B) and on-path resource consumption (option C) are not directly related to the symptoms of a flooded network interface due to DDoS. Therefore, option D (Reflected denial of service) best describes the situation where the DNS server is flooded with inbound traffic due to being used as an unwitting amplifier in a DDoS attack.

Answer 522

(Community C 59%, B 32%) C. Data masking Here’s why data masking is the most appropriate solution: Data Masking: This technique involves transforming sensitive data within the development environment so that it is anonymized or obfuscated. This allows the development team to work with realistic data for testing and debugging purposes while ensuring that the actual PII is not exposed or used inappropriately. Balancing Privacy and Functionality: Data masking strikes a balance by protecting sensitive information (in this case, PII) while still providing developers with data that resembles real-world scenarios. This enables them to adequately test functionality, simulate user interactions, and troubleshoot issues without compromising privacy or violating regulations. Compliance and Security: By implementing data masking, the organization can comply with privacy regulations (such as GDPR, CCPA) and internal privacy policies enforced by the CPO, while also maintaining data security in the development environment. While options like data purge (option A) and data encryption (option B) focus on removing or securing data, they may not allow the development team to continue their necessary testing activities effectively. Data tokenization (option D), while useful for securing sensitive data by replacing it with non-sensitive tokens, might not provide realistic test data that developers require. Therefore, option C (Data masking) is the best choice to ensure both compliance with privacy requirements and support for development activities in the presence of sensitive PII data.

Answer 523

C. tail -500 /logfiles/messages | grep www.comptia.com Here's why: tail -500 /logfiles/messages: This command will retrieve the last 500 lines from the file /logfiles/messages, which contains the outbound Internet traffic logs. grep www.comptia.com: The grep command is used to search for occurrences of the string www.comptia.com within the output obtained from tail. This will filter out and display only the lines that contain references to www.comptia.com, which in this case, would indicate outbound connections to the command-and-control website. Let's briefly discuss why the other options are not correct: Option A: head -500 www.comptia.com | grep /logfiles/messages This command attempts to search the first 500 lines of a file named www.comptia.com and then grep for /logfiles/messages, which is not relevant to searching log files for traffic to www.comptia.com. Option B: cat /logfiles/messages | tail -500 www.comptia.com This command would attempt to retrieve the last 500 lines from the www.comptia.com file, which is not the log file where the traffic data is stored. Option D: grep -500 /logfiles/messages | cat www.comptia.com This command is syntactically incorrect and does not perform the intended search on the syslog file /logfiles/messages. Therefore, option C is the correct choice as it effectively retrieves the recent log entries related to outbound traffic to www.comptia.com from the syslog file /logfiles/messages.

Answer 524

A. Scanning Here’s why: Scanning: This refers to the process of systematically checking for vulnerabilities, weaknesses, or potential threats within a system or network. In this case, the automated process is designed to scan the entire environment regularly, likely using vulnerability scanning tools or scripts. Automated Process: By automating the scanning process to run every morning, the systems administrator ensures that potential vulnerabilities are identified promptly and consistently. Options like alerting (option B), reporting (option C), and archiving (option D) are related activities but do not directly describe the primary action of actively checking for vulnerabilities. Alerting involves notifying stakeholders of detected issues, reporting involves summarizing findings, and archiving involves storing data for future reference, none of which directly perform the initial act of scanning for vulnerabilities. Therefore, option A (Scanning) best describes the activity conducted by the systems administrator in this scenario.

Answer 525

C. Thin clients Here’s why thin clients are suitable for this scenario: Cost-Effective: Thin clients are typically less expensive than traditional desktops or laptops. They are designed to connect to a centralized VDI infrastructure where the actual computing is done on servers rather than locally on the client device. This reduces the hardware cost per user. VDI Compatibility: Thin clients are specifically built to work with VDI environments. They have minimal local processing power and storage because most computing tasks are handled by the VDI servers. This makes them ideal for deploying a VDI solution in a cost-effective manner. Shop Floor Environment: In factory locations, there might be environmental factors such as dust, temperature variations, and physical hazards that could potentially damage or affect traditional desktops or laptops. Thin clients, being simpler and more robust with fewer moving parts, are often more durable in such environments. Options like laptops (option A) and workstations (option D) are typically more expensive and may not be necessary if the primary requirement is to access the VDI environment. Containers (option B) are a different technology used for application deployment and management, not for providing access to a VDI environment. Therefore, option C (Thin clients) is the most appropriate choice for deploying a low-cost solution to enable users on the shop floor to log in to the VDI environment directly.

Answer 526

D. A rootkit was deployed. Here’s why: File Integrity Change: File integrity monitoring tools are designed to detect unauthorized changes to critical system files, such as cmd.exe. A sudden change in the hash of a system file like cmd.exe indicates that the file has been altered. No Patch Activity: Since no patches were applied recently, a legitimate update to cmd.exe through official channels (such as Windows Update) is unlikely. Therefore, the change in the file's hash is not due to a standard update process. Rootkit Deployment: Rootkits are malicious software that are specifically designed to conceal their presence and activities on a system. They often replace or modify critical system files like cmd.exe to maintain stealth and control over the compromised system. Options like the end user changing file permissions (option A), a cryptographic collision (option B), or a snapshot of the file system being taken (option C) are less likely explanations in this context. File permissions changes by end users typically do not alter the hash of system files like cmd.exe. Cryptographic collisions are extremely rare and not typically the cause of hash changes in system files. Taking a snapshot of the file system would not alter the hash of a specific file like cmd.exe unless the snapshot process itself was maliciously altering files. Therefore, option D (A rootkit was deployed) is the most plausible explanation for the observed change in the hash of the cmd.exe file detected by the file integrity monitoring tool.

Answer 527

D. XSS (Cross-Site Scripting) Here’s why: Cross-Site Scripting (XSS): XSS occurs when an attacker injects malicious scripts (such as JavaScript) into web pages viewed by other users. In this case, the malicious actor attempted to inject a script () into the website's URL parameters (name parameter in the query string). If this script executes when accessed, it could potentially compromise the security of users visiting the website by executing arbitrary JavaScript code in their browsers. Characteristics of XSS: The URL manipulation seen () is characteristic of a reflected XSS attack, where the injected script is reflected back to the user's browser and executed within the context of the vulnerable web page. Options like DLL injection (option A), session replay (option B), and SQL injection (option C) do not align with the context of the provided URL and the described attack scenario. DLL injection is a method of injecting malicious DLLs into processes, session replay involves capturing and replaying legitimate session data, and SQL injection involves manipulating SQL queries to execute unauthorized actions on a database. Therefore, option D (XSS) is the most likely type of attack observed in this scenario where the malicious actor attempted to inject a JavaScript alert into the website's URL parameters to exploit users accessing that URL.

Answer 528

A. Hacktivists Here's why: Hacktivists: Hacktivists are individuals or groups who use hacking techniques to promote political ends or to advance social causes. They often target organizations or individuals perceived as opposing their beliefs or causes. In this case, if the CEO's article is controversial enough to provoke strong reactions, hacktivists might target the company's systems in retaliation or to make a political statement. Contextual Fit: The CEO's planned publication of a controversial article in a national newspaper suggests potential for ideological disagreement or public outcry, which could attract the attention of hacktivist groups looking to exploit or retaliate against the company's digital infrastructure. Options like white-hat hackers (option B), who are ethical hackers focused on testing and improving security systems; script kiddies (option C), who are generally inexperienced hackers using pre-written scripts to attack systems; and insider threats (option D), who are employees or insiders with access to sensitive information, are less likely in this context. Therefore, option A (Hacktivists) is the most appropriate choice for the security manager to consider when assessing potential threats stemming from the CEO's upcoming publication.

Answer 529

D. NIST 800-53 Here’s why: NIST 800-53: This publication, titled "Security and Privacy Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations," provides a comprehensive catalog of security and privacy controls for U.S. federal information systems. It is developed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) and outlines controls that are applicable to federal agencies and organizations handling federal information. GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation): This regulation pertains to data protection and privacy for individuals within the European Union (EU) and European Economic Area (EEA). It does not specifically relate to U.S. federal information systems. PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard): This standard is focused on securing payment card information and is applicable to organizations handling payment card transactions. It does not pertain to U.S. federal information systems. ISO 27000: This family of standards includes ISO 27001, which is a framework for information security management systems (ISMS). While it provides a broad set of controls and guidelines for information security, it is not specific to U.S. federal information systems as outlined in NIST 800-53. Therefore, option D (NIST 800-53) is the correct answer for a catalog of security and privacy controls related to United States federal information systems.

Answer 530

C. CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker) Here’s why CASB is the most suitable choice: Access Control: CASB solutions provide granular access control capabilities that allow organizations to enforce policies based on user identity and context. This includes restricting access to internet services to authorized users only, ensuring that only authenticated and authorized users can access specific cloud services. Control over Actions: CASB solutions also offer comprehensive visibility and control over user actions within cloud applications and services. They can enforce policies that dictate what actions users are allowed to perform, such as uploading, downloading, sharing, or editing files within cloud services. Data Leakage Prevention (DLP): While DLP (option A) focuses specifically on preventing unauthorized data exfiltration or leakage, CASB solutions often incorporate DLP capabilities as part of their feature set. This allows them to monitor and control data transfers to and from cloud services, thus addressing the analyst's concerns about data leaks effectively. VPC (Virtual Private Cloud) and content filtering (option B and D) are more focused on network segmentation and controlling internet traffic based on content categories respectively, which do not directly address the requirement of controlling user actions on internet services with granular access control. Therefore, option C (CASB) is the best technology for the analyst to consider implementing to achieve the goals of restricting access to internet services to authorized users and controlling user actions on each service effectively.

Answer 531

D. Migrate to a cloud backup solution. Explanation: Cloud backup solution: This addresses both physical security and data durability concerns. Cloud providers often have robust physical security measures and data redundancy built into their infrastructure. Additionally, cloud backups are typically more durable and less prone to physical damage compared to on-site disks or tapes. Cloud storage can also be cost-effective, especially for businesses that do not want to invest in and manage additional hardware. Enhance resiliency by adding a hardware RAID: While RAID can improve data durability by protecting against disk failures, it does not address the physical security concern of having backup media on-site. Move data to a tape library and store the tapes off-site: This can improve physical security and durability, but it involves additional costs for tape management, off-site storage services, and potentially slower recovery times compared to cloud solutions. Install a local network-attached storage: This can improve data durability within the local network but does not fully address physical security concerns since the backup media would still be on-site. Therefore, migrating to a cloud backup solution (Option D) is the best cost-effective approach that addresses both the physical security and durability of backup data concerns.

Answer 532

C. A next-generation firewall (NGFW) Explanation: Next-generation firewall (NGFW): NGFWs combine traditional firewall capabilities with advanced features such as deep packet inspection, intrusion prevention systems (IPS), application awareness and control, and the ability to block malware and exploits at the network level. NGFWs are specifically designed to detect and prevent sophisticated attacks that misuse protocols and get through basic network defenses. Content filter: This primarily focuses on controlling the types of content that can be accessed by users, such as blocking websites with inappropriate material. It does not provide comprehensive protection against protocol misuse by malicious actors. Web Application Firewall (WAF): A WAF is designed to protect web applications by filtering and monitoring HTTP traffic between a web application and the Internet. While it is effective against web-based attacks such as SQL injection and cross-site scripting (XSS), it does not cover all types of protocol misuse across the network. Intrusion Detection System (IDS): An IDS monitors network traffic for suspicious activity and alerts administrators to potential threats. However, it does not actively block malicious traffic or prevent attacks; it only detects and alerts. Given the requirement to defend against malicious actors misusing protocols and being allowed through network defenses, a next-generation firewall (NGFW) is the most comprehensive and effective solution.

Answer 533

C. Geolocation policy Here’s why: Geolocation Policy: This policy allows organizations to restrict access based on the geographical location of users. By implementing a geolocation policy, access to sensitive documents can be blocked or restricted from IP addresses originating in high-risk countries or regions identified by the company's legal department. Effectiveness: Geolocation policies are effective because they directly prevent access based on the physical location of the user attempting to access the documents. This helps enforce compliance with legal and regulatory requirements that restrict access to sensitive information from certain jurisdictions. Data masking (option A) involves obfuscating sensitive data within the application, which may protect against unauthorized access but does not specifically address geographical restrictions. Encryption (option B) protects data by encoding it in such a way that only authorized parties with the decryption key can access it. While encryption is important for securing data in transit and at rest, it does not inherently prevent access based on geographical location. Data sovereignty regulation (option D) refers to laws and regulations that dictate how data is stored and managed within specific jurisdictions, but it does not directly control or restrict access based on the geographical location of users. Therefore, option C (Geolocation policy) is the most effective way to limit access to sensitive documents drafted in a SaaS application by individuals in high-risk countries, aligning with legal and compliance requirements regarding data access restrictions.

Answer 534

(Community BF 44%, DE 40%) The question is clearly implying an electricity problem. "The Chief Executive Officer wants to create a disaster recovery strategy to resolve THIS issue" meaning the outage issue. B. Generator and F. UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) Here’s why these options are cost-effective: Generator (Option B): A generator can provide backup power during extended power outages. It is a more affordable option compared to maintaining a hot or warm site, which involves duplicating the entire IT infrastructure at a secondary location. Generators can be set up to automatically kick in when main power fails, providing continuous operation until power is restored. UPS (Option F): An Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) is a device that provides short-term backup power during brief power interruptions or until a generator starts up. UPS units are generally inexpensive compared to setting up a dedicated disaster recovery site (hot or warm site). They ensure that critical systems remain operational during short outages and can bridge the gap until the generator comes online. Warm site (Option A), hot site (Option C), cold site (Option D), and cloud backups (Option E) are generally more expensive options or involve ongoing operational costs that may exceed the budget constraints for a low-cost solution in this scenario. Therefore, option B (Generator) and option F (UPS) are the most appropriate low-cost solutions to support the organization's disaster recovery strategy in response to frequent power outages. (Brain dump: D. Cold site, E. Cloud backups ) (Community BF 44%, DE 40%)

Answer 535

A. Password spraying Here's why: Password Spraying: In a password spraying attack, the attacker tries a few commonly used passwords (in this case, "Spring 2023") against many accounts. This method avoids rapid or frequent login attempts that could trigger account lockouts or detection by intrusion detection systems. Pattern in Logs: The logs show repeated login attempts at the same timestamp with different usernames but the same password. This pattern is typical of a password spraying attack where the attacker is attempting to gain unauthorized access to multiple accounts by guessing a commonly used password. Account forgery (option B) typically involves creating or manipulating user accounts to gain unauthorized access, which is not evident from the provided logs. Pass-the-hash (option C) involves an attacker obtaining hashed password values and using them to authenticate without needing to crack the hashes, which is not indicated by the provided logs. Brute-force (option D) attacks involve systematically trying all possible combinations of passwords until the correct one is found, which would typically result in more varied password attempts rather than using the same password for multiple accounts in quick succession. Therefore, option A (Password spraying) is the most likely attack occurring based on the information provided in the logs.

Answer 536

D. WAF (Web Application Firewall) Here’s why: Parameter Manipulation Protection: A WAF is designed to inspect and filter HTTP/HTTPS requests to a web application or API. It can detect and prevent common attacks such as parameter manipulation, where attackers attempt to modify input parameters to exploit vulnerabilities or gain unauthorized access. Security Controls: WAFs enforce security policies that can block or sanitize incoming requests, ensuring that only valid and expected parameters are accepted by the API endpoint. They can also detect abnormal patterns or anomalies in request parameters that may indicate malicious intent. Focused Protection: While options like DLP (Data Loss Prevention, option A) focus on preventing data leakage and SIEM (Security Information and Event Management, option B) on collecting and analyzing security event logs, they do not specifically address the manipulation of parameters in API requests. NIDS (Network Intrusion Detection System, option C) monitors network traffic for suspicious activities but may not provide the granular protection needed at the application layer. Therefore, option D (WAF) is the most appropriate solution to help protect against the attack where an unknown third party is manipulating parameters in a web API, providing effective defense at the application layer against such exploits.

Answer 537

A. Pass-the-hash Here’s why: Irregular Financial Transactions: Unauthorized users conducting financial transactions outside of regular business hours suggests they have gained access to internal accounts. Frequent Password Changes: Internal users changing their passwords frequently could indicate an attempt to evade detection or mitigate the impact of compromised credentials. Compromised Jump Box: The compromise of a jump box used by domain administrators suggests that attackers may have obtained privileged access, potentially through credential theft or exploitation. Authentication Method (NTLM): NTLM (NT LAN Manager) authentication is vulnerable to pass-the-hash attacks. In this method, attackers capture hashed credentials from compromised systems and use them to authenticate without needing to crack passwords. Given these indicators, the scenario aligns with the tactics commonly associated with pass-the-hash attacks, where attackers leverage captured hashed credentials (rather than plaintext passwords) to authenticate and gain unauthorized access to systems and applications. Therefore, option A (Pass-the-hash) is the most likely type of attack being used to gain unauthorized access in this situation.

Answer 538

D. A SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) Here’s why: Centralized Log Management: A SIEM collects and aggregates logs from various sources such as firewalls, EDR systems, servers, and network devices. It provides a centralized platform to correlate events and analyze them in context, which is crucial when investigating incidents that span multiple systems. Correlation and Analysis: SIEM platforms use correlation rules to detect patterns and anomalies across logs. In this case, the SIEM can correlate the logs from the EDR system (detecting encrypted outbound connections) with logs from the firewall (reporting outbound connections on random high ports). This correlation helps identify potential sources and behaviors associated with the incident. Alerting and Reporting: SIEMs provide capabilities for real-time alerting on suspicious activities and generating reports that aid in incident response and forensic analysis. Options A, B, and C are less suitable in this context: A. Vulnerability Scanner: Scans and identifies vulnerabilities in systems but does not provide the real-time correlation and analysis needed for incident response. B. NGFW (Next-Generation Firewall): Provides advanced firewall capabilities including monitoring and filtering network traffic but does not typically provide centralized log management or correlation across diverse logs. C. Windows Event Viewer: Provides logs specific to Windows systems but does not aggregate logs from multiple sources or offer the breadth of correlation and analysis capabilities required for cross-platform incident investigation. Therefore, option D (SIEM) is the best tool to assist the analyst in reviewing correlated logs to identify the source of the incident involving encrypted outbound connections and increased outbound connections on random high ports.

Answer 539

A. Implement S/MIME to encrypt the emails at rest. Here’s why this option is appropriate: S/MIME Encryption: S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) provides end-to-end encryption for emails. This means that emails are encrypted before they leave the sender's mailbox and remain encrypted until they are decrypted by the intended recipient. Encrypting emails at rest ensures that even if attackers gain access to the mail servers and user inboxes, they cannot read the contents of the emails without the decryption keys. Protection of Email Contents: By implementing S/MIME, the company can protect sensitive email contents from unauthorized access, even in the event of a breach where attackers manage to compromise the internal mail servers. Option B (Enable full disk encryption on the mail servers) is a good security practice for protecting data at rest on the servers themselves, but it does not specifically protect email contents transmitted over the network or stored in user inboxes once decrypted. Option C (Use digital certificates when accessing email via the web) enhances authentication and secure access to email services but does not directly address the protection of email contents from being released in the event of a breach. Option D (Configure web traffic to only use TLS-enabled channels) improves the security of email communications in transit by encrypting traffic between clients and servers, but it does not address the protection of email contents at rest. Therefore, option A (Implement S/MIME to encrypt the emails at rest) is the most effective measure to prevent email contents from being released in case of another breach involving unauthorized access to internal mail servers and user inboxes.

Answer 540

D. Red Team Here’s why: Red Team: The Red Team is responsible for simulating real-world attacks on an organization's systems, networks, and personnel. This includes conducting penetration testing to identify vulnerabilities in technical systems and social engineering to assess human vulnerabilities. Penetration Testing: The Red Team performs penetration testing to actively exploit identified vulnerabilities in a controlled manner to assess the effectiveness of defensive measures. Social Engineering: Red Teams also engage in social engineering techniques to test the organization's security awareness, policies, and procedures by attempting to manipulate employees into disclosing sensitive information or performing actions that compromise security. Options A (White Team), B (Purple Team), and C (Blue Team) do not typically perform offensive security assessments like penetration testing and social engineering: White Team: Focuses on internal compliance, policies, and ensuring adherence to security standards. Purple Team: Collaborates between Red (offensive) and Blue (defensive) teams to share knowledge and improve overall security posture through joint testing and assessments. Blue Team: Focuses on defending against and responding to security incidents, monitoring systems, and maintaining the organization's security infrastructure. Therefore, option D (Red Team) is the correct team that will conduct the offensive security assessment, including penetration testing and social engineering, for the company hired by the consultant.

Answer 541

A. Tabletop Exercises A. Tabletop Exercises: These are simulations of an emergency scenario where key stakeholders discuss their roles and responses. They're effective for testing plans, identifying gaps, and training staff without disrupting operations. B. Replication: This involves duplicating critical systems or data to ensure availability and continuity. While important for resilience, it's more about maintaining operations rather than directly improving incident response. C. Failover: This refers to the process of switching to a redundant or standby system upon detecting a failure. It's crucial for minimizing downtime but isn't specifically an exercise for improving incident response procedures. D. Recovery: This involves restoring systems, services, and data to their normal state after an incident. While essential, it's reactive rather than proactive for process improvement. Conclusion: The exercise most directly aimed at improving incident response processes is A. Tabletop Exercises. These exercises help refine procedures, identify weaknesses, and train personnel in a controlled setting, thereby enhancing the organization's readiness to respond effectively to incidents.

Answer 542

(Brain dump : C. Error handling) (Community : C 76%, D 22%) The message "The username you entered does not exist" gives away too much information and could aid an attacker in their attempts to gain unauthorized access. A better approach would be to use a generic error message such as "Invalid username or password." This way, the application does not reveal whether it was the username, the password, or both that were incorrect, making it harder for an attacker to guess valid credentials D. Username lockout Based on the scenario described, where an attacker is attempting to harvest user credentials through multiple random username and password combinations, and the system responds with a specific message indicating whether the username exists or not, the analyst should recommend enabling Username Lockout. Here’s the reasoning behind this recommendation: Username Lockout: This security measure locks out a username after a certain number of failed login attempts. It helps mitigate brute-force attacks where attackers try multiple username/password combinations until they find a valid one. By locking out the username after a few unsuccessful attempts (commonly 3 to 5), the system prevents further login attempts for a specified period or until manually unlocked by an administrator. Error Handling: While important for providing clear and secure error messages, error handling alone wouldn't mitigate the risk posed by brute-force attacks. In this case, the error message "The username you entered does not exist" already provides some feedback to the attacker, but locking out the username after repeated failed attempts would effectively thwart the brute-force attempt. Therefore, the most appropriate recommendation in this context to enhance security against credential harvesting attempts would be D. Username Lockout.

Answer 543

D. Compensating controls Explanation: Compensating controls are alternative measures implemented to meet security requirements when the primary controls are not feasible or possible. In this case, disabling unneeded services and placing a firewall in front of the legacy system are measures taken to reduce risk and protect the system, compensating for the fact that the legacy system might not have the necessary built-in security features. Other options explained: Exception: This refers to allowing a deviation from a security policy or standard, typically granted for a specific period or under certain conditions. The actions described do not indicate granting an exception. Segmentation: This involves dividing a network into smaller segments to control access and reduce the scope of security breaches. While a firewall might be part of segmentation, the primary action described is implementing compensating controls. Risk transfer: This involves shifting the risk to another party, typically through insurance or outsourcing. The actions taken here do not involve transferring the risk but rather implementing additional controls to mitigate it.

Answer 544

B. VM escape. Here's why: VM Escape: This term specifically describes a scenario where an attacker exploits vulnerabilities in virtualization software to break out from a guest virtual machine (VM) and gain unauthorized access to the host system or other VMs running on the same hypervisor. It involves leveraging flaws in the virtualization layer to breach the isolation between guest VMs and the host system. Fog computing: This refers to a decentralized computing infrastructure where data, compute, storage, and applications are distributed in the most logical, efficient place between the data source and the cloud. It's not directly related to the scenario described. Software-defined networking: This involves managing network behavior through software abstractions, typically decoupled from the underlying hardware. It's not related to targeting a hypervisor from inside a guest OS. Image forgery: This generally refers to the creation or manipulation of images to deceive or mislead viewers, such as in the context of digital images or documents. It's unrelated to targeting a hypervisor. Container breakout: This refers to an attack where an attacker gains access to the underlying host operating system from within a container. It's specific to containerization environments like Docker rather than virtualization environments like VMs and hypervisors. Therefore, the correct term that describes the ability of code to target a hypervisor from inside a guest OS is B. VM escape.

Answer 545

D. A weekly, full backup with daily incremental backups. Here's why: Weekly, full backup: This strategy involves taking a complete backup of all data once a week. Full backups capture all data, ensuring comprehensive recovery capability. Daily incremental backups: Incremental backups only store changes made since the last backup, whether it was a full backup or an incremental backup. This results in smaller backup sizes compared to differential backups. Let's briefly compare this with the other options for clarity: A. Weekly, incremental backup with daily differential backups: In this approach, incremental backups would store changes since the last backup, but differential backups would store changes since the last full backup. Differential backups typically grow larger over time compared to incremental backups because they accumulate changes since the last full backup. B. Weekly, full backup with daily snapshot backups: Snapshot backups typically capture the state of the system at a specific point in time, but they often require significant storage space if taken daily, especially if they are full snapshots. C. Weekly, full backup with daily differential backups: Differential backups accumulate changes since the last full backup, so they can grow larger over time, especially if changes are substantial each day. Therefore, D. A weekly, full backup with daily incremental backups is generally the most storage-efficient option because it minimizes the amount of data stored in each backup iteration, focusing only on changes made since the last backup. This approach balances storage efficiency with the ability to restore from a weekly full backup, ensuring both comprehensive backups and efficient use of storage space.

Answer 546

A. The GPS location Here's why: GPS location: Many modern smartphones embed GPS coordinates into the metadata (EXIF data) of photos taken with the device. This information can reveal where the photos were taken, providing geographic coordinates of the location. Let's briefly review the other options: B. When the file was deleted: This information is not typically stored in the metadata of an image file. File deletion timestamps are managed by the filesystem and are not part of image metadata. C. The total number of print jobs: Image files do not typically contain information about print jobs. Print job information is specific to print logs or printer management systems, not embedded within image metadata. D. The number of copies made: Similarly, the number of copies made of an image file is not stored in the metadata of the image itself. It would be managed externally through logging or tracking systems. Therefore, among the options provided, A. The GPS location is the metadata that could be part of the images if all metadata is intact, assuming the photos were taken with a device that records GPS coordinates in the EXIF data.

Answer 547

A. The S/MIME plug-in is not enabled Here's why: S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions): S/MIME is a standard for public key encryption and signing of MIME data (including email messages). To decrypt and view encrypted emails, the recipient's email client typically needs to have a S/MIME plug-in or support enabled. If the S/MIME plug-in is not enabled or configured correctly in the email client, the recipient will encounter errors when trying to open encrypted messages. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: B. The SSL certificate has expired: SSL certificates are used for securing connections over HTTPS and other protocols, not typically for decrypting email messages. While an expired SSL certificate could cause connection issues for receiving emails, it wouldn't directly prevent the decryption of an encrypted email. C. Secure IMAP was not implemented: Secure IMAP (IMAPS) is a protocol used for accessing email securely over IMAP. However, its implementation status wouldn't directly affect the ability to decrypt an encrypted email. D. POP3S is not supported: POP3S (POP3 over SSL) is a protocol used for retrieving emails securely via POP3. Like IMAPS, its support status wouldn't directly impact the decryption of an encrypted email. Therefore, based on the scenario provided, the most likely cause of the issue where the financial analyst cannot open the encrypted email is that A. The S/MIME plug-in is not enabled or properly configured in the email client.

Answer 548

C. Microservices Here's why: Microservices: This architectural style involves breaking down a complex application into smaller, independent services that can be developed, deployed, and scaled independently. Each microservice typically handles a specific business function and communicates with other services through APIs. This approach helps improve flexibility, scalability, and ease of maintenance compared to monolithic applications. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. Virtualization: This refers to creating virtual instances of computing resources, such as servers, operating systems, storage devices, or network resources. While virtualization can aid in managing and deploying applications, it doesn't inherently involve breaking down a single application into smaller modules. B. Serverless: Serverless computing abstracts the infrastructure management from developers, allowing them to focus on writing code without worrying about server provisioning or scaling. It's a deployment model rather than an architectural approach to breaking down applications into modules. D. API gateway: An API gateway is a server that acts as an API front-end, receiving API requests, enforcing throttling and security policies, and routing them to the appropriate backend services. It's not directly related to breaking down a monolithic application into smaller, independent modules. Therefore, the most appropriate choice that identifies the systems administrator's recommendation to break down the application into unique, independent modules is C. Microservices. This approach would address the issues with upgrades by allowing changes and updates to be made to individual services without impacting the entire application.

Answer 549

B. Application allow list Here’s why: Application allow list (also known as Application Whitelisting): This security measure allows only approved or recognized programs (applications) to run on a system. Any program not explicitly listed on the allow list will be blocked from executing. This approach is highly effective in preventing unauthorized or unknown programs from running, thereby reducing the risk of malware and unauthorized software execution. Let's briefly review the other options: A. Access control list (ACL): ACLs are typically used to control access permissions to resources (such as files, directories, or network shares) based on user identities or groups. While ACLs are important for access control, they do not specifically prevent unknown programs from executing. C. Host-based firewall: Host-based firewalls control network traffic to and from a host system based on predetermined security rules. They can restrict communication but are not primarily designed to block unknown programs from executing. D. DLP solution (Data Loss Prevention): DLP solutions focus on protecting sensitive data from unauthorized access or exfiltration. While they may include features to prevent certain types of files or data from being transferred, they are not typically used to block unknown programs from executing. Therefore, B. Application allow list is the best choice for blocking unknown programs from executing because it provides proactive control over which programs are allowed to run on a system, thereby reducing the attack surface and enhancing security.

Answer 550

A. Configure the guest wireless network to be on a separate VLAN from the company's internal wireless network. Here's why this is the best choice: Separate VLAN: By placing the guest wireless network on a separate VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network), you isolate it from the company's internal network. This separation ensures that devices connected to the guest network cannot directly access internal resources, such as servers or printers, that reside on the company network. It effectively limits the potential impact of any security breaches or unauthorized access attempts from guest devices. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: B. Change the password for the guest wireless network every month: While changing passwords regularly is a good security practice, it's not as effective in isolation for protecting against guests accessing internal resources. Guests could still attempt to access company resources if they somehow gain access to the network. C. Decrease the power levels of the access points for the guest wireless network: Lowering power levels affects coverage but does not prevent guests from accessing internal resources if they can connect to the same network segment. D. Enable WPA2 using 802.1X for logging on to the guest wireless network: While WPA2 with 802.1X provides strong authentication for connecting devices, it's typically more complex and may not align with the goal of making the guest network easy to connect to for visitors. Therefore, A. Configure the guest wireless network to be on a separate VLAN from the company's internal wireless network is the best choice. It provides effective isolation between guest traffic and internal resources while still allowing convenient internet access for visitors.

Answer 551

(Brain dump : B. Utilizing split tunneling so only traffic for corporate resources is encrypted) (Communty : B 95%) To maintain high-quality video conferencing while minimizing latency when connected to the VPN, an organization should utilize split tunneling. This approach routes only essential corporate traffic through the VPN, allowing non-essential traffic to be directed over the regular Internet for improved call quality (Community D 51%, B 47%) D. Configuring QoS properly on the VPN accelerators Here's why: Quality of Service (QoS): QoS mechanisms prioritize certain types of network traffic over others, ensuring that critical applications like videoconferencing receive sufficient bandwidth and minimal latency. By configuring QoS properly on the VPN accelerators, the organization can prioritize videoconferencing traffic over other types of traffic going through the VPN. This helps to maintain consistent video quality and responsiveness during meetings, even when corporate resources are accessed through the VPN. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. Using geographic diversity to have VPN terminators closer to end users: While this can reduce latency by minimizing the physical distance between users and VPN terminators, it may not directly address the prioritization of videoconferencing traffic or ensure consistent performance. B. Utilizing split tunneling so only traffic for corporate resources is encrypted: Split tunneling can reduce the load on the VPN by allowing non-corporate traffic to bypass it entirely, but it doesn't inherently address QoS for videoconferencing traffic. C. Purchasing higher bandwidth connections to meet the increased demand: While increasing bandwidth can help accommodate more traffic, it doesn't guarantee low latency or prioritize specific types of traffic like videoconferencing without proper QoS configuration. Therefore, D. Configuring QoS properly on the VPN accelerators is the best option to ensure that videoconferencing quality remains high while minimizing latency for remote workers connected via VPN to corporate resources.

Answer 552

B. Setting up a VPN and placing the jump server inside the firewall Here’s why: Setting up a VPN: A Virtual Private Network (VPN) creates a secure encrypted tunnel for remote access to internal resources. By requiring VPN access, the company ensures that only authorized users with valid credentials can connect to the internal network. This approach mitigates the risk of unauthorized access and enhances overall security. Placing the jump server inside the firewall: A jump server (or bastion host) is a hardened server that acts as an intermediary between external networks (such as the public internet) and the internal network. Placing the jump server inside the firewall adds an additional layer of protection by restricting direct access to internal resources and allowing controlled access only through the VPN. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. Changing the remote desktop port to a non-standard number: While this can obscure the remote desktop service from casual scans, it's not as effective as VPN access in securing remote access to the production network. Sophisticated attackers can still discover non-standard ports, and it doesn't provide encryption or authentication mechanisms offered by VPNs. C. Using a proxy for web connections from the remote desktop server: This option focuses on web traffic and does not address the broader security concerns related to direct remote desktop access from the public network. D. Connecting the remote server to the domain and increasing the password length: While increasing password length is good practice for security, connecting the remote server directly to the domain does not necessarily enhance security against remote desktop access from the public network. It also doesn't address the need for secure access mechanisms like VPNs. Therefore, B. Setting up a VPN and placing the jump server inside the firewall is the most effective recommendation to secure access to the production network while allowing remote desktop access. It ensures that access is authenticated, encrypted, and controlled through a secure channel.

Answer 553

B. Supply chain Here’s why: Supply chain: In cybersecurity, the supply chain refers to the network of vendors, suppliers, and partners who provide goods and services to an organization. When an organization's security controls do not extend to these external entities, they can become vulnerable points of entry for attackers. If the vendor handling the customer credit card data does not maintain adequate security measures, it can lead to breaches where sensitive data is exfiltrated. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. Side channel: Side channel attacks typically involve exploiting unintended communication channels or weaknesses in physical devices (such as power consumption or electromagnetic emissions) to extract information. While side channel attacks are a concern, they are less likely to be the source of a breach involving exfiltration of credit card data through a vendor connection. C. Cryptographic downgrade: This refers to a scenario where an attacker forces a system to use weaker cryptographic algorithms or protocols, potentially weakening security. While relevant in other contexts, it's not directly applicable to the breach scenario described. D. Malware: Malware refers to malicious software designed to disrupt, damage, or gain unauthorized access to computer systems. While malware could potentially be involved in a breach scenario, the description provided focuses more on the vulnerability introduced through the vendor's insecure connection rather than an attack vector like malware. Therefore, B. Supply chain is the most likely source of the breach where customer credit card data was exfiltrated through a vendor who lacks comparable security controls. This highlights the importance of securing not only internal systems but also external connections and partners within the supply chain.

Answer 554

B. VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure) Here’s why VDI is a suitable choice: Flexibility: VDI allows employees to access their desktop environment and company applications from various devices (laptops, tablets, thin clients, etc.) regardless of the hardware specifications. Employees can use their preferred devices while accessing a standardized virtual desktop provided by the company. Control and Security: With VDI, the company retains control over the virtual desktop environment hosted on centralized servers. This enables centralized management of software updates, security patches, and access controls. Since data and applications reside on the centralized servers rather than the endpoint devices, security risks associated with diverse hardware are reduced. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. BYOD (Bring Your Own Device): BYOD allows employees to use their personal devices for work purposes. While BYOD offers flexibility, it can present challenges for security and management, as the company has less control over employee-owned devices. C. COPE (Corporate-Owned, Personally Enabled): COPE provides employees with company-owned devices that they can also use for personal purposes. While it offers some control over the hardware and security, it doesn't provide the same flexibility as VDI in terms of supporting a wide range of employee device preferences. D. CYOD (Choose Your Own Device): CYOD allows employees to choose from a selection of company-approved devices. While it offers more control than BYOD, it still involves managing diverse hardware types and configurations, which can be challenging. Therefore, B. VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure) is the deployment model that best provides the needed flexibility for employees on device preference while maintaining control and security over company data and infrastructure.

Answer 555

B. Hacktivist Here's why: Hacktivist: Hacktivists are individuals or groups who use hacking and other digital techniques to promote political ends or social change. They are motivated by ideological beliefs and may target organizations or individuals that they perceive as representing opposing ideologies or engaging in activities they oppose. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. Business competitor: Business competitors are motivated by financial gain and market advantage rather than ideology. C. Criminal syndicate: Criminal syndicates are motivated by profit from illegal activities such as extortion, fraud, or theft, rather than ideology. D. Script kiddie: Script kiddies are typically inexperienced hackers who use pre-written scripts or tools to launch attacks for fun, curiosity, or to prove their skills, rather than for ideological reasons. E. Disgruntled employee: Disgruntled employees may engage in malicious activities due to personal grievances or dissatisfaction with their employer, but this motivation is personal rather than ideological. Therefore, B. Hacktivist is the most likely threat actor to be motivated by ideology among the options provided.

Answer 556

C. Jailbreaking Here’s why: Jailbreaking: Jailbreaking is the process of removing software restrictions imposed by the device manufacturer or operating system provider (such as Apple or Android). By jailbreaking a device, users can gain root access or administrative privileges, allowing them to bypass limitations and install unauthorized apps, customize the user interface, and enable features not supported by the default software. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. SQLi (SQL Injection): SQLi is a technique used to attack web applications by inserting malicious SQL code into input fields, aiming to manipulate the application's database. It's unrelated to installing unauthorized software on a mobile device. B. Cross-site scripting: XSS is a vulnerability that allows attackers to inject malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users. It's not related to installing unauthorized software on a mobile device. D. Side loading: Sideloading refers to the process of installing an application onto a device from a source other than the official app store. While sideloading can install apps not available in the app store, it typically requires enabling a setting on the device rather than bypassing restrictions like jailbreaking does. Therefore, C. Jailbreaking is the correct choice for enabling users to install unauthorized software and enable new features on a mobile device by circumventing manufacturer or operating system restrictions.

Answer 557

A. PowerShell New-Partition: This cmdlet is used in PowerShell to create a new partition on a specified disk. Format-Volume: This cmdlet is used to format a volume with a specified file system and other parameters. -DriveLetter C: Specifies the drive letter for the partition. -FileSystemLabel "New": Sets the file system label to "New". -FileSystem NTFS: Specifies the file system type as NTFS. -Full -Force -Confirm:$false: These are additional parameters used to perform the operation without prompting for confirmation and with full formatting. This command sequence is typical of PowerShell usage by malware to perform disk operations and potentially hide malicious activities by formatting or creating new partitions. Therefore, the correct answer is A. PowerShell.

Answer 558

E. It assures customers that the organization meets security standards Here’s why this is the correct answer: Assurance of Security Standards: ISO 27001 is an internationally recognized standard that outlines best practices for information security management systems (ISMS). By achieving certification, an organization demonstrates that it has implemented rigorous security controls and processes to protect information assets. This assurance is crucial for building trust with customers, partners, and stakeholders who are concerned about data security. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. It allows for the sharing of digital forensics data across organizations: ISO 27001 certification focuses on information security management within an organization and does not directly facilitate the sharing of digital forensics data across organizations. B. It provides insurance in case of a data breach: ISO 27001 certification itself does not provide insurance coverage in case of a data breach. Organizations may separately obtain cybersecurity insurance for financial protection in such events. C. It provides complimentary training and certification resources to IT security staff: While training and certification resources may be available from various sources, they are not intrinsic benefits of ISO 27001 certification itself. D. It certifies the organization can work with foreign entities that require a security clearance: ISO 27001 certification demonstrates compliance with international security standards, which can facilitate business relationships with entities that prioritize security, but it does not directly certify clearance for working with foreign entities. Therefore, E. It assures customers that the organization meets security standards is the most likely benefit of ISO 27001 certification, as it enhances credibility and trust regarding information security practices within the organization.

Answer 559

C. directory traversal attack. Explanation: Directory traversal: This attack involves an attempt to access files and directories that are stored outside of the web root directory. In this case, ../../../etc/passwd suggests an attempt to traverse upwards in the directory structure (../) multiple times to reach the /etc/passwd file, which is a sensitive system file often found on Unix-like systems. Mitigation: C. Directory traversal; implement a WAF (Web Application Firewall): A WAF can help mitigate directory traversal attacks by inspecting incoming requests and blocking those that attempt to access files or directories outside of the intended directory structure. WAFs can be configured with rules to detect and prevent such traversal attempts, thereby protecting the web server from unauthorized access to sensitive files. Let's briefly review why the other options are not correct for this scenario: A. XSS (Cross-Site Scripting); implement a SIEM (Security Information and Event Management): XSS involves injecting malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users. A SIEM is not directly related to mitigating XSS attacks; web application security measures like input validation and output encoding are more appropriate. B. CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery); implement an IPS (Intrusion Prevention System): CSRF involves tricking users into unintentionally performing actions on a web application where they are authenticated. An IPS is not specifically designed to mitigate CSRF; protections against CSRF typically involve tokens and secure coding practices. D. SQL injection; implement an IDS (Intrusion Detection System): SQL injection involves manipulating SQL queries through user input to gain unauthorized access to the database. An IDS can detect suspicious SQL injection attempts, but for mitigation, input validation and prepared statements in application code are more effective. Therefore, the correct answer is C. Directory traversal; implement a WAF, as this best aligns with mitigating the observed attack pattern in the web server logs.

Answer 560

B. HSM (Hardware Security Module) Here’s why HSM is the correct choice: Tamper Resistance: HSMs are specialized hardware devices designed to generate, store, and manage cryptographic keys securely. They are built with physical and logical protections against tampering and unauthorized access. HSMs typically include features such as tamper-evident seals, physical enclosures that resist intrusion, and mechanisms to zeroize (erase) keys if tampering is detected. Encryption Key Management: HSMs provide a secure environment for storing and managing encryption keys, ensuring that keys are protected from exposure and unauthorized use. They support operations such as key generation, encryption, decryption, and digital signing, all while maintaining high levels of security. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. DLP (Data Loss Prevention): DLP solutions focus on preventing unauthorized data exfiltration and ensuring compliance with data security policies. While important for overall data protection, DLP does not provide the specific tamper-resistant environment needed for secure key management. C. CA (Certificate Authority): CAs issue digital certificates used to authenticate the identity of users and systems in networks. While certificates play a role in encryption and security, they do not provide the physical and operational security features required for tamper-resistant key management. D. FIM (File Integrity Monitoring): FIM tools monitor and detect changes to files and systems, ensuring their integrity and security. While valuable for detecting unauthorized changes, FIM does not address the secure storage and management of encryption keys. Therefore, B. HSM (Hardware Security Module) is the most appropriate technology to implement for enhancing the protection of a critical environment used to store and manage encryption keys, with a specific focus on tamper resistance and secure key management capabilities.

Answer 561

(Brain dump: B. Cache memory, temporary filesystems, disk, archival media) (Community 96% B) The order of volatility from most to least volatile is: Cache, RAM, Swap or pagefile, Disk, Attached devices, Network ChatGTP A. Memory, temporary filesystems, routing tables, disk, network storage Explanation: Memory: This includes system memory (RAM) and is the most volatile as it is lost when the system is powered down. Temporary filesystems: These include temporary files and data stored in temporary storage locations, which can be deleted or altered frequently. Routing tables: These are found in network devices and can change frequently with network traffic and device reboots. Disk: This includes data stored on hard drives, which is less volatile as it remains intact even when the system is powered down. Network storage: This includes data stored on network-attached storage devices or cloud storage, which is less volatile compared to local disk storage. This order reflects the general principle that data closer to the CPU and active memory is more volatile and subject to change than data stored on persistent storage media.

Answer 562

D. Organized crime Here’s why: Organized crime: Ransomware-as-a-service (RaaS) refers to a business model where cybercriminals, often organized into criminal groups or networks, develop and distribute ransomware tools and infrastructure. These groups provide ransomware to other malicious actors (customers) who then use it to conduct ransomware attacks against targets. The goal is typically financial gain through extortion. RaaS platforms operate similarly to legitimate software-as-a-service (SaaS) models, providing easy access to ransomware tools and support services for a fee or a percentage of the ransom payments collected. This model enables less technically proficient individuals (customers of RaaS) to conduct ransomware attacks with minimal expertise. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. Insider threat: Refers to individuals within an organization who misuse their access or privileges to compromise security. Insider threats are typically employees or contractors with legitimate access to systems and data. B. Hacktivist: Refers to individuals or groups who use hacking techniques to promote political ends or social causes. Hacktivists' motivations are typically ideological rather than financial, and they may target organizations or individuals perceived as adversaries. C. Nation-state: Refers to governments or state-sponsored groups engaging in cyber operations for political, economic, or espionage purposes. Nation-state actors have significant resources and capabilities and may conduct ransomware attacks, but their motivations and operations differ from those of organized crime groups. Therefore, D. Organized crime best describes the threat actor behind ransomware-as-a-service due to the profit-driven nature and business model of providing ransomware tools and services to other malicious actors.

Answer 563

D. SLA (Service Level Agreement) Here’s why: SLA (Service Level Agreement): An SLA is a contract between a service provider and a customer that defines the level of service expected from the service provider. It includes specific terms such as response times, resolution times, escalation procedures, performance metrics (like uptime percentage), and penalties for failing to meet these metrics. SLAs are commonly used in IT services, cloud services, telecommunications, and other service-oriented industries to ensure that agreed-upon levels of service quality are maintained. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. BPA (Business Partnership Agreement): A BPA typically outlines the general terms and conditions of a business partnership, focusing on areas like profit-sharing, roles and responsibilities, and strategic objectives. It does not specifically address operational performance metrics or response times. B. MOA (Memorandum of Agreement): An MOA is a less formal agreement than an SLA, often used to outline broad understandings between parties regarding cooperation or collaboration. It may cover general principles but typically does not include detailed operational metrics or performance expectations. C. NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement): An NDA is a legal agreement that protects confidential information shared between parties. It does not pertain to operational performance metrics or service delivery expectations. Therefore, D. SLA (Service Level Agreement) is the correct choice as it explicitly defines response time, escalation points, and performance metrics between a service provider and a customer.

Answer 564

A. Insider threat detection Here’s why: Insider threat detection: The bakery's secret recipe is vulnerable to being leaked or stolen by insiders who have legitimate access to the recipe or the means to access it. Insider threats can include employees, contractors, or partners who may misuse their access intentionally or unintentionally. Security awareness training on insider threat detection helps employees recognize suspicious behaviors, understand the importance of protecting sensitive information like recipes, and report any unusual activities that could indicate a potential breach. While other objectives such as risk analysis, phishing awareness, and business continuity planning are important aspects of security awareness training, they may not directly address the specific threat of insiders accessing and potentially disclosing the bakery's secret recipe. Therefore, A. Insider threat detection is the objective that should be added to the bakery's security awareness training to protect its secret recipe effectively.

Answer 565

(Community : AD 100%) A. Ease of recovery: High-availability networks should be designed in a way that allows for quick and easy recovery in the event of a failure. Redundancy, failover mechanisms, and backup systems are some of the components that can help facilitate smooth recovery. D. Responsiveness: High-availability networks need to be responsive to ensure that any potential issues or failures are quickly detected, and appropriate actions are taken promptly to minimize downtime and impact.

Answer 566

A. Risk transference Here's why: Risk transference: This strategy involves transferring the risk to another party, typically through contracts, insurance policies, or outsourcing arrangements. By doing so, the organization shifts the financial burden or responsibility of managing the risk to another entity. This is particularly effective for risks that are deemed too costly to mitigate or manage internally. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: B. Risk avoidance: This strategy involves avoiding activities or situations that could lead to risk altogether. It does not shift risk but rather eliminates exposure to it. C. Risk mitigation: This strategy involves reducing the impact or likelihood of risks through proactive measures such as implementing controls, procedures, or safeguards. It aims to reduce the risk rather than transferring it. D. Risk acceptance: This strategy involves acknowledging the existence of a risk and deciding not to take any action to address it. It is not about shifting or transferring the risk but rather about consciously deciding to live with the consequences if the risk materializes. Therefore, A. Risk transference is the correct choice as it specifically involves shifting the burden of managing risks to other parties through various contractual or insurance mechanisms.

Answer 567

A. Implement input validations Here's why: Implement input validations: Input validation involves checking and sanitizing the data entered by users to ensure it meets the expected format and does not contain any malicious code. Proper input validation can prevent code injection attacks by ensuring that inputs are safe before they are processed by the application. This includes validating form inputs, query parameters, and any other user-supplied data. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: B. Deploy MFA (Multi-Factor Authentication): While MFA enhances security by requiring multiple forms of authentication, it does not address code injection vulnerabilities. MFA is primarily used to prevent unauthorized access to accounts. C. Utilize a WAF (Web Application Firewall): A WAF can help protect against some forms of code injection by filtering out malicious traffic and blocking attack attempts. However, it is not a substitute for properly validating inputs within the application itself. WAFs provide an additional layer of defense but should not be relied upon as the sole mitigation. D. Configure HIPS (Host-based Intrusion Prevention System): HIPS can help detect and prevent certain types of attacks on a host system, but it does not specifically address the root cause of code injection vulnerabilities in web applications. HIPS is more focused on protecting the host from various types of threats. Therefore, A. Implement input validations is the best remediation to directly address and prevent code injection vulnerabilities in a web form by ensuring that user inputs are properly validated and sanitized before being processed by the application.

Answer 568

D. FIM (File Integrity Monitoring) Here's why: FIM (File Integrity Monitoring): FIM is a security technology that monitors and detects changes to files and system configurations. It provides a way to track modifications, additions, and deletions of files, which is crucial for maintaining data integrity and detecting potential security breaches. FIM can alert administrators to unauthorized or unexpected changes, helping to identify and respond to incidents promptly. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. SPF (Sender Policy Framework): SPF is an email authentication method designed to detect and prevent email spoofing. It does not provide functionality for securing data or tracking changes to files. B. GPO (Group Policy Object): GPO is a feature of Microsoft Windows that allows administrators to manage policies and settings for users and computers in an Active Directory environment. While GPO can enforce security policies and configurations, it does not specifically track changes to files or data. C. NAC (Network Access Control): NAC is a security solution that controls access to a network based on compliance with security policies. It ensures that devices meet certain criteria before being allowed to connect to the network but does not monitor file integrity or track changes to data. Therefore, D. FIM (File Integrity Monitoring) is the correct choice as it provides the necessary capabilities to secure data and track any changes, helping the administrator to maintain data integrity and detect unauthorized modifications.

Answer 569

(Community : B 83%, D 17%) B. Implement network segmentation Implementing network segmentation can effectively contain the spread of the worm by isolating the infected system or segment from the rest of the network. This prevents the worm from propagating to other parts of the network and helps mitigate the impact of the incident. Network segmentation is a proactive approach to prevent lateral movement of malware within the network. While isolating the infected attachment (Option D) can be useful, it might not be as effective in preventing the worm from attempting to spread through other means or vectors beyond the isolated system. Implementing network segmentation provides a broader approach to isolating the affected systems and reducing the potential attack surface for the worm. ChatGPT B. Implement network segmentation Here’s why: Implement network segmentation: Network segmentation involves dividing the network into smaller, isolated segments or subnetworks. This limits the ability of the worm to spread across the entire network by containing it within a specific segment. By segmenting the network, the analyst can effectively control the flow of traffic and restrict the movement of the worm, preventing it from infecting other parts of the network. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. Apply a DLP (Data Loss Prevention) solution: While DLP solutions are useful for preventing the unauthorized transfer of sensitive data, they do not specifically address the containment or prevention of malware spread within the network. C. Utilize email content filtering: Email content filtering can help prevent future incidents by blocking malicious attachments or links in emails. However, it does not mitigate the spread of a worm that has already been executed within the network. D. Isolate the infected attachment: While isolating the infected attachment is important to prevent further executions, it does not address the spread of the worm that may already be propagating through the network. Therefore, B. Implement network segmentation is the most effective immediate action to prevent the further spread of the worm by isolating and containing it within specific network segments.

Answer 570

C. Session Initiation Protocol traffic logs Here’s why: Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) traffic logs: SIP is a protocol used for initiating, maintaining, and terminating real-time communication sessions that involve voice, video, and messaging applications. Voicemail systems often use SIP for handling and routing voice messages. Analyzing SIP traffic logs can help the IT security team trace the origin of the threatening voicemail messages, identify the source of the calls, and understand the call flow. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. Access control: Access control logs would show who accessed what systems and when, which is not directly relevant to analyzing voicemail messages. B. Syslog: Syslog is a standard for message logging used by various systems and network devices. While it can provide useful information about system events, it may not specifically contain the details needed to trace the voicemail messages. D. Application logs: These logs could be relevant if the application logs include details about the voicemail system. However, they may not specifically track the SIP traffic, which is more directly related to voice communication. Therefore, C. Session Initiation Protocol traffic logs is the best choice for analyzing and tracing the source of the threatening voicemail messages received by the sales team members.

Answer 571

D. SLE x ARO Here’s why: SLE (Single Loss Expectancy): This represents the monetary loss expected from a single occurrence of the threat. It is calculated as EF (Exposure Factor) multiplied by the asset value. ARO (Annualized Rate of Occurrence): This represents the estimated frequency with which the threat is expected to occur in a year. The formula to calculate the total annual loss, or Annualized Loss Expectancy (ALE), is: ALE=SLE×AROALE=SLE×ARO Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. EF x asset value: This calculation gives you the SLE (Single Loss Expectancy), not the annualized loss expectancy. B. ALE / SLE: This calculation gives you the ARO (Annualized Rate of Occurrence), not the total loss expected per year. C. MTBF x impact: MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) is typically used in reliability engineering to predict the time between failures of a system during operation. It is not used to calculate the total loss expected per year due to a threat. Therefore, D. SLE x ARO is the correct formula to calculate the total loss expected per year due to a threat targeting an asset.

Answer 572

A. Auto-update, D. Third-party updates (Braindump : A. Auto-update F. Sandboxing) (Community : AF 43%, BC 32%, AD 22%) (ChatGPT) A. Auto-update D. Third-party updates Explanation: Auto-update: Ensuring that software and applications are automatically updated helps to quickly apply patches and fixes for newly discovered vulnerabilities. This reduces the window of opportunity for attackers to exploit known vulnerabilities. Third-party updates: Keeping third-party software and libraries updated is crucial because vulnerabilities in these components can be exploited. Regularly updating third-party components ensures that any known security issues are addressed. Rationale for Other Options: HTTP headers: Implementing secure HTTP headers can help protect against specific web vulnerabilities (e.g., XSS, clickjacking), but it is more of a second step after ensuring the software is up-to-date. Secure cookies: This helps to secure web applications by ensuring cookies are transmitted securely, but again, it is a more specific measure. Full disk encryption: This protects data at rest, which is important but does not directly reduce application vulnerabilities. Sandboxing: This helps to isolate applications and reduce the impact of a compromised application, but it is a more advanced and specific measure. Hardware encryption: This is more relevant to securing data at rest and protecting against physical access attacks, rather than directly reducing application vulnerabilities.

Answer 573

B. SMS Here's why: SMS (Short Message Service): SMS-based authentication is susceptible to various attacks, including SIM swapping, interception of messages, and phishing attacks. Attackers can redirect SMS messages to their own devices or intercept them, thereby compromising the authentication process. Due to these vulnerabilities, SMS is generally considered the least secure method among the options listed. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: A. TOTP (Time-based One-Time Password): TOTP generates a time-based one-time password that is typically valid for a short period (e.g., 30 seconds). It is more secure than SMS because it relies on a shared secret and time synchronization, making it less vulnerable to interception and SIM swapping. C. HOTP (HMAC-based One-Time Password): HOTP generates a one-time password based on a counter and a shared secret. Like TOTP, it is more secure than SMS because it does not rely on the SMS network and is not vulnerable to SIM swapping or message interception. D. Token key: Token keys (hardware or software tokens) generate one-time passwords or other authentication codes independently of the network. They are considered more secure than SMS because they are not susceptible to network-based attacks like interception or SIM swapping. Therefore, B. SMS is the least secure authentication method among the options provided.

Answer 574

B. Intellectual property Here's why: Encrypted Data: While encryption is a method of securing data, it is not a type of data itself. R&D employees might work with encrypted data, but the focus here is on the nature of the data, not its state of security. Intellectual Property: This includes patents, trade secrets, proprietary designs, and formulas. R&D departments are heavily involved in creating and working with intellectual property, as it is the core of innovation and development within a company. Critical Data: This is data that is essential to the functioning of the company. While R&D might handle critical data, it is a broader term that can apply to many departments, not specifically to the nature of their daily work. Data in Transit: This refers to data that is being transferred from one location to another. Similar to encrypted data, this is about the state of the data rather than its type. Thus, Intellectual Property is the most accurate answer, as it directly relates to the nature of the work performed by R&D employees.

Answer 575

A. Intrusion prevention system (IPS) Here's why: Intrusion Prevention System (IPS): An IPS monitors network traffic for suspicious activities and known threats, and can take action to prevent these threats from succeeding. This system is designed to detect and prevent unauthorized access attempts in real time, which addresses the issue highlighted in the audit report. Proxy Server: A proxy server primarily acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other servers. While it can provide some security benefits, such as hiding internal IP addresses and blocking access to certain websites, it is not specifically designed to detect or prevent unauthorized access attempts. Jump Server: A jump server is used to manage access to other servers within a network, often used to improve security by providing a single point of access control. However, it does not actively monitor or prevent suspicious access attempts across the entire network. Security Zones: Implementing security zones involves segmenting the network into different areas based on security needs. While this can enhance security by isolating critical resources, it is not a direct solution for detecting and preventing unauthorized access attempts. Therefore, implementing an Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) would be the most effective solution to address the issue of undetected suspicious access attempts.

Answer 576

C. Site survey Here's why: Heat Map: A heat map is a visual representation of the wireless signal strength in different areas, often created as part of a site survey. It shows the areas with strong and weak signals. However, the process of creating a heat map involves conducting a site survey. Input Validation: Input validation is a technique used in software development to ensure that input data is correct and useful. It is not relevant to diagnosing wireless signal strength issues. Site Survey: A site survey involves assessing and mapping the wireless coverage within a building. It includes measuring signal strength at various locations to identify areas with poor or non-existent wireless coverage. This is precisely what is needed to address the reported issue. Embedded Systems: Embedded systems are specialized computing systems that are part of larger devices, typically used for specific control functions. They are not related to identifying wireless signal issues. Therefore, conducting a Site Survey is the appropriate action for the administrator to take to find and address areas with poor wireless signal on the third floor.

Answer 577

A. Compensating control Here's why: Compensating Control: This is a security measure that is implemented to satisfy the requirements of a security policy that cannot be met with the primary control. In this case, allowing connections only from specific internal IP addresses serves as a compensating control to enhance security on a legacy system that may not support more modern security measures. Network Segmentation: This involves dividing a network into smaller segments or subnetworks to improve security and manageability. While controlling access based on IP addresses can be part of network segmentation, the described scenario is specifically about a host-based firewall, not the overall network architecture. Transfer of Risk: This refers to shifting the risk to another party, often through insurance or outsourcing. Implementing a host-based firewall rule does not transfer risk; it mitigates risk. SNMP Traps: Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps are notifications sent from a network device to a management system, indicating a significant event. They are not related to firewall rules or access control. Therefore, the implementation of specific internal IP address allowances in a host-based firewall on a legacy Linux system is best described as a Compensating Control. (Brain dump: B. Network segmentation )

Answer 578

B. Social engineering Here's why: Phishing: Phishing is a specific type of social engineering attack where the attacker sends fraudulent emails or messages that appear to come from a legitimate source, with the aim of tricking the user into providing confidential information. While phishing is a subset of social engineering, the broader term is more applicable to the general act of tricking users. Social Engineering: This encompasses a wide range of manipulative tactics used to deceive individuals into divulging confidential information. It can include phishing, pretexting, baiting, and other methods where the attacker exploits human psychology. Typosquatting: Typosquatting involves registering domain names that are similar to legitimate websites, often relying on common typing errors made by users. It aims to deceive users into visiting the malicious website but does not directly involve tricking users into providing information through direct interaction. Smishing: Smishing is a form of phishing that involves sending fraudulent SMS (text) messages to trick users into providing confidential information. It is a specific type of social engineering attack using SMS. Given that the question refers to the broader concept of tricking a user into providing confidential information, Social Engineering is the most accurate answer.

Answer 579

B. Generator Here's why: Dual Supply: Having a dual power supply ensures redundancy in the power source, but if both sources are affected by the same power disruptions or intentional under-voltage events, this solution alone may not be sufficient. Generator: A generator can provide a reliable backup power source during extended power outages or intentional under-voltage events. This ensures that critical systems can continue to operate for longer periods, thereby reducing the risk of data loss. PDU (Power Distribution Unit): While a PDU helps in distributing power to multiple devices efficiently, it does not address the issue of power outages or under-voltage events. Daily Backups: While daily backups are essential for data recovery and minimizing data loss, they do not prevent disruptions in real-time operations or data loss that can occur between backups during extended power outages. Given the scenario with frequent brief outages and the high risk of longer intentional under-voltage events, implementing a Generator would provide continuous power during these disruptions, thereby ensuring the operation of data centers and reducing the risk of data loss.

Answer 580

A. Here's why: : This is an example of a Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) attack, where malicious scripts are injected into web pages viewed by other users. Input sanitization can effectively prevent such attacks by ensuring that any user-provided input is properly encoded and does not contain executable code. nmap -p- 10.11.1.130: This is a command used for network scanning. While it represents a potential security risk, it is more related to network security and should be mitigated through network access controls and monitoring rather than input sanitization. Email message: "Click this link to get your free gift card.": This example represents a phishing attack. Mitigating phishing typically involves user education, email filtering, and anti-phishing technologies rather than input sanitization. Browser message: "Your connection is not private.": This message indicates a potential issue with an SSL/TLS certificate or a man-in-the-middle attack. Addressing this issue involves ensuring proper SSL/TLS configurations and certificate management, not input sanitization. Therefore, input sanitization is most directly applicable to mitigating the risks associated with the example.

Answer 581

A. Segmentation Here's why: Segmentation: Network segmentation involves dividing a network into smaller, distinct subnetworks or segments. By doing this, an administrator can isolate customer data on a separate network segment that is not accessible from the main corporate network, thereby enhancing security and reducing the risk of unauthorized access. Isolation: While similar to segmentation, isolation typically refers to completely separating systems to ensure they have no connectivity. While effective, it is often more extreme and less flexible than segmentation, which allows for controlled and secure interactions between segments if needed. Patching: Patching involves updating software to fix vulnerabilities and improve security. While important for maintaining the security of systems, patching does not address the specific need to separate and restrict access to customer data within the network. Encryption: Encryption protects data by making it unreadable to unauthorized users. While crucial for data security, especially for data at rest and in transit, it does not solve the issue of network access control and separation of data storage. Therefore, Segmentation is the best approach to achieve the goal of storing customer data on a separate part of the network that is not accessible to users on the main corporate network. (Brain dump : B. Isolation)

Answer 582

The company is addressing the following vulnerability by adding a clause to its Acceptable Use Policy (AUP) that states employees are not allowed to modify the operating system on mobile devices: C. Jailbreaking Here's why: Cross-site scripting (XSS): This vulnerability involves injecting malicious scripts into web pages viewed by other users. It is not directly related to modifying the operating system on mobile devices. Buffer overflow: This vulnerability occurs when more data is written to a buffer than it can hold, potentially leading to arbitrary code execution. While serious, it is not specifically addressed by prohibiting modifications to the operating system on mobile devices. Jailbreaking: Jailbreaking is the process of removing restrictions imposed by the operating system on mobile devices, typically to allow the installation of unauthorized applications or modifications. Prohibiting modifications to the operating system directly addresses the risk of jailbreaking, which can expose devices to security vulnerabilities and malicious software. Side loading: Side loading refers to installing applications on a device from unofficial sources outside of the official app store. While related to security, it is not directly about modifying the operating system itself, but rather about how applications are installed. Therefore, the organization is addressing the vulnerability of Jailbreaking by adding this clause to its AUP.

Answer 583

B. Bug bounty Here's why: Open-source intelligence (OSINT): OSINT involves collecting and analyzing publicly available information to identify potential security threats. It does not typically involve compensating individuals for discovering specific vulnerabilities in an application. Bug bounty: A bug bounty program invites individuals, often external security researchers, to test the company's applications for vulnerabilities. The company compensates these researchers based on the vulnerabilities they discover and report. This description matches the scenario provided. Red team: A red team consists of security professionals who simulate real-world attacks to test the defenses of an organization. While red teaming is a comprehensive security testing approach, it is usually conducted by an internal or contracted team rather than through an open program with external participants. Penetration testing: Penetration testing involves authorized, simulated attacks on a system to identify security weaknesses. Penetration tests are typically conducted by hired security professionals or specialized firms, not through an open call to external researchers with compensation based on discovered vulnerabilities. Therefore, the program described in the scenario is a Bug bounty program.

Answer 584

(Community DE 63%, DF 19%, BD 19%) Network logs (Option D): These logs can help identify network connections to the command-and-control server and provide information about source IP addresses (the impacted host) and destination IP addresses (the command-and-control server). Firewall logs (Option E): Firewall logs also track network traffic and can provide valuable information about source and destination IP addresses, helping identify the impacted host and its communication with the command-and-control server. Chat GPT : D. Network E. Firewall Here's why: Network Logs: These logs contain information about network traffic, including connections made to and from internal and external IP addresses. Analyzing network logs can help identify communications between the impacted host and the command-and-control server. Firewall Logs: Firewall logs record allowed and blocked network traffic. These logs can provide insights into unauthorized or suspicious connections to external IP addresses associated with the C2 server, helping to pinpoint the affected host. The other options are less relevant in this context: Application Logs: These logs track events related to specific applications, which might not directly reveal communication with a C2 server unless the application itself is compromised. Authentication Logs: These logs track login attempts and authentication events. While useful for identifying unauthorized access, they are less likely to directly reveal communication with a C2 server. Error Logs: These logs capture errors and warnings generated by various systems and applications. They are not typically focused on network activity or communications. System Logs: These logs include a variety of system-level events and operations. While they can be useful for understanding overall system activity, they are less likely to directly indicate communications with a C2 server compared to network and firewall logs. Therefore, Network and Firewall logs are the most relevant for identifying the impacted host in a command-and-control server incident.

Answer 585

B. Retention Here's why: Compromise: This term generally refers to a security incident where data has been accessed or altered without authorization. It is not related to archiving information for a specific time period. Retention: Data retention policies define how long different types of data should be kept before being deleted or archived. Ensuring that customer transaction information is archived for the proper time period is directly related to data retention. Analysis: Data analysis involves examining data to extract useful information and insights. This does not involve archiving data for specific time periods. Transfer: Data transfer policies govern the movement of data between locations or systems. This is not directly related to the archiving of data for compliance purposes. Inventory: Data inventory involves keeping a catalog of all data assets within an organization. While important for understanding what data exists, it does not address how long data should be kept or archived. Therefore, the administrator is carrying out a Retention policy by ensuring information about customer transactions is archived for the proper time period.

Answer 586

D. Included third-party libraries E. Vendors/supply chain Here's why: Unsecure protocols: While using insecure protocols can lead to vulnerabilities, they are not typically vectors for the inclusion of vulnerable code in software releases themselves. They are more related to communication security. Use of penetration-testing utilities: These tools are used to test for vulnerabilities, not introduce them. While improper use could expose vulnerabilities, they are not a primary vector for including vulnerable code in final software releases. Weak passwords: Weak passwords are a security risk for unauthorized access but are not directly related to the inclusion of vulnerable code in software releases. Included third-party libraries: Using third-party libraries is a common practice in software development. However, these libraries can contain vulnerabilities or malicious code that can be unintentionally included in the final software release. Vendors/supply chain: The software supply chain involves multiple vendors and sources that contribute to the final product. Vulnerabilities or malicious code can be introduced through these external entities, either intentionally or unintentionally. Outdated anti-malware software: While having outdated anti-malware software can increase the risk of infection and attacks, it is not directly related to the inclusion of vulnerable code in software releases. Therefore, the most likely vectors are Included third-party libraries and Vendors/supply chain.

Answer 587

(Brain dump: C. Implement BYOD for the sales department while leveraging the MDM.) (Community : C 78%, D 17%) BYOD (Bring Your Own Device) allows employees to use their own mobile devices for work, which can reduce costs and increase productivity. MDM software can be used to manage and secure the devices, ensuring that they are compliant with policies and that sensitive data is protected. (ChatGPT) D. Deploy mobile devices using the COPE (Corporate-Owned, Personally-Enabled) methodology. Here’s why COPE is a suitable choice: COPE Methodology: COPE allows the organization to maintain control over the mobile devices while still enabling flexibility for employees to use them for both work and personal purposes. This model ensures that the devices are owned and managed by the organization, which enhances security and privacy controls. Security and Privacy: With COPE, the organization can enforce security policies and configurations on the devices, ensuring they meet compliance requirements and protect customer data. This approach mitigates risks associated with using personal devices (BYOD) or random device selection (CYOD). Scalability: COPE provides scalability because the organization can manage a fleet of corporate-owned devices more effectively as the workforce grows or shrinks. It allows for streamlined provisioning, management, and decommissioning of devices as needed. Comparatively: Disallowing new hires from using mobile devices for six months (Option A) may hinder productivity and isn’t scalable or sustainable in a modern business environment where mobility is essential. Selecting four devices for the sales department in a Choose Your Own Device (CYOD) model (Option B) could limit flexibility and might not address security concerns as effectively as COPE. Implementing Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) for the sales department (Option C) introduces more security risks due to the diversity of devices and potential lack of control over employee-owned devices, even with Mobile Device Management (MDM). Therefore, deploying mobile devices using the COPE methodology is the best option to balance security, privacy, scalability, and flexibility for the growing sales department within the organization.

Answer 588

D. Implement full backups every Sunday at 8:00 p.m. and nightly differential backups at 8:00 p.m. Here's why this option is the most suitable: Full Backups: Performing full backups every Sunday ensures that a complete copy of the database is captured weekly. This serves as a baseline for recovery operations. Nightly Differential Backups: Differential backups capture all changes made since the last full backup. They are faster to perform and require less storage space compared to full backups. In the event of a failure, restoring from a full backup followed by the latest differential backup allows for faster recovery compared to incremental backups. Fastest Restore Time: With this approach, the company can restore the database by first restoring the last full backup and then applying the latest differential backup. This minimizes the restore time because only the changes since the last full backup need to be applied. Limited Storage Space: While full backups consume more storage space, performing them weekly and complementing them with nightly differentials strikes a balance between storage requirements and recovery speed. Incremental backups, as in option B, would require applying all incremental backups since the last full backup during a restore, potentially lengthening the restore time compared to differential backups. Therefore, option D (full backups every Sunday and nightly differential backups) is the best choice for achieving the fastest database restore time while managing limited storage space effectively.

Answer 589

C. CASB (Cloud Access Security Broker) Here’s why CASB is the most appropriate choice: Security: CASB solutions are specifically designed to provide security controls and policies for cloud applications and services. They enable the enforcement of security policies such as data encryption, access control, and threat protection across multiple cloud platforms. Manageability: CASB solutions offer centralized visibility and management of cloud services. They provide insights into user activities, data usage patterns, and potential security threats across all integrated cloud platforms. Visibility: CASB solutions enhance visibility by monitoring and auditing activities across SaaS and IaaS platforms. They provide detailed logs and reports that help identify compliance issues, anomalous behavior, and unauthorized access attempts. Comparatively: SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) solutions focus on aggregating and analyzing security event data from various sources across an organization's IT infrastructure. While valuable for overall security monitoring, they may not provide specific controls or visibility tailored for cloud applications and services. DLP (Data Loss Prevention) solutions are crucial for protecting sensitive data by monitoring and preventing its unauthorized disclosure. While important, DLP primarily focuses on data protection rather than managing and securing cloud services. SWG (Secure Web Gateway) solutions are used for controlling and securing web traffic, including enforcing security policies for web browsing and filtering malicious content. However, SWG solutions are not designed to provide comprehensive security and management capabilities for cloud applications and services. Therefore, CASB would be the best solution to provide security, manageability, and visibility into the SaaS and IaaS platforms used by the startup company.

Answer 590

(Community : C 82% , B 18%) C. "...buffer overflows on hosts." EDR is the Endpoint Detection and Response. HIDS can not prevent any buffer overflows. ChatGPT C. EDR (Endpoint Detection and Response) Here’s why EDR is the most appropriate choice: Endpoint Detection and Response (EDR): EDR solutions are designed to monitor and analyze endpoint activities in real time. They can detect suspicious behaviors, including those indicative of buffer overflow attacks, by monitoring system calls, process executions, and memory usage. Buffer Overflows: Buffer overflows occur when a program writes data beyond the allocated buffer size, potentially leading to code execution or crashes that attackers can exploit. EDR solutions can detect abnormal memory usage patterns and unauthorized changes to memory segments, which are indicative of buffer overflow attempts. Comparatively: DLP (Data Loss Prevention) focuses on preventing the unauthorized transmission of sensitive data and is not specifically designed to detect or prevent buffer overflow attacks. HIDS (Host-based Intrusion Detection System) can detect unauthorized access or changes to files, but it may not provide the detailed behavioral analysis needed to detect and prevent buffer overflows. NIPS (Network Intrusion Prevention System) is oriented towards monitoring network traffic and preventing network-based attacks, such as DDoS or network-based exploits, rather than detecting and preventing buffer overflows on individual hosts. Therefore, EDR is the best technical control suited for the detection and prevention of buffer overflows on hosts, due to its capabilities in real-time monitoring, behavioral analysis, and response to endpoint activities.

Answer 591

(Brain dump : C. Create different accounts for each region, limit their logon times, and alert on risky logins.) Community : (C 70%, A 30%) C - it's a service account, can't MFA ChatGPT A. Create different accounts for each region, each configured with push MFA notifications. Here's why this option is the most effective: Multiple Accounts: By creating separate accounts for each region, the organization limits the scope of access. Compromising one account would not grant access to systems in other regions, thereby reducing the potential impact of a breach. MFA (Multi-Factor Authentication) with Push Notifications: Enforcing MFA adds an additional layer of security beyond just a password. Push notifications enhance security by requiring a user to approve access attempts on their mobile device, reducing the risk of unauthorized access even if the account credentials are compromised. Regional Segmentation: Limiting accounts to specific regions helps contain potential breaches and reduces the attack surface across the global network. Comparatively: Option B (Create one global administrator account and enforce Kerberos authentication) increases the risk because compromising this single global account would provide unrestricted access across all regions. Option C (Create different accounts for each region, limit their logon times, and alert on risky logins) is better than having a single global account but does not explicitly address the need for multi-factor authentication, which is highly effective in preventing unauthorized access. Option D (Create a guest account for each region, remember the last ten passwords, and block password reuse) focuses on password management rather than access control and does not address the need for separate accounts with regional segmentation and MFA. Therefore, Option A (Create different accounts for each region, each configured with push MFA notifications) is the best choice to mitigate the concern of unauthorized access to the vulnerability scanner service account and potential pivoting throughout the global network.

Answer 592

B. Testing the policy in a non-production environment before enabling the policy in the production network. Here's why this option is the most appropriate: Testing in Non-Production Environment: Before implementing any major changes, especially ones involving a "deny any" policy which blocks all traffic, it is crucial to test the changes in a controlled, non-production environment. This allows the technician to observe any unintended consequences, such as servers becoming unreachable, without impacting live services. Change Management: While documenting the change request (Option A) and submitting it to change management are important steps for maintaining documentation and accountability, they do not directly prevent the immediate impact on production servers. Testing in a non-production environment provides an opportunity to identify and resolve issues before they affect live services. Disabling Intrusion Prevention Signatures (Option C) is not relevant in this context as it pertains to a different security control and does not address the root cause of the servers becoming unreachable due to the "deny any" policy. Including an "allow any" policy above the "deny any" policy (Option D) would negate the effect of the "deny any" policy and compromise security, as it would allow all traffic regardless of ACL rules. Therefore, testing the policy in a non-production environment (Option B) is the most effective action to take to prevent the issue of servers becoming unreachable while troubleshooting firewall configurations. This approach ensures that changes are validated and any unintended consequences are addressed before applying them in a production network.

Answer 593

C. WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected Access - Pre-Shared Key) Here's why WPA-PSK is the most suitable choice: Ease of Configuration: WPA-PSK is straightforward to configure and manage. The same pre-shared key (password) is used for all clients accessing the guest wireless network, which aligns with the requirement of printing the password on receipts for customers. Security: While WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) and WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) are less secure and have known vulnerabilities, WPA-PSK provides stronger security through encryption and authentication mechanisms. It ensures that unauthorized users cannot easily access the network without the shared key. Overhead: WPA-PSK does not require additional infrastructure or server-side configuration (unlike WPA-EAP, which involves a RADIUS server for authentication), making it a low-overhead solution suitable for a coffee shop environment. Comparatively: WPA-EAP (Wi-Fi Protected Access - Extensible Authentication Protocol) involves a more complex setup with a RADIUS server and provides individualized credentials for each user, which is more suitable for enterprise environments rather than a coffee shop setting. WEP-TKIP (Wired Equivalent Privacy - Temporal Key Integrity Protocol) is an outdated protocol with significant security weaknesses and should not be used for securing modern wireless networks. WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup - Personal Identification Number) is a simplified method for connecting devices to a wireless network but is also vulnerable to attacks and not suitable for providing the highest level of security. Therefore, WPA-PSK is the best choice to provide a balance of security, ease of configuration, and minimal overhead for securing the guest wireless network at the coffee shop.

Answer 594

C. ISO 27701 Here's why: ISO 27701: This standard specifies requirements and provides guidance for establishing, implementing, maintaining, and continually improving a Privacy Information Management System (PIMS). It is an extension to ISO 27001 (Information Security Management System) and ISO 27002 (Code of practice for information security controls), focusing specifically on privacy management. ISO 9001: This standard pertains to quality management systems and does not specifically address privacy management. ISO 27002: This standard provides guidelines and best practices for information security controls, but it does not focus exclusively on privacy management. ISO 31000: This standard provides principles and guidelines for risk management, applicable across various organizational contexts, but it does not specifically address privacy management. Therefore, ISO 27701 is the ISO standard that is certified for privacy, as it specifically deals with Privacy Information Management Systems (PIMS) and extends the requirements of ISO 27001 to include privacy controls.

Answer 595

D. RTO (Recovery Time Objective) Here's why: Recovery Time Objective (RTO): RTO is the targeted duration within which a business process or system must be restored after a disruption (such as an outage or failure) in order to avoid unacceptable consequences. In this case, the organization expected the critical system to be back online within 60 minutes to meet business continuity requirements. Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF): MTBF refers to the average time between failures of a system or component. It measures reliability rather than recovery time. Recovery Point Objective (RPO): RPO specifies the maximum tolerable amount of data loss in time before a disruption. It focuses on data recovery rather than system recovery time. Mean Time to Repair (MTTR): MTTR measures the average time taken to repair a failed component or system and restore it to normal operational status. It is related to the time spent repairing a system during an outage rather than the overall recovery time objective. Therefore, RTO accurately describes the expectation of having the critical system back online within 60 minutes after the outage, aligning with business continuity and operational requirements.

Answer 596

D. Industry information-sharing and collaboration groups Here’s why this option is the most appropriate: Industry Information-Sharing and Collaboration Groups: These groups facilitate the exchange of threat intelligence and best practices among organizations within the same industry or sector. They often provide timely information about emerging threats, attack trends, and specific targeting tactics observed in the industry. This can help the security analyst stay informed about potential threats targeting executives and tailor defenses accordingly. Comparatively: Vulnerability Feeds (Option A) primarily provide information about software vulnerabilities and patches rather than specific threat intelligence related to targeted attacks on executives. Trusted Automated Exchange of Indicator Information (Option B) refers to automated systems that share indicators of compromise (IOCs) and threat data between trusted entities. While useful for detecting known threats, it may not focus specifically on executive-level threats. Structured Threat Information Expression (STIX) (Option C) is a standardized language for expressing threat information but does not in itself provide intelligence specific to executive-level attacks. Therefore, industry information-sharing and collaboration groups are the most relevant intelligence sources for the security analyst to understand and mitigate potential threats targeting the company's executives effectively.

Answer 597

A. Bug bounty Here's why: Bug Bounty: Bug bounty programs involve inviting external security researchers or firms to discover vulnerabilities in an organization's systems or applications. These researchers are typically incentivized by monetary rewards for each valid vulnerability they report. This approach encourages independent testing and discovery of vulnerabilities in a controlled and incentivized manner. Penetration Testing Types Comparison: Black-box (Option B): This type involves testing where the tester has no prior knowledge of the network or systems being tested. Payment for vulnerabilities is not a defining characteristic of black-box testing. Gray-box (Option C): Gray-box testing involves partial knowledge of the internal workings of the systems being tested. Like black-box testing, it does not typically involve payment per vulnerability as part of the arrangement. White-box (Option D): White-box testing provides full knowledge of the systems, including internal architecture and source code. It is not typically associated with external firms paying for vulnerabilities but rather a comprehensive assessment by internal or contracted security teams. Red-team (Option E): Red-team exercises simulate realistic attacks to evaluate the effectiveness of security defenses. While they may involve external firms, they are not structured around payment per vulnerability discovered as in bug bounty programs. Therefore, bug bounty best represents the type of testing where an outside security firm is hired to discover vulnerabilities and is paid for each vulnerability found during the testing process.

Answer 598

C. Password-spraying Here’s the reasoning: Password-spraying: In a password-spraying attack, the attacker attempts a few common passwords or a single password against multiple user accounts. The goal is to avoid triggering lockout policies that would occur if multiple incorrect passwords were tried for the same account. The attacker typically tries one password across many accounts to avoid detection. In the provided logs: User1 experiences three consecutive failed login attempts followed by a lockout. User2 experiences three consecutive failed login attempts followed by a lockout. User3 experiences one failed login attempt. User4's log shows a successful login after several failed attempts, which could indicate the attacker was successful in gaining access after a password-spraying attempt. Reasoning against other options: Dictionary (Option A): Dictionary attacks involve trying multiple passwords for a single user account, which would likely result in triggering the lockout policy after several failed attempts. This is not consistent with the observed pattern in the logs. Credential-stuffing (Option B): Credential-stuffing involves using known username/password pairs obtained from previous breaches. It typically targets a large number of accounts but usually involves many more failed attempts in a short time frame than seen here. Brute-force (Option D): Brute-force attacks involve trying many possible combinations of passwords until the correct one is found. They usually result in triggering lockout policies due to the high number of failed attempts, which is not evident in the provided logs. Therefore, based on the log entries and the behavior described, password-spraying is the most likely type of attack that occurred, where the attacker tried a single password across multiple user accounts to avoid triggering account lockout policies.

Answer 599

B. VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure) VDI allows users to access a centralized desktop environment (virtual desktop) from any thin client within the building. This ensures consistency of the desktop environment regardless of which thin client is used. E. RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) RFID is used in the smart cards issued to users for physical access to the building. These cards also contain tokens that can be used for accessing information systems, likely through a form of authentication mechanism (such as TOTP - Time-Based One-Time Passwords). Here's a breakdown of the options: COPE (Corporate-Owned, Personally Enabled): COPE refers to a corporate-owned device that users can personalize to some extent. It's not directly related to the described capabilities of accessing a consistent desktop environment and using smart cards. VDI (Virtual Desktop Infrastructure): VDI allows for centralized management of desktops, providing users with the same desktop experience from any location within the building. GPS (Global Positioning System): GPS is used for location tracking and navigation, not related to desktop virtualization or smart card access. TOTP (Time-Based One-Time Passwords): TOTP is a form of two-factor authentication that can be used with tokens stored on smart cards for accessing information systems. RFID (Radio Frequency Identification): RFID is used in the smart cards for physical access and potentially for authentication purposes. BYOD (Bring Your Own Device): BYOD allows employees to use personal devices for work, which is not directly related to the described capabilities of accessing a consistent desktop environment and using smart cards. Therefore, VDI and RFID are the technologies being utilized to provide users with the capability to access a consistent desktop environment from any thin client and use smart cards for physical access and system authentication.

Answer 600

C. Posturing Posturing refers to the ability to assess and enforce compliance with security policies on mobile devices. It typically involves checking the device's compliance status, such as OS patch level and screen lock status, before allowing access to corporate resources. D. Remote wipe Remote wipe allows the security team to remotely erase corporate data from a device that is reported lost or stolen, thereby ensuring that sensitive information does not fall into unauthorized hands. Here's how these controls align with the policy requirements: Mobile device OSs must be patched up to the latest release: Posturing capabilities can verify the patch level of the device OS and ensure that it meets the latest release requirements before granting access to corporate resources. A screen lock must be enabled (passcode or biometric): Posturing can check if a screen lock (passcode or biometric) is enabled on the device. Additionally, device management settings can enforce this requirement. Corporate data must be removed if the device is reported lost or stolen: Remote wipe functionality allows the security team to remotely delete corporate data from a device that is lost or stolen, maintaining data security and compliance with the policy. Comparatively: Containerization (Option A): Containerization isolates corporate data in a separate encrypted container on the device but does not directly enforce OS patching or screen lock requirements. Storage segmentation (Option B): This term typically refers to dividing storage resources for different purposes and is not directly related to enforcing mobile device security policies. Full-device encryption (Option E): While important for data security, full-device encryption does not specifically address the policy requirements related to OS patching, screen lock, and remote data wipe. Geofencing (Option F): Geofencing defines geographical boundaries for device usage but is not directly related to enforcing OS patching, screen lock, or remote data wipe policies. Therefore, posturing and remote wipe are the controls that the security engineer should configure to ensure compliance with the corporate mobile device policy.

Answer 601

B. Discretionary access control (DAC) Here's why DAC is the best fit for the requirements: Discretionary Access Control (DAC): In DAC, access decisions are based on the discretion of the object's owner (or creator). The owner of an object can determine who has access to the object and what permissions those users have. This aligns directly with the requirement that the object's access policy is determined by its owner. Role-based access control (RBAC) assigns access rights based on roles rather than individual users or owners. While roles can be assigned certain permissions, the owner does not necessarily dictate access policies directly. Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is typically used in environments where access control is centrally determined based on security labels or classifications, not by individual owners. Attribute-based access control (ABAC) uses attributes of users, objects, and the environment to make access control decisions. While flexible, ABAC does not explicitly tie access control decisions to an object's owner as in DAC. Therefore, Discretionary Access Control (DAC) is the access control scheme that best allows the owner of an object to determine its access policy, making it the most suitable choice for this scenario.

Answer 602

C. Integrity Here’s why: Integrity: Integrity ensures that data remains accurate, complete, and unaltered. In the context of an e-commerce organization, integrity mechanisms help prevent unintended changes to transactional data, ensuring that purchases are processed accurately and errors are minimized. This can involve techniques such as data validation, checksums, and transaction logging to detect and prevent unauthorized or erroneous changes to purchase orders and transaction records. While availability (B) ensures that systems and resources are accessible and reliable for legitimate users, confidentiality (D) protects sensitive information from unauthorized access, and privacy (A) ensures that personal information is handled appropriately, integrity specifically addresses the accuracy and reliability of transactional data, which is crucial in preventing erroneous purchases in an e-commerce setting.

Answer 603

A. Dual power supply D. NIC teaming Explanation: A. Dual power supply: Ensures that if one power supply fails, the other can take over, thereby preventing downtime due to power supply failure. D. NIC teaming: Involves combining multiple network interface cards (NICs) to act as a single interface, providing redundancy and improved network performance. If one NIC fails, the other can handle the traffic, thus enhancing network resiliency and uptime. Rationale for Other Options: B. Off-site backups: Important for data recovery and protection against disasters, but it doesn't directly contribute to the immediate resiliency and uptime of the data center. C. Automatic OS upgrades: While keeping systems up to date is important, automatic upgrades can sometimes introduce instability or require reboots, which may impact uptime. E. Scheduled penetration testing: Crucial for security but does not directly contribute to the physical resiliency and uptime of the data center. F. Network-attached storage (NAS): Useful for centralized storage, but it doesn't directly address network or power resiliency, which are critical for uptime. Summary: Dual power supplies and NIC teaming are directly related to ensuring the resiliency and uptime of a data center by providing redundancy for power and network connectivity, respectively.

Answer 604

A. A capture-the-flag competition Here’s why: Capture-the-flag (CTF) competition: CTFs are cybersecurity competitions where participants solve challenges related to various aspects of cybersecurity, such as cryptography, web security, reverse engineering, and more. Developers can greatly benefit from CTFs as they involve hands-on problem-solving that reinforces technical skills and encourages critical thinking and collaboration. Phishing simulation (Option B): Phishing simulations are primarily focused on educating users about identifying and avoiding phishing attacks. While important for overall security awareness, they may not directly enhance the technical skills of developers unless the simulations are tailored to include aspects of secure coding practices or specific developer-related security challenges. Physical security training (Option C): Physical security training focuses on securing physical assets and facilities. While important for comprehensive security awareness, it is not directly related to enhancing the technical skills of developers. Basic awareness training (Option D): Basic awareness training typically covers foundational security concepts and practices. While useful for general understanding, it may not provide the depth of technical skill enhancement that developers would benefit from. Therefore, a capture-the-flag competition would be the most suitable option for training developers, as it provides practical, hands-on experience that can significantly improve their cybersecurity skills in areas relevant to their roles.

Answer 605

D. MSSP (Managed Security Service Provider) Here’s why MSSP is the appropriate choice: Managed Security Service Provider (MSSP): MSSPs offer outsourced monitoring and management of security devices and systems. They can provide 24/7 security monitoring, threat detection and response, vulnerability management, and other security services. This helps alleviate the workload on the internal team while benefiting from specialized expertise and resources of the MSSP. Let's briefly consider the other options for clarity: SDP (Software-Defined Perimeter): SDP is a security framework that dynamically creates a "segment of one" between the user and the resources they access. It's a technology rather than a service provider. AAA (Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting): AAA refers to a framework for controlling access to computer resources. It does not relate directly to hiring a service provider for managing network and security infrastructure. IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service): IaaS provides virtualized computing resources over the internet. It’s a cloud computing service model, not related to managed security services. Microservices: Microservices are a software development technique for building applications as a suite of small, loosely coupled services. This is unrelated to hiring a service provider for network and security infrastructure management. Therefore, MSSP (Managed Security Service Provider) is the best choice for the cybersecurity administrator to efficiently manage the on-premises network and security infrastructure with a reduced team.

Answer 606

C. Email Here’s why: Email: Malicious actors commonly use phishing emails to impersonate legitimate companies. They can craft emails that appear to come from trusted sources such as official company email addresses or domains. These emails often contain convincing language, logos, and links that mimic legitimate communication from the company. Email is a widely used vector for distributing phishing attempts because it can be mass-mailed to many targets, increasing the likelihood of success. While phone calls (Option A), instant messages (Option B), and text messages (Option D) can also be used for impersonation, emails are often perceived as more legitimate due to their ability to closely replicate official communication formats and styles. They can include headers, footers, and other elements that mimic the company's branding and communication standards, making them potentially more convincing to recipients. Therefore, email is the most likely threat vector to appear legitimate when used for impersonation by a malicious actor targeting a company.

Answer 607

A. Updating the playbooks with better decision points Here's why: Updating the playbooks with better decision points: Playbooks are procedural documents that guide incident response teams through various steps to detect, respond to, and recover from security incidents. By updating the playbooks with better decision points, the SOC can provide clearer guidance on when and how to quarantine infected hosts effectively. This ensures that incident responders have specific criteria and actions to follow, reducing the time it takes to make critical decisions during an incident. Let's briefly consider the other options for clarity: Dividing the network into trusted and untrusted zones (Option B): While network segmentation can help isolate critical systems from less trusted areas, it doesn't directly address the process of improving incident response decision-making or speed. Providing additional end-user training on acceptable use (Option C): End-user training is important for overall security awareness, but it focuses more on preventing incidents rather than improving incident response processes after an incident has occurred. Implementing manual quarantining of infected hosts (Option D): Manual quarantining may introduce delays and human error, especially in large environments. Automation or clearer decision points in playbooks are generally more effective for improving response times and accuracy. Therefore, updating the playbooks with better decision points is the best option to enhance the incident response process by providing clearer, more effective guidance to SOC analysts, thereby reducing response times and mitigating the impact of incidents like malware spreading to additional hosts.

Answer 608

A. MAC flooding Here’s why: MAC flooding: MAC flooding is a technique used in network attacks where an attacker floods the switch with fake MAC addresses, causing the switch to enter into a state where it forwards traffic to all ports (known as flooding mode) instead of just the appropriate port. This can overwhelm the switch's MAC address table and allow the attacker to intercept network traffic intended for other hosts, potentially enabling various types of attacks. In the scenario described: The VLAN is 1, indicating it's the default VLAN. Multiple MAC addresses (all dynamic) are associated with the same port (GE0/5). This behavior suggests that the switch's MAC address table is being flooded with multiple MAC addresses on the same port, which is characteristic of MAC flooding attacks. Let's briefly consider the other options for clarity: DNS poisoning (Option B): DNS poisoning involves corrupting DNS cache data to redirect DNS requests. It does not involve manipulation of MAC addresses on a switch. MAC cloning (Option C): MAC cloning refers to copying a legitimate MAC address to impersonate a device on a network. This scenario involves multiple different MAC addresses, not cloning a single MAC address. ARP poisoning (Option D): ARP poisoning involves manipulating ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) tables to associate attacker's MAC address with legitimate IP addresses. It does not directly involve flooding the switch's MAC address table. Therefore, based on the provided information, MAC flooding is the most likely activity occurring on the switch, where multiple dynamic MAC addresses are associated with the same port, potentially disrupting normal network operation and security.

Answer 609

D. An advanced persistent threat (APT) Here's why: Advanced Persistent Threat (APT): APTs are characterized by attackers who have the capability and resources to conduct prolonged and targeted attacks against specific organizations. They typically employ advanced techniques, including reconnaissance, social engineering, and zero-day exploits to gain unauthorized access and remain undetected within the target network for extended periods. APT attackers are often state-sponsored or financially motivated groups with significant technical expertise and resources. Let's briefly review the other options for clarity: Shadow IT (Option A): Shadow IT refers to IT systems or solutions used within an organization without explicit approval or oversight. It does not describe a type of sophisticated cyberattack. An insider threat (Option B): An insider threat involves individuals within the organization who misuse their access privileges to compromise security. While insider threats can be sophisticated, they are not necessarily characterized by external coordination and highly skilled attackers. A hacktivist (Option C): Hacktivists are individuals or groups who use hacking techniques for political or social activism purposes. Their attacks are typically motivated by ideology rather than being highly coordinated and sophisticated in nature. Therefore, given the description of the cyberattack as well-coordinated, sophisticated, and highly skilled, the most appropriate choice is D. An advanced persistent threat (APT), which aligns with the characteristics of a targeted and persistent cyber threat actor with advanced capabilities and resources.

Answer 610

B. Change the default password for the switch. Here's why this is the correct choice: Changing Default Passwords: Smart switches often come with default passwords that are well-known and easily exploited if not changed. By setting a strong, unique password, you prevent unauthorized access to the switch, which is crucial for security. Now, let's evaluate the other options: A. Set up an air gap for the switch: While physically isolating the switch can enhance security, it's not always practical in a networked environment where monitoring and control via a cloud application are required. Moreover, VLAN isolation already provides a level of segregation. C. Place the switch in a Faraday cage: Faraday cages are used to shield electromagnetic interference and would not directly address security concerns related to access control or password protection. D. Install a cable lock on the switch: While physically securing the switch with a cable lock can prevent physical theft or tampering, it does not directly address the need for securing access through passwords, which is more critical in a networked environment. Therefore, B. Change the default password for the switch is the best step to take alongside VLAN isolation and regular patching routines to enhance the security of the smart switch in the hospital's network.

Answer 611

A. PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard) Here's why PCI DSS is the correct choice: PCI DSS is specifically designed to ensure the secure handling of credit card information during transactions. It sets forth requirements for organizations that handle credit card payments to protect cardholder data, maintain a secure network, implement strong access control measures, regularly monitor and test networks, and maintain an information security policy. Now, let's briefly explain why the other options are not correct: B. ISO 22301: ISO 22301 is a standard for business continuity management systems, focusing on ensuring organizations can continue operating during and after disruptions. It does not specifically address the security requirements for handling credit card transactions. C. ISO 27001: ISO 27001 is a widely recognized international standard for information security management systems (ISMS). While it covers comprehensive information security practices, it does not specifically focus on the requirements for securing credit card transactions as PCI DSS does. D. NIST CSF (NIST Cybersecurity Framework): The NIST CSF provides a framework to improve cybersecurity across various sectors but does not have specific guidelines for handling credit card transactions similar to PCI DSS. Therefore, A. PCI DSS is the standard that the company must comply with to ensure the security of credit card transactions on its e-commerce platform.

Answer 612

E. ARP poisoning Here's the reasoning: ARP poisoning (also known as ARP spoofing) involves manipulating ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) tables on a local area network to associate the attacker's MAC address with the IP address of another device (often the default gateway). This can lead to traffic being redirected through the attacker's machine, allowing for interception and potential modification of data. In the given logs: IP address 10.0.0.1 is associated with MAC address 00-18-21-ad-24-bc. IP address 10.0.0.115 is also associated with MAC address 00-18-21-ad-24-bc. This inconsistency suggests that there are multiple devices claiming the same IP address (10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.115) but with different MAC addresses. This aligns with the behavior typically seen in ARP poisoning attacks, where the attacker sends falsified ARP messages to associate their MAC address with a legitimate IP address on the network. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely: A. IP conflict: While IP conflict could cause connectivity issues, it typically involves two legitimate devices with the same IP address, each having its own MAC address. The provided scenario shows multiple IP addresses being associated with the same MAC address, which is not typical of a straightforward IP conflict. B. Pass-the-hash: This attack involves capturing hashed credentials from a compromised system and reusing them to authenticate as that user elsewhere. It's not related to the MAC and IP address associations observed in the logs. C. MAC flooding: MAC flooding involves overwhelming a switch's MAC address table to facilitate a man-in-the-middle attack. The scenario does involve MAC addresses, but the issue here is inconsistent IP-to-MAC address mappings rather than flooding the switch's MAC table. D. Directory traversal: This attack involves accessing files and directories outside the intended directory structure. It's unrelated to the ARP and MAC address issues described in the logs. Therefore, based on the provided information, E. ARP poisoning is the most likely attack that has occurred, given the discrepancies between IP and MAC address associations observed in the logs.

Answer 613

B. Data masking Here’s why: Data masking involves transforming sensitive data in a way that it looks realistic but is not real. This allows functional testing, training, and other non-production purposes to proceed without exposing real sensitive information. For example, masking credit card numbers by replacing digits with other characters or symbols. Let's briefly explain why the other options are not correct: A. Data encryption: While data encryption secures data by encoding it in a way that only authorized parties can decrypt and access it, it does not inherently protect the use of functional test data. Encrypted data, when decrypted, still reveals real sensitive information. C. Data deduplication: Data deduplication refers to the process of eliminating duplicate copies of data, which reduces storage needs and enhances data integrity but does not protect data for testing purposes. D. Data minimization: Data minimization involves reducing the amount of personal data collected and processed to only what is necessary for the specified purpose. It is a principle of data protection but does not address the specific need to protect real data when using functional test data. Therefore, B. Data masking is the method that allows for functional test data to be used in new systems for testing and training purposes while protecting the real data from exposure.

Answer 614

D. A log analysis Explanation: Checksums: Useful for verifying data integrity but won't directly identify the cause of videos being uploaded and shared. Watermarks: Typically used for identifying ownership or origin of content but may not reveal the cause of unauthorized sharing. Order of volatility: Refers to the sequence in which data should be preserved or collected during an investigation. While important, it's more about preserving evidence than identifying the cause of the incident. A log analysis: This involves reviewing logs from various systems (such as web servers, file servers, access logs) to trace the movement and access of the videos. It can help identify who accessed the videos, from where, and possibly how they were shared online. A right-to-audit clause: This could potentially allow the company to audit the systems and logs of third parties involved, but it's more about legal rights than direct technical investigation. Therefore, D. A log analysis would be the most appropriate step to investigate and identify the cause of the sensitive videos being uploaded and shared on the internet after their movement between company-owned websites.

Answer 615

(Community : A 75%, D 25%) The company is likely taking precautions to avoid the accidental disclosure of sensitive or proprietary information. Whiteboards and desks can often contain information regarding internal processes, projects, or data that the company would not want to be disclosed to the public or competitors. By cleaning whiteboards and clearing desks, the company is reducing the risk of unintentional exposure of proprietary information during the facility tour. ChatGPT : A. loss of proprietary information. Explanation: Loss of proprietary information: Cleaning whiteboards and clearing desks can help prevent sensitive or proprietary information from being inadvertently exposed to visitors who are not authorized to see such information. This precaution ensures that confidential details or strategic plans are not visible, thereby protecting the company's proprietary information. Damage to the company's reputation: While keeping desks and whiteboards tidy can indirectly protect the company's reputation by presenting a professional image, the primary concern here seems to be about preventing the exposure of sensitive information rather than directly guarding against reputational damage. Social engineering: While tidying up could mitigate some risks associated with social engineering by reducing visible information that could be exploited, this is not the primary focus in this scenario. Credential exposure: Cleaning desks and whiteboards would not directly address the exposure of credentials; this is more related to secure handling of access credentials and passwords. Therefore, the most likely reason for the company's action is to prevent loss of proprietary information by ensuring that sensitive details are not visible during the facility tour.

Answer 616

A. The document is a honeyfile and is meant to attract the attention of a cyberintruder. Here's why: Honeyfile: A honeyfile is a deceptive file intentionally placed in a system to attract and monitor unauthorized access attempts. By naming a file such as password.txt, the administrator is creating a file that appears to contain sensitive information (like passwords), enticing potential intruders to interact with it. This allows the administrator to detect and monitor unauthorized access attempts and potentially gather information about the intruder's methods. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely in this context: B. Backup file: A backup file would typically not be named password.txt unless it's specifically designated for storing passwords, which is highly unusual and insecure practice. C. Standard OS file: Operating systems do not typically require a file named password.txt on the desktop for login credential verification. Verification processes are usually handled through more secure and internal mechanisms. D. Keylogger: A keylogger is malicious software used to record keystrokes without the user's knowledge. A keylogger would not be openly placed as a file named password.txt on the desktop, as this would not effectively capture keystrokes covertly. Therefore, A. The document is a honeyfile and is meant to attract the attention of a cyberintruder aligns with the strategy of using deception to monitor and potentially thwart unauthorized access attempts on a server.

Answer 617

B. Generate a CSR (Certificate Signing Request). Here’s why: CSR (Certificate Signing Request): A CSR is a request sent to a Certificate Authority (CA) to apply for a digital identity certificate. It includes information such as the organization's details and the public key that will be included in the certificate. When setting up a server certificate for 802.1X (used for secure network authentication) and secure RDP connections (Remote Desktop Protocol), the CSR is the initial step because it defines the details and requirements for the certificate that will be issued by the CA. The CSR is typically generated on the server where the certificate will be installed, ensuring that the certificate is tied to the correct server and its public key. Let's briefly review why the other options are less likely as the FIRST step: A. Create an OCSP: OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol) is used to check the revocation status of a certificate. It comes into play after the certificate has been issued and is used to ensure its validity. Creating OCSP is not the initial step in requesting a certificate. C. Create a CRL (Certificate Revocation List): A CRL is a list of certificates that have been revoked by the CA before their expiration date. Like OCSP, creating a CRL is not the initial step in requesting a new certificate. D. Generate a .pfx file: A .pfx (Personal Information Exchange) file is a format for storing a certificate and its associated private key. While .pfx files are used to store and transfer certificates, generating a .pfx file comes after obtaining the server certificate, which is initiated by generating a CSR. Therefore, B. Generate a CSR is the correct first step to initiate the process of obtaining a server certificate for 802.1X and secure RDP connections.

Answer 618

D. Transference Here’s why: Transference in risk management involves shifting the responsibility for managing a risk to another party. By opting for a third-party SaaS provider for identity management, the architect is transferring the operational and security risks associated with maintaining an in-house solution to the SaaS provider. This includes aspects such as data security, compliance, scalability, and ongoing maintenance. Let's briefly review the other options to clarify why they are less applicable in this scenario: A. Acceptance: Acceptance involves acknowledging the existence of a risk without taking specific action to mitigate it. Transitioning to a SaaS provider is an active decision to address the risks associated with in-house management rather than simply accepting them. B. Mitigation: Mitigation involves taking actions to reduce the impact or likelihood of a risk. While moving to a SaaS provider may reduce certain risks compared to an in-house solution, the primary action here is transferring the risk rather than mitigating it directly. C. Avoidance: Avoidance means eliminating the risk altogether by avoiding the activity that gives rise to the risk. Transitioning to a SaaS provider does not avoid identity management; rather, it changes how it is managed. Therefore, D. Transference accurately describes the risk management strategy in this scenario where the architect chooses to move identity management responsibilities from an in-house solution to a third-party SaaS provider.

Answer 619

A. Apply the patches to systems in a testing environment, then to systems in a staging environment, and finally to production systems. Here’s why this approach is generally considered the best practice: Testing Environment: Patches should first be applied to a testing environment where their impact can be thoroughly assessed. This allows for testing against various configurations and potential interactions with existing systems and applications without risking disruption to production. Staging Environment: After successful testing in the testing environment, the patches should be applied to a staging environment that closely mimics the production environment. This further verifies their compatibility and ensures that the deployment process itself is well understood and can be replicated in production. Production Systems: Finally, once the patches have been successfully tested in both testing and staging environments, they can be applied to production systems. This staged deployment approach minimizes the risk of unforeseen issues affecting critical operations and allows for any necessary adjustments based on the testing and staging experiences. Let's briefly review why the other options are less optimal: B. Test the patches in a staging environment, develop against them in the development environment, and then apply them to the production systems: This option suggests developing against patches after testing in staging, which could lead to complications if the patches behave differently in development than in staging or production. C. Test the patches in a test environment, apply them to the production systems, and then apply them to a staging environment: Applying patches directly to production before testing in staging increases the risk of disruptions or issues that could have been identified and mitigated in a staging environment. D. Apply the patches to the production systems, apply them in a staging environment, and then test all of them in a testing environment: This approach risks deploying untested patches directly to production, which can lead to downtime or other critical issues if the patches have unforeseen consequences. Therefore, A. Apply the patches to systems in a testing environment, then to systems in a staging environment, and finally to production systems is the best approach for deploying application patches, ensuring thorough testing and minimizing the risk of disruption to production systems.

Answer 620

B. Restrict administrative privileges and patch all systems and applications. Here’s why: Restrict Administrative Privileges: Limiting administrative privileges reduces the likelihood of malware being able to execute with elevated permissions, which can mitigate the impact of future attacks, including ransomware. Patch All Systems and Applications: Ensuring all systems and applications are up-to-date with the latest security patches closes known vulnerabilities that attackers often exploit, such as those used in phishing attacks to deliver ransomware. Let's briefly review why the other options are less suitable as the FIRST action: A. Scan the NAS for residual or dormant malware and take new daily backups that are tested on a frequent basis: While scanning for malware and implementing robust backup strategies are important measures, they are secondary to addressing immediate vulnerabilities through privilege restriction and patching. C. Rebuild all workstations and install new antivirus software: While rebuilding workstations and installing antivirus software are good practices for enhancing security posture, they are not as immediately critical as restricting privileges and patching to prevent immediate re-exploitation. D. Implement application whitelisting and perform user application hardening: Application whitelisting and user application hardening are effective security measures but are typically implemented after foundational security measures like privilege restriction and patching. Therefore, B. Restrict administrative privileges and patch all systems and applications should be the FIRST action taken by the IT administrator to mitigate the risk of another ransomware attack following recovery from the phishing-triggered incident.

Answer 621

B. Something you can do Explanation: Multifactor authentication (MFA) typically involves combining two or more different factors for authentication, such as something you know (password), something you have (smartphone token), or something you are (biometric trait). Something you can do refers to an authentication factor that relies on actions or behaviors that are specific to the user. In this case, drawing a gesture on a touch screen is a unique action that the user can perform, and it serves as an additional factor to verify the user's identity. Biometrics typically refers to using physiological or behavioral characteristics (such as fingerprints, retina scans, or voice recognition) for authentication, which is not directly related to drawing a gesture on a touch screen. Two-factor authentication (2FA) refers specifically to using two different factors for authentication, such as a password (something you know) and a smartphone token (something you have), but it doesn't directly address the action of drawing a gesture. Therefore, the administrator is providing something you can do by drawing a gesture on the touch screen, which adds an additional layer of authentication beyond just the username and password (something you know).

Answer 622

C. XSS (Cross-Site Scripting) attack Here's why: XSS (Cross-Site Scripting) attack: This type of attack occurs when a malicious script is injected into a web application. In this case, the script is embedded in the forum post itself and is designed to execute sqlexec() when the